The Campaign Builder's Guild

[ic=The World at Dawn]
Once, our people were nomads '" men, women, and children without homes, wandering the empty deserts and trackless seas.  We ate when we found food and slept when we found shelter.  The storytellers say that these were simpler and darker times, when life was fleeting and prosperity ever elusive.

I do not believe it.  My grandfather tilled the land, as I do.  My children, too, shall till the land, and this land shall be our home, this land beneath the walls of our mighty city.  For all time, we have lived this way; the storytellers speak these myths not to describe the past, but to warn us against the future.  There are indeed some who do live as they describe '" certainly, more beast than man '" and they may yet become covetous of our eternal home, our prosperous motherland.

I will till this soil until the day I die '" but I will also remain vigilant, for even the prophets among us cannot always say what the future will bring.
[/ic]

The World at Dawn '" A cooperative story-game by Mithridates (and you!)

I'm going to try a special kind of forum game here.  If people are interested, we'll do it.  Let's get right to it and answer some questions you might have.

Q: What is this?
A: This is a forum game.  It's not a forum game like word association, though '" it's a bit more complex.  This particular kind of forum game was invented on some Civilization (the computer game) internet forums that I frequent.  I've always found it helpful when thinking up campaigns, and it occurred to me that people here might like it too.

Q: How does it work?
A: This game is basically a moderated story '" or if you like, D&D writ large.  It is essentially a role-playing game, except instead of playing an adventurer, you are playing the leader of a people '" specifically, a city-state in a fictional world currently in the rough equivalent of Earth's Bronze Age.  Like D&D, this game has a DM (that's me).

The basic system is this: You, the player, post stuff in this thread that describes your city state and what's going on in it.  You post 'orders' '" you write about what's going on in your city-state '" and once I read your orders, I post a periodic 'update,' which describes what has gone on in the game world during that period of time.  After the update is posted, you post orders again, and so on.

This is a cooperative game, and you cooperate both with me and with each other.  You can engage in diplomacy with other players (in game, of course), ally with them against 'NPC' peoples, or even go to war with each other.  As the moderator, I use your stories to decide what exactly happens that round.  For example, you can attack your neighbor, and I will post in the update about how the war went.

D&D is played with a plethora of rules '" the DM doesn't decide how much damage you hit the goblin for, the dice do.  In this game, I decide these things, but that doesn't mean there aren't rules.  Each nation does have its own statistics, describing things like prosperity, happiness, religion, culture, and military strength.  I use these and a bit of imagination to determine the outcome of your ventures.  Remember that this is less of a competitive game than a cooperative story; over time we'll hopefully develop a vibrant, intriguing world that has evolved from your imaginations and mine.

Q: So can I win this game?
A: Not really, no.  Playing a nation of pacifists and a nation of warmongers are both equally viable ways to play.  Your nation might be extinguished, but you can always rejoin the game as another people on the fringes of the known world, or another entity that I've been controlling.  Civilizations rise and fall in the real world, and we'll have that happen here too.  Having your nation go down in a blaze of glory can actually be rather satisfying.  To quote another moderator on another forum:

Quote from:  Arid
Orange = Semi-arid (steppe, sahel, prairie)
Brown = Highlands and alpine
Very light green = Marsh
Green = Mixed grassland and woodland
Dark Green = Heavily forested
Black = Unexplored!

[imghttp://img442.imageshack.us/img442/3778/smallnesclimatezq2.jpg[/img]

Looks like fun!

Name: Free State of Inveran
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Religion: They worship Dragon Saints. Each one has a portfolio and list of heroic deeds. Whether they were (or are) actual dragons is unknown.
Culture: Due to its location, the Culture of Inveran has been developed in isolation. Music is a prevalent form of entertainment, acting is unknown, and literature has just started in the topics of History and Religion. Daily life is based around fishing, from where they get most of their food, and religion, which they practice heartily.

Location: Two of the islands in that little cluster, preferably the big one closest in that's got four small ones around it and one of the small ones. I dub that chain the Inverness, and the Continent to the North the Lost Lands (at least to my people).

[ic]To my Brother Aristo,

I hope that my servant finds you in good condition, I have heard of storms that have recently passed though the Inverness, and hope that none of the fishing vessels were destroyed. May Draograith, Dragon Master of the Sea, protect them!

For me, I am dutifully exploring the Lost Lands as Your Lordship has requested, and am sending with my servant samples of flora and fauna that I have collected. My expedition is still mostly intact, although we did loose Plutus to a wild cat.

I received your letter, and am truly startled at some of the decisions you have made. Did I read correctly that you are actually financing the ramblings of madmen, and recruiting a full-sized army? Besides that, I am very interested to hear more about this mine that you have started, and I look forward to seeing the new temple to the Dragon Saints.

You neglected to mention the colony in your last letter, how does it fare? I have not been privileged enough to receive letters from our brother Lord Leogo.

[/ic]  

[ooc]
Condensed and Filtered Orders

*Exploring the Lost Lands, see whats out there.
*Building up a scientific trend in our city, hopefully bringing about new inventions and technology.
*A second city, colony-sized, which trades with the Capitol.
*Building up an army, with which to defend ourselves.
*Developing Religion by constructing dedicated temples.

[/ooc]

NAME: NARGAQ
 GOVERNMENT: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final desicion if there is a tie in votes for something(essentially the Raven clan elder is the leader with the others as advisors and congress, etc.)
 Religion:Each clan worships the their ancestral spirit. The nation as a whole worships nature.
 Culture:The nation of Nargaq, even with the peoples being slightly nomadic have a main city in the area with wich they stay; Northern most brown area by the two rivers and the dense forest area. The city is at the edge of the southern of the two rivers. Even with them being a tribaal nation, they are quite civilized

 [ooc Current Orders]> Expand
                     > Mole clan is developing a network of tunnels.
                     > Otter clan is developing more efficient canoes
                     > Beaver clan is working on dams
                     > Develop barracks and fortresses and such[/ooc]

Thanks, guys.  I'll begin an update when we get some more players.  I'll also be introducing the "stats" (our city-state equivalent to Str, Dex, and so on) with the first update.  Keep those stories coming - the richer the detail you give me, the more I have to work with!

Name: Ruthern, Ruthernians.
Government: Theocracy, worshiping the God of Skies, Runethain. One High Priest, a new one chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Religion: The Ruthernians believe Runethain was the creator of all the heavens.
Culture: The people are hard workers, and many aspire to become priests of Runethain.

Location: the tip of the largest southern-pointing peninsula sticking out of the "Lost Lands", as SG's people call them. They refer to them as Hreshinkarth.

[ooc]
Orders:

1.)Expand the Ruthernian Empire
2.)Develop more efficient agricultural methods
3.)Explore
[/ooc]

[ooc]you forgot two steps:

4)...?
5)Profit!

I've got a hunch we'll be working together relatively soon Sir Vorpal[/ooc]

The first update will be on Sunday.  Anyone else who wants to get in by then just has to post their city-state description, but you can also join any time afterward.

Name: Southern Invernessi Machta-In (Southmen, Invernessi)

Government: Monarchy (officially), although local rulers have a lot of free reign. Machta Sedoon is the current ruler, although arguably the most powerful man in the Alliance would be his uncle, Padre.

Religion: The Machta-In - a local dialect term for 'Of the Ruler' - follows a pantheon of adopted, renamed and modified faiths combined into the Sadat Tomes. Sections of these Tomes - which detail, amongst other things, what foods may be eaten on holy days, the ways that the body should be cleansed, and the direction you must face whilst in worship to each of the six Triunes (groups of three gods each representing one thing) - are memorised by children, taught by their parents. The Triunes are made up of bad, good, and neutral deities - one for each. The bad deities are generally entreated to curse things under their powers, whilst good deities are called upon for blessings. The neutral gods, who are more powerful than the others in their Triune alone, are judges, called upon to put an end to curses or blessings or provide guidance in matters under their spheres. The Triunes are named thus: Zakha (The Home, Family, Children, Women and Health), Nukt (Fire, Earth, Stone, Volcanoes, Earthquakes), Duus (Crafts, Metalworking, Woodworking etc), Shana (Water, Bridges, Boats, Aquatic Animals and Fishing), Ramala (Hunting, Forests, Animals, Men and Fighting) and Dukil (Writing, Language, Scribes, Secrets and Death). Each of the Triunes is considered to be both one being and three at the same time, and temples often have three statues on the same base to represent this. The House of Priests, the greatest temple in the Machta-In, is essentially a six-pointed star with each corner marked by a shrine. It is here that the priests meet to appoint a new Machta, though although none may voice it, there is a likelihood that these decisions are often influenced by bribery or threats rather than the will of the Triunes.

Culture: Unlike their more northern equivalents, the 'kingdom' of the southern Invernessi has never been truly unified. Forty years ago, Danha Danhul, the leader of one of the miniscule island princedoms scattered across the south, invaded the princedom of Danha Sadhuk, and by doing so set off a war that would take Danhul all the way to being crowned as Machta seven years later. It was he who gave the priests the power to elect the new Machta, and he who established a dominant culture. The Invernessi of the south may speak a mere dialect of the tongue used elsewhere, but it has distinct differences from any other language of its type - thanks to Danhul's unification of the multiple speeches used across the islands. Among other things, he also created an official priesthood and has pioneered the first form of writing in the South - a restricted pictographic alphabet known only by scribes.

Despite their new-found civilisation, the southmen retain their proud and sometimes violent nature in regards to other people. Although Machta Sedoon is technically the head of his nation, he has problems controlling anything more than whatever town he is in at that moment, especially without any major victories (unlike his uncle, who crushed a heretical rebellion in the southernmost islands two years ago). They will need a strong leader - or Sedoon to take a change of heart - to prevent a degeneration into the Princedoms once more (instead of a unified Inverness as Sedoon imagines). It is possible that they are not truly of the same ethnic origin as the northerners - rather, they are thought to originally be from the steppes to the far south. How they reached the Inverness, however, is a question that cannot yet be answered.

Location: The Southernmost three islands, beneath the block held by Inveran.

[ooc]
Goals:

1) Sedoon is desperately working towards engineering a false triumph for himself, calling in every favour he can and manipulating the heretical ex-rebels in the southernmost islands.

2) Padre, on the other hand, is attempting to humiliate his nephew at every turn so that he can replace him and secure the islands properly. If Sedoon shows that he is a strong ruler, he will break off from this goal.

3) Officially, the nation is seeking out new territories to lay claim to (this is Sedoon's secondary attempt at finding a victory) and attempting to negotiate with outside powers to at least stave them off for a short time. They have sent one diplomat to Inderan, bearing the following message:[/ooc]

[ic]Brothers,
Sharing as we do the same lands, and similar tongue, and perhaps even the same ancestors, it would surely be wise to work towards our common goals together, that the Inverness may truly be unified under one alliance, and that we may both profit from trade.

Yours in comradeship;
Machta Sedoon.
[/ic]

It occurs to me that I should probably ask what kind of time frame you guys are interested in.  Each update spans a certain amount of time; I was originally planning 50 years per update, but I'm willing to do whatever has a consensus here.  Shorter update periods will mean more chance to develop individual characters, leaders, and so on, but growth and technological advances will take longer.  Longer update periods, of course, will mean the reverse - advances will come faster but any character you start writing about in one round will most certainly be dead by the next.  I'm willing to go either way.  Any opinions?

maybe 10 years?15?

I'd say about 25. We can see how it goes, then adjust as we go along, if we feel it necessary.

I also like 25.  10-15 might be too short if we ever want to move past the early bronze age.

sure, that sounds good

And if we wanted to, we could have an occasional 'leap' that covers a significantly larger amount of time, if we ever feel it's getting stagnant.

Quote from: Stargate525And if we wanted to, we could have an occasional 'leap' that covers a significantly larger amount of time, if we ever feel it's getting stagnant.

Something that's been done with other games of this type before is called BT/IT, or "Boring Times/ Interesting Times."  The premise is a lot like what your suggestion; the game covers certain periods of "interest" while skipping stretches of "boring" time.  We can do something like this if we get to a period of "boredom" - which would most likely be a period of hegemony (think Roman Empire).  We'll cross that bridge when we come to it, but it's certainly an option.

Quote from: Mithridates

Quote from: Stargate525And if we wanted to, we could have an occasional 'leap' that covers a significantly larger amount of time, if we ever feel it's getting stagnant.

Something that's been done with other games of this type before is called BT/IT, or "Boring Times/ Interesting Times."  The premise is a lot like what your suggestion; the game covers certain periods of "interest" while skipping stretches of "boring" time.  We can do something like this if we get to a period of "boredom" - which would most likely be a period of hegemony (think Roman Empire).  We'll cross that bridge when we come to it, but it's certainly an option.

update... update...

*attempts to beam suggestions into your mind while being laughed at for making a funny face*

Update 1: The Years of Awakening

[spoiler=The Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update1.jpg)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=A Brief History of the World]
Before men worked bronze and plowed the earth, there was the Ma-Turi, the 'Great Tribe.'  The scribes of Celend record that the Ma-Turi were a thriving people of the heroic age, who drove out the giants and serpents from the plain of Ma'a.  In those lands they lived carefree lives, with meat and honey enough for everyone.  There was no need to work the land, and no cause for war.

As all ages end, however, this heroic age reached its twilight.  A drought came upon the plain of Ma'a, and the blighted land became drier and drier.  The Ma-Turi bickered amongst themselves and fought over dwindling food and water even while their lush home became a vast desert.  In the end, the Ma-Turi abandoned their lands and split amongst each other, founding the ancient kingdoms of Kuregn, Celend, and Beitar.  Only a handful remained behind in Ma'a, becoming a tribe of desert nomads known as the Atur.  It is from these kingdoms that all humans spring.

Or at least, that is what the priests of Celend maintain.  Many would disagree with their history, and it does not truly explain the rise of human lands in the north and east, where independent city-states have come to dominate the political landscape far from the influence of the ancient kingdoms.  With the spread of agriculture and bronzeworking, even the smallest of these new states has the tools to prosper and exert authority over its own petty domain.  Some speculate that the old order of the Ma-Turi successor kingdoms is coming to an end, as the ancient empires stagnate and continue to fight each other as they have always done.  This age may yet belong to the north and east, where a spirit of adventure and ingenuity lives on.
[/spoiler]

Year of the Comet 1-25

The North

People everywhere watched the skies this year as a brilliant comet lit up the summer sky.  Could this be a sign of future prosperity, or an omen of impending doom?  Regardless of its greater meaning, many peoples have begun counting years since the event, giving foreigners from north, south, east and west a common calendar to make sense of the many ritual, religious, and state calendars found throughout the known world.

In the north, several states arose from relative obscurity.  The clans of Nargaq, who had long lived in the dark forests and high valleys of the northern highlands, acquired some measure of unity under which the five ruling clans rule their fellows.  Though a traditionally tribal and semi-nomadic people, the necessities of government compelled the ruling clans to consolidate their power in the new city of Nargaq itself, which is less a traditional city than a constantly populated gathering place of artisans, leaders, craftsmen, and warriors from all of Nargaq's various clans.  With their newfound unity and might, the tribes expanded outwards in search of new lands.  The thinly populated forests of the interior proved impossible for native tribal peoples to hold against Nargaq, and those without the desire to be a part of the Nargaq confederation have moved downriver, where six landless tribes have formed a makeshift confederation to resist Nargaq influence (known quite simply as the Six Tribes confederation).

The clans of Nargaq busied themselves with other tasks as well, building dams and hill forts to tame and control their territory.  The Mole clan, over years of practicing their ancient vocation of digging, discovered modest but worthwhile sources of copper in the upland hills.  Such copper, traditionally gathered from streams in even smaller amounts, may yet advance the metalworking of the highland clans in due time.  Other clansmen, in impressively large dugout canoes, have seen the lands of Avardera and the Six Tribes Confederation with their own eyes, trading trinkets and baubles with the natives.

At the northernmost point of the known world, the Kingdom of Avardera overthrew their despotic first dynasty, replacing it with a new regal line more palatable to the Avarderine aristocracy.  As refugees from the highlands trickled in telling of powerful Nargaq and their expansionist zeal, the Kingdom minded its own defenses, raising a larger army and building hill forts to secure its farms and pastures.

South of Avardera, the theocracy of Ruthern also marched forth to acquire more land, though through somewhat different means.  The Ruthernians, eager to glorify their god and their newly established state, took to missionary work with great zeal.  Some tribal peoples near the peninsula adopted Runethainism, broadening the city's sphere of influence.  Not everyone was so quickly converted, however, and minorities remain within Ruthern's new border regions who still cling to their Animistic traditions.

Little difference exists between a Ruthernian missionary and a Ruthernian explorer.  Some of these more adventurous members of the faithful reached as far as the Nargaq highlands in their travels, making a handful of converts and planting the seeds of Runethainism wherever fertile soil could be found.

Seeds of a more mundane nature were also been planted in Ruthern, as they are every year, but the Ruthernians experimented with new ways to grow and harvest crops.  Progress has not been forthcoming, and the average Ruthernian farmer continues as he always has '" plowing the field by hand with a digging-stick and hoping Runethain grants favorable rains.

The Isles

Among the isles of the Inverness, the sails of Inveran boats became an increasingly common sight.  Braving storms and dangerous lee shores, Inveran colonists set foot on a neighboring island and founded a new colony.  The colony '" which the Inveran Meritocracy has yet to name '" had a difficult start, and seriously strained the food supply of the local shoals.  The people of Inveran just had to tighten their belts and soldier on, though much grumbling was heard among fishermen who had to pay heavy taxes in kind to support the colony.  With the food shortage, the leaders of Inveran had difficulty assembling the corvee labor needed to construct the planned temple to the Dragon Saints, though in time it was completed (if a few years later than planned).  The state had an easier time assembling a small professional army, largely from fishermen who abandoned their boats in these lean times for the security of state-furnished rations.

They say necessity is the mother of invention, however, and these same lean times produced some new advances.  The old keelboats have given way to faster, more seaworthy galleys, which can more easily transfer food and goods from one city to another.  Adversity led others to seek their fortunes abroad, and a formal expedition was organized into the 'Lost Lands.'  The Inveran explorers made contact with the Ruthernians, the Six Tribes Confederacy, and a variety of pre-bronze tribal peoples living along the coasts before heading inland.  Despite the occasional setback, the expedition reached Nargaq, and after trading for supplies continued inland, eventually reaching a previously unknown river flowing roughly northwards.  At its mouth, the expedition found a populous but technologically backwards kingdom called 'Durum.'  The King of Durum, impressed by how far his foreign guests had come, gave them several large canoes with which to round the coast of the Lost Lands and continue home.  The expedition leader, Publictus, may yet go down in history as one of the age's most intrepid explorers.

While the inhabitants of the northern Inverness struggled to support a new city, their neighbors to the south struggled to preserve the political unity that, until recently, had proven elusive.  The heresies of the Machta-In's southernmost islands proved difficult to entirely quash, and rumors spread in the Machta's hall of a possible Kuregnite connection with the rebels.  Traders from the ancient kingdom are uncommon and Kuregn has never showed an interest in the Inverness before, but even a rumor is enough to create apprehension when the rumor involves one of the most powerful states in the known world.

In this case, it created more than apprehension '" the rebellion resurfaced.  The crisis had to be managed carefully.  The resurgence embarrassed Padre, whose previous victory clearly did not hold, but also presented a challenge for the Machta, who feared open conflict with Kuregn if the rumors proved true.  After spending long hours in contemplation in the shrine of Ramala, Sedoon decided confrontation was the only feasible option.

This may have been a mistake.  The rumors were true '" the Despot of Kuregn, Aguman II, coveted the wealth of Yaffa, which had grown rich off trading tin up and down the coasts.  An island outpost could prove useful in challenging the growing hegemony of the Yaffan Matriarchy.  For all the might of Kuregn, however, Aguman's small fleet had no advantage over the Invernessi, and so he turned to his other advantage '" Kuregn's excellent network of spies.  The Despot, quickly seizing the nature of the Machta-In's current situation, made contact with Padre.  Sedoon was caught in a trap; when he realized that a thousand Kuregnite troops had already made landfall upon his own arrival, he attempted to flee '" but his own fleet, on the orders of his uncle, had already abandoned him.  Sedoon was captured and taken back to Kuregn, a prisoner of the Despot.  Aguman was more than happy to acknowledge Padre's rulership of the isles - but kept his new prisoner as insurance should the new Machta 'forget' who put him where he is.

Though the Machta-In's new status as a de facto vassal secured Machta Padre against external threats, the decision to side with foreigners against the previous Machta has proven deeply unpopular with the Invernessi.  No local prince wishes to provoke the Despot's wrath, but their subjects are less fearful of voicing their resentment.

The South

It is said that a new high chieftain has emerged from the seemingly endless inter-tribal warfare among the Atur.  Under the leadership of 'the Ammar' (or 'leader'), the Atur raided the borderlands of Kuregn and Celend, and soundly defeated a Celenite army near the banks of the Red Ispar river.  Such violence seems aimed more at plunder than conquest, and both kingdoms are wealthy and stable enough to ignore such pinpricks for now.

As far as the lands of the north are concerned, the most important city of the southlands is that of Yaffa, a tributary state of Celend.  Until recently a backwards cluster of villages on a forgotten, windswept cape, the Yaffans achieved great wealth within the last few generations due to the discovery of the largest tin deposits yet found.  Tin, being an essential ingredient of bronze, has greatly enriched the Yaffans, whose ships ply their trade from Beitar to Ruthern.  Under their great Matriarch, Ulla, Yaffa grew strong and wealthy enough to reduce the relationship with Celend to a mere formality.  The Matriarchy still acknowledges Celenite suzerainty, but Yaffa is effectively independent, and already meddling in the affairs of others.

The East

The agricultural city-states of the Serpent (the longest river in the known world) have enjoyed steady growth with little outside interference.  The river is quickly becoming a vibrant artery of trade, interrupted only by the occasional skirmish between petty rulers seeking prestige and acclaim.  The "Lowland States" (Pinur, Shol, Balan, and Atamn) shifted alliances countless times in the past quarter century as each local ruler attempted to gain supremacy over the others.

[spoiler=About the Statistics]

As this is our first update, some explanation of the statistics is in order.

Most stats are represented by a single number between 0 and 10.  Generally, 10 is better than 0, but very high scores can have negative aspects as well.  Stats interact with each other in complex ways that can't always be predicted.

Popularity indicates how loved the government is by its subjects.  A 0 indicates a government that is universally despised by all; a 10 indicates a government loved and cherished by all.
Dread indicates how feared your state is, both by your own citizens and by foreigners.  A 0 indicates a state that is about as feared as a kitten; a 10 indicates a state so feared that few dare to speak its name.
Fervor indicates how much zeal exists among your subjects for your state religion.  A 0 indicates that people couldn't care less about the state religion; a 10 indicates a people that are willing to kill and die for their faith at the slightest provocation.
Population indicates the approximate number of people in your state.
Prosperity indicates how well the average person in your state lives.  A 0 indicates that your state is a squalid pit in which starvation is faced daily.  A 10 indicates a society in which all are well-fed and every household is replete with the rarest luxuries.
Trade indicates how open your society is to other societies, and how many goods, technologies, and ideas cross your borders.  Trade can give you prosperity and advancement but can also spread nefarious foreign ideas, religions, and diseases.  A 0 indicates an isolationist society with completely closed borders; a 10 indicates an open and cosmopolitan society in which there is practically no distinction between foreign and local.
Advancement indicates the general level of technological advancement of your state.  Most states are "Early Bronze Age," though some societies have not yet reached this level.
Infrastructure indicates the extent of civil works in your state '" roads, canals, aqueducts, public baths, granaries, academies, and so on.  A 0 indicates that your state has no civil works of note; a 10 indicates a complex, advanced, and well maintained infrastructure available to all citizens.

Military

Your state's military deserves special mention, because it works somewhat differently than the other 0-10 statistics.  There are several unit types you can choose from.  The number of units you can normally field is limited; this limit will increase or decrease based on things like population, infrastructure, and so on.  You can expand your military past this limit, but the quality of your units and the prosperity of your state will suffer for it.

Unit types are fairly general; spearmen, archers, and so on (see below for a current list).  I don't want to get too detailed in terms of military '" it's just not necessary '" but I may allow the gradual development of 'unique units' if you develop them in stories.

Not all units are regular.  'Irregulars' will join up when you attack or defend; they represent volunteers, slaves, conscripts, and other amateur soldiers that have joined the regular army on a temporary basis.  Irregulars vary in numbers and quality based on a variety of factors; a high fervor stat, for instance, will give you huge amounts of irregulars if you should embark on a holy war.  They are not at the level of regular units, but don't discount the impact they can make, especially when defending their own homes or motivated by faith.

Navies work a lot like armies, though navies have their own distinct unit types.  You can disembark your sailors and use a naval unit like an army unit; disembarked sailors ('Marines') are more effective than irregulars, but a bit less effective than any regular army unit.  Navy and army units share the same unit limit, so a large navy comes at the expense of a large army (and vice versa).

You can change, add, and remove units through your story orders '" I'd rather you write about expanding your navy and building new ships than saying 'I add three Galley units.'  Firstly, stories are always preferable to short orders; and secondly, changing your forces might be fast or gradual depending on other factors, so you can't always predict how your forces will grow and change.

Military Technology indicates the unit types you can raise.
Forces indicates the number of total units you have.  Your unit limit is in parenthesis.
Army lists your regular army units.  An infantry unit represents around 500 men.  More exotic and expensive units, like horsemen, represent fewer men.
Navy lists your naval units.  A naval unit represents around 5-10 ships, depending on size.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Current Unit Types]

Army

Spearmen (Spr): Spearmen wield a short spear, and are usually equipped with a copper helmet, light armor (e.g. linen, hide, or leather), and a large hide or wooden shield.  They are decent all-around troops that can handle most opponents adequately, but they don't excel at anything.
Bladesmen (Bld): These are usually younger and more agile warriors that serve as light infantry, fighting with some manner of bronze blade '" usually an axe, knife, or short sword '" and a hide or wicker shield.  They wear little or no armor to preserve their mobility.  Bladesmen are fast and flexible light troops who can ably accomplish tactical maneuvers and ambushes.
Archers (Arc): Archers carry a short bow, several sheaves of arrows, and little else.  Their arrows are deadly, but inaccurate at long ranges, and can be blocked easily by shields and even light armor.  They are often used to break up enemy formations and to assault or defend walled cities.
Slingers (Sli): Slingers fire deadly lead bullets that significantly outrange bows, and can break bones even through shields and armor.  These bullets are heavy, however, which limits the number that can be carried into battle.  They make good battlefield skirmishers.

Special (you can't choose these units, see above)

Irregulars (Irr): Irregulars wield whatever weapons are at hand '" javelins, clubs, bolas, farm equipment, or even simple rocks.  They usually have no armor to speak of, and fight as skirmishers '" their plan is to throw whatever they have in hand at the enemy, and then run like hell!  They lack training and discipline, but can be useful auxiliaries and scouts.  Their effectiveness can vary based on their society and their current situation.
Marines (Mar): Marines are navy crews disembarked from their ships to fight on land.  They are as disciplined as regular soldiers, but are lightly equipped and unarmored (armor can be a hindrance when running a ship), usually with short bows, javelins, or assorted hand weapons.

Navy

Boats (Boa): These represent canoes, barges, and small boats primarily designed for rivers and day voyages over calm seas.  These small vessels are quite handy, but very vulnerable to storms and ill-suited for warfare at sea.  
Galleys (Gal): The galley is a round-bottomed ship with 20-40 oars and a single square-rigged mast.  They are faster and more seaworthy than boats, but are unsuitable for open waters beyond sight of the coast.  They have no weapons, combat being conducted by boarding an enemy ship.

More unit types may become available as technology advances or as certain animals are introduced (i.e. horses).  Note that just because a unit is mentioned here doesn't mean you can field it; check your 'Military Technology' stat.[/spoiler]

Now, without further ado, the stats.

Statistics

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 4
Dread: 0
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 100% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 4
Population: 9,000
Cities: Inveran (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 2
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 96% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 4% Runethainism
Fervor: 3
Population: 12,000
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]
Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 6
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 90% Runethainism, 10% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 14,000
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 1 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Southern Invernessi Machta-In]
Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 3
Dread: 1
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 100% Sadatism, unknown percentage Sadat Heresy
Fervor: 3
Population: 10,000
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[ic=Despot Aguman II of Kuregn to the Machta of the Invernessi]
In return for my continued protection of your lands, I will require some kind of reciprocation '" a tribute is in order.  Whether this comes from your own coffers or those of the Yaffans, who trade all throughout your waters, is your decision to make.  I trust you understand which I would prefer.[/ic]

[ic=King Elu of Avardera to the High Priest of Ruthern]
My blessings upon you.  I have had reason to be concerned of late with the highland tribes, who are more united and dangerous than they have ever been before.  I believe that a mutual agreement between us could be beneficial to us both.[/ic]

[ic=Chieftains of the Six Tribes Confederation to the Leaders of Inveran]
The clans of Nargaq take our land and threaten our very way of life!  Your explorers have passed through our lands and told us of your powerful army '" we entreat you to come to our aid against our oppressors.[/ic]

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 4
Dread: 0
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 100% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 4
Population: 9,000
Cities: Inveran (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal
Religion: They worship Dragon Saints. Each one has a portfolio and list of heroic deeds. Whether they were (or are) actual dragons is unknown.
Culture: Due to its location, the Culture of Inveran has been developed in isolation. Music is a prevalent form of entertainment, acting is unknown, and literature has just started in the topics of History and Religion. Daily life is based around fishing, from where they get most of their food, and religion, which they practice heartily.
[/spoiler]

[ic=Return Letter To Machta Sedoon]
Your Grace,

We graciously accept your offer of alliance. From this day henceforth, our enemies shall be one, and our good shall be free in trade.

Aristo[/ic]

[ic=Letter to the Ruthernians, Nargaq, and Durum]
Esteemed Rulers,

Word has come to me of the great lands that you possess and that you are a great people. We respectfully request that our ships be allowed into your ports, to trade with your people so that mutual understanding and respect may flourish. In return, we offer our ships for your own trade, and will gladly take your goods where you wish. For a small consideration, of course.

Awaiting Your Reply,
Lord Aristo[/ic]  

[ic=Reply Letter to Six Tribes Confederation]
We will be glad to help our new friends in this time of need. We do ask that in return, when this war is over, that you allow our ships to travel to and through your land, as we will both profit from that arrangement.[/ic]

[ooc]New orders:
1.) Expand
2.) Agricultural development
3.) Military development
[/ooc]

[ic Reply to Kinge Elu of Advardera]Esteemed King,
As we have seen, also. I too belive an alliance could greatly help us both.

Runethain be with you,
Sharzak
[/ic]

[ic Reply to Lord Aristo]
Lord Aristo,

I accept your offer on behalf of the children of Runethain

High Priest Sharzak
[/ic]

[ooc]Actions:
1) Padre begins the construction of dams, bridges and roads to better the flow of trade through his lands.

2) In secret, he also performs sacrifices of his own blood  to the darker incarnations of Ramala, Zakha, Dukil and Nukt to call down every curse imaginable upon Aguman and his lands.

3) The people of the Machta-In are certainly not happy with this chain of events, but even if Padre professes that his army is for defensive purposes alone, rumours are spread amongst them that it is for raiding, in the old ways, and for ousting the foreigners.

4) Padre commissions a large statue in honour of 'his' victory over Sedoon, with Aguman's role being downplayed slightly in the writing around the base.

5) Padre's final orders are to begin surveys of the land for natural resources.[/ooc]

The following letters are given to diplomats, addressed firstly to Aguman, secondly to the Jaffa matriarch, Ulla, and thirdly to Aristo.

[ic]Lord Aguman,

Of course, tribute will be provided. I will see to it directly. At present I am seeing to the establishment of an army to protect both our interests in the Inverness, which I hope to be a strong guiding force for trade in future.

Yours respectfully,

Machta Padre
[/ic]

[ic]My Lady Ulla,
I extend an offer of alliance to yourself, as a guiding force for trade and defence. I ask as a sealing to this agreement that you pay one half of our tribute to Kuregn for thirty years, which we will repay in grain and free military service.

Yours in respectful hope,

Machta Padre[/ic]

[ic]My Lord Aristo,

It is good that you have accepted my nephew's offer, and I hope to continue that partnership. However, through coercion, violence and bribery, the Despot of Kuregn has captured him and forced myself, Padre, into serving him as a puppet Machta. For now, I must work in secret, but soon enough I hope to break free of my 'debt'.

Yours in comradeship and hope,
Machta Padre.
[/ic]

[ooc]> mine more copper.(mole clan)
      > Create More canoes.(otter, bass, trout, salmon clan)
      > Create armor and weapons for army.(porcupine, wolf, and hawk)
      > Explore.[/ooc]
 

[ic Reply to Lord Aristo]We except your offer, but would like to know in what way this would benifit our people. We have much copper to benifit you, but what resources are we in need of that you will offer?
                                    Sincerely,
                                    Raven Elder Rufiil[/ic]

[ic=Reply to Rufiil]Esteemed Elder,

We know not what goods we may be able to provide you, as we have not seen our land enough to determine that. However, should you agree, our first ship will be laden with a fine selection of all that Inveran, and her trading partners across the globe, have to offer. Surely you will find something desirable better than we could guess, and we would not wish to leave out that item based on a false assumption.

The being said, I must inform you that I received a letter from the Six Tribes Confederation, pleading for our assistance in defending them against you. Not wishing to see bloodshed on either side of this unfortunate situation, I will be sending delegates in hopes that an impartial party may help forge a lasting friendship between your two peoples.

Lord Aristo[/ic]
[ooc]Escorting the above letter are the delegates, who will stop briefly in the Six Nations, gather their side of the story while allowing the letter to go ahead of them, then follow it. Among the delegation is Publictus, whose knowledge of the people should prove to be a decisive advantage.[/ooc]

[ic=Reply to Machta Padre]
Your Grace,

I am glad that our two peoples may share in the bounty of Inverness as allies, rather than enemies. Your plight concerns me, and I would be more than willing to lend whatever assistance our nation can provide. Be it known, however, that my forces may be tied up with other matters.

Lord Aristo[/ic]

[ic]To my Brother Aristo,

Greetings from Ilneress, your grand colony! I am glad to report that despite our early setbacks, exploration of the island for usable resources is going according to plan. I have taken the liberty of sending with this letter what reports have already come in, but they, regrettably, give an incomplete and somewhat dull picture. The countryside is beautiful here, I hope that your affairs of state will not keep you from visiting your older brother!

I have heard of your plans to construct an academy in Inveran. I agree wholeheartedly that public and free education is the future of our nation, and I hope that one day I may obtain permission to construct one in the Colony. I have developed, by necessity, a system by which letters may be delivered extremely fast, using a series of waystops and several runners in series. Perhaps this will be of some use to you, as it has quickened our exploration significantly.  

Give my love to Publictus, and wish luck to our nephews.

In your service,
Lord Leogo.[/ic]

[ic=Royal Decree]Be it Known,

By Royal Decree, in order to aid in the natural trade and exchange of goods in the Free State of Inveran, as well as the hopes of a convenient method of trade among nations, hereby sets a standard for trade and debt.

From this day henceforth, all trade may be conducted by use of the Drake. The Drake is to be accepted at all places of trade and commerce, and may be used for the repayment of all debts. A drake is set to equal the value of 1(one) pound of salt or three ounces of gold, with smaller denominations being made available.

You may purchase Drakes by exchanging an equivalent amount of items with the local tax collector.  

By order of his Majesty,
Aristo
[/ic]

[ooc]Additional orders and condensed orders for the ADD.

*Construct a grand academy, which is open to all.
*introduction of a rudimentry letter carrier's service.
*survey of both islands for usable natural resources.
*expansion to other islands (nothing as big as the colony, but small settlements).
*begin trade, and introduction of standardized currency.
*increase the size and technological level of our fleet, which special focus on making ships large enough to conduct international trade effectively.

[/ooc]

[ic Reply to Lord Aristo]We shall gladly trade with your peoples. We never intended to have a war with the confederation of six tribes so please do what you can to convince them we are not a threat. Please resolve this conflict as best you can, for we are not in any position to resolve it ourselves.
                   Sincerely,
                   Council of elders[/ic]

[ic=King Duru-dan of Durum to Lord Aristo]
I am pleased to allow your ships passage through our ancestral lands, but as a gesture of good faith I ask that you show our people the secrets of this wondrous stone you call "bronze."  Give me men to teach these secrets to our people, and I will make you the only foreigners whose vessels are welcome in our waters.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Ulla to Machta Padre]
Though I sympathize with your situation, I fear that to pay tribute to Kuregn would create the expectation of future tribute in the mind of the Despot and his heirs.  I have not freed our city from one kingdom in order to pay tribute to another.  I must decline your request for an alliance,  as with the Sea Mother's blessings we do not need such foreign entanglements at this time.[/ic]

[ic=Lord Aristo]Brotherly Ally,
It is good that you have accepted our offer of alliance, that we may share the Inverness equally. All that I ask is that you may assist us in paying off the tribute required from Kuregn, and aid us when the time is right to expel them from our islands. I fear that we do not have the resources at present to grant suitable tribute to Kuregn, and that our military is not great enough to fight  them off - were we to be overcome, I imagine you would be the next target of this vicious Despot's conquests. Only together can we stand against this threat.

Yours in comradeship,

Machta Padre
[/ic]

[ic=Lord Aristo to King Duru Dan]
We agree to show you the secrets of our bronze-working ability. But this knowledge comes at a price. The construction of our ships requires great amounts of wood, and since these ships will be aiding you, I believe it is only fair that you supply enough for some ships, in addition to exclusive trading rights. If you wish, only the ships built from your wood will enter your ports, and we shall attempt to make half the crew of these vessels of rour people, so that with time, you will also learn our secrets of navigation.  [/ic]

[ic=Lord Aristo to Machta Padre]
As I said before, we do not have the military forces necessary to defend both you and us at this time. However, we shall attempt to supply what wealth is needed to buy them off temporarily. I hope that your people will similarly aid us when we request it?
[/ic]

[ic=Machta Padre to Lord Aristo]Of course. Once we have removed these oppressors, we will have the resources to repay you in every possible way.[/ic]

[ic=King Duru-dan to Lord Aristo]
That is a simple request to grant.  Give us the secrets of your wondrous stone and you may take all the wood your fleet can carry.  Any ships of yours may come and go as they please, and we will make slaves out of any other foreigners who trespass upon our seas.[/ic]

[ooc]
Please note:
Except for Ruthern, all player-controlled nations have reached their military limit already.  The limit reflects how many professional soldiers your society can support before the quality of equipment and the surplus food supply are compromised.  Note that unless your limit happens to rise with the next update, orders to expand the military will result in your state exceeding the limit, which will negatively affect prosperity and military strength.[/ooc]

[ooc]The increase I was talking about wasn't military. It was to increase the size of our commercial fleet and I assume they would be crewed by civilians.[/ooc]

[ooc]
That's fine, just make sure it's clear so I know what you're talking about.[/ooc]

Quote from: Mithridates[ooc]
Please note:
Except for Ruthern, all player-controlled nations have reached their military limit already.  The limit reflects how many professional soldiers your society can support before the quality of equipment and the surplus food supply are compromised.  Note that unless your limit happens to rise with the next update, orders to expand the military will result in your state exceeding the limit, which will negatively affect prosperity and military strength.[/ooc]

[ooc]Okey dokey. I've changed my orders to reflect this, working on building up infrastructure rather than military strength.[/ooc]

[ooc]ok i would like to un-do my order to train and build up the military of my people.[/ooc]

[ooc]Don't worry, no orders are "permanent" until I actually update.  You can edit whatever you want; I'll re-check everything before posting the next update.

Speaking of updates, I'm moving to Atlanta on Wednesday and might be a little too busy for a few days.  Time constraints may force me to limit or delay the update this week.  I'm therefore not putting any deadline on orders just yet, so take your time... and maybe write a good story for us. :)[/ooc]

[ooc] Nargaq Clans  
Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter, Mole, Trout, Beaver, Bear, Porcupine, Salmon, Hawk, Deer.   [/ooc]

You can update more than once a week, I mean unless you guys have something else to finish, I'm ready now.

Hi, I'm a new player moving in, so here's my description:
Name: The League of Freemen

Government: The Captains of the Freemen have a council in which they decide overarching goals for their people, essentially forming a republic. Each Captain governs his "Fleet", meaning navy and minor settlements, without interference.

Religion: The League of Freemen believe in Mother Earth and Father Sea. The men are more devoted, in the main, to Father Sea, being a mainly seafaring people. Women are more aligned with Mother Earth. Some Men take to Mother Earth, but are not seen as weaklings for their choice, as the League knows that "No one sees he same waves." Also, women do follow the call of father Sea, and sail with the men for various reasons, often to avoid marriages they don't desire.

Culture: The culture of Freemen is fairly straightforward. In the main, they are sailors and fisherman, only coming to land to see their families, and dealing with port cities. One cultural event is the Captain's Meet. Every year, The Captains gather at a destination determined at last year's Meet, and discuss issues they see and things they feel need addressing. Literacy is less common amongst the men, though the women do read and write, and teach their children. Singing and Acting are common entertainments for the men.

Location (Assuming Mithridates approves): There are three main settlements that the Freemen possess. The first, Hartport, is located to the southeast of Yaffa, and the Northeast of Celend, across the water from both of them. Hartport is a common location for the Captain's Meet, normally changing only for defensive measures in wartime. The second, Tremaine, is to the South east, and is closest to the Tescha. Finally, Norpost is to the East of Ruthern. Between Norpost and Tremaine, the Freemen sail.


 [ic=From the Free Captains to The Machta Sedoon] We humbly submit a petition for trade between our peoples, as we determine that such a course would be beneficial to both parties.[/ic]

 [ic=From the Free Captains to the people of Yaffa and Celend] We, the Free Captains, seek free passage through the straits near your lands. We do not seek war, and merely wish to maintain trade routes through the area.[/ic]

 [ooc]
Standing orders:
1. Seek trade with the landbound.
2. Improve our ships. For cargo, harvest, and wartime. In that order.
3. Research ways to better obtain food from Father Sea
4. establish protective treaties with surrounding peoples for our settlements.[/ooc]

[ic=From Machta Padre to the Free Captains]
Your offer is duly recieved, noted, and agreed to, provided you have resources that we may trade for.[/ic]

[ooc]I'm ready for updates, sure.[/ooc]

[ic=Letter given to Free Captain while sailing through Inveran Waters]
Unknown Nation,

Your ships are sailing through our waters, and is in violation of our borders. We will give reasonable time to open a line of communication, else your ships will be seen as pirates in our waters, and captured.

Lord Aristo[/ic]

[ooc]If you intend on circumnavigating us, then please ignore this. :)[/ooc]  

Quote from: Stargate525You can update more than once a week, I mean unless you guys have something else to finish, I'm ready now.

I want to give people plenty of time to write, since prose is encouraged.  Part of the idea is for people to embellish on the campaign world with their own detail and stories; that's what makes this a "story-game" instead of just a game.  Note how a lot of update space went to Inveran and the Machta-In - it's not because I like them more, but rather because more detail and description gives me more to work with.  As I said, there's nothing wrong with just giving basic orders, but stories and descriptions help me out and make a more developed world, so I want to encourage them by not rushing through updates too fast.  Additionally, updates are a fair amount of work for me, and if I have an update every 2-3 days I'm going to get burned out really quickly.  I may put out another one before I leave on Wednesday just to get us started out well, but I can't maintain that kind of schedule.

AllWillFall2Me: Those borders are fine with me, though maintaining such a far-flung state might be challenging.  I wish you luck!

[ic=Grand Archon Haloun of Celend to the Free Captains]
Mighty and Venerable Celend will suffer your commerce - so long as you acknowledge Celenite suzerainty, as the Yaffan Matriarch has.[/ic]

[ic=Matriach Ulla of Yaffa to the Free Captains]
We will not interfere with your fleets, blessings to the Sea Mother be upon them.[/ic]

Quote from: MithridatesI want to give people plenty of time to write, since prose is encouraged.  Part of the idea is for people to embellish on the campaign world with their own detail and stories; that's what makes this a "story-game" instead of just a game.  Note how a lot of update space went to Inveran and the Machta-In - it's not because I like them more, but rather because more detail and description gives me more to work with.  As I said, there's nothing wrong with just giving basic orders, but stories and descriptions help me out and make a more developed world, so I want to encourage them by not rushing through updates too fast.  Additionally, updates are a fair amount of work for me, and if I have an update every 2-3 days I'm going to get burned out really quickly.  I may put out another one before I leave on Wednesday just to get us started out well, but I can't maintain that kind of schedule.

I understand. It should take us longer to finish up business once more people get into it (hopefully).

[ic=From The Free Captains to The Free State of Inverness]Our most humble apologies, it appears that a bosun had misunderstood the relationship twixt Machta-In, and The Inverness. We extend our greetings, and wish permission to sail in your waters in pursuit of fish and trade. Both of which we would be happy to extend to your markets, given the chance.[/ic]

  [ic= From the Free Captains to the Grand Arch-Thingy of Celend] Suzerainty? Milord, we are but simple fisherfolk. We don't understand that word. What does it mean?[/ic]

 [ooc]As an aside, how feasible is the concept of a "floating city", made up of rafts, ships, and other watercraft lashed and tied together? If at all possible, I would appreciate that as a capital city.[/ooc]

[ic=Grand Archon of Celend to the Free Captains]
It means that you acknowledge the Grand Archon of Celend as your superior, and that you recognize that your continued freedom to sail upon these waters is conditional upon that acknowledgment.  It means that you shall pay a nominal tribute to affirm your allegiance.  The Teschans, Yaffans, and Dolans all acknowledge our authority and bow to us.  Do so as well, and you will prosper as they have.[/ic]

QuoteAs an aside, how feasible is the concept of a "floating city", made up of rafts, ships, and other watercraft lashed and tied together? If at all possible, I would appreciate that as a capital city.

I have no problem with that.

[ooc]Heads up to our newcomer:
Machta-In and The Free State of Inveran are separate countries which currently have an alliance. The Inverness is the island chain that these two countries (and you) live in. I assume you meant Inveran in your last post, so...[/ooc]

[ic=Lord Aristo to the Free Captains]
Admiral,

Your offer of trade is welcomed and agreed to. Henceforth, your ships shall be welcome in any of our port cities, to trade whatever they may wish.

However, we must decline your request to freely fish within our waters. Our people make a living off of the bounty of the sea, and as fishermen yourselves, this would endanger our very existence. If you wish to fish within Inveran Lands, you will surrender a fifth of your catch to us, as well as pay a small tax on the remainder, so that our people's way of life may be preserved.

Lord Aristo[/ic]  

Quote from: MithridatesI have no problem with that.

Glee! But where would it go?

 [ooc]Stargate, Thanks for correcting my misuse of your location vs your country. I do know that the two countries are separate. If you didn't notice from my communication with the Celends, my people prefer to play stupid. Better the enemy underestimate you than you them.[/ooc]

 [ic=from the Free Captain Edgard to The Grand Archon of Celend] I cannot speak, nor agree, for all my brethren, my lord, but I will personally tell them of your gracious offer come Captain's Meet, and will no doubt be deliverin' your tribute come soon.[/ic]

 [ic=From The Free Captains to the Lord Aristo] The trade is welcome, but Father Sea be generous enough for all, we shall seek his bounty in other waters. Good Fish, Good Waves.[/ic]

Quote from: AllWillFall2MeGlee! But where would it go?

In the water, perhaps? Wasn't the idea that it would move around?


And I see you took the right action; We don't want competition in our waters dangit!

I have no problem with a city on the water - Venice and Tenochtitlan come to mind - and I don't have any problem with such a city being made of ships and watercraft.  Such a city, however, would not be mobile; it would be impossible to steer and propel, and one storm could probably wreck it.  I need the city to be stationary, regardless of what it is actually made of.

Like I said in the opening post, fantasy stuff may be introduced later, but for now I'd like to keep things grounded in realism.

Quote from: MithridatesI have no problem with a city on the water - Venice and Tenochtitlan come to mind - and I don't have any problem with such a city being made of ships and watercraft.  Such a city, however, would not be mobile; it would be impossible to steer and propel, and one storm could probably wreck it.  I need the city to be stationary, regardless of what it is actually made of.

Hmmm. For now, I will forsake it, until I find a feasible/interesting way to organize it. Perhaps having the ships carry, at the cost of cargo space, connecting materials, adn having flaoting cities be more like gypsy caravans...
But for now, ignore the idea.

Quote from: AllWillFall2MeHmmm. For now, I will forsake it, until I find a feasible/interesting way to organize it. Perhaps having the ships carry, at the cost of cargo space, connecting materials, adn having flaoting cities be more like gypsy caravans...

Haha, gypsies of the ocean...

Dude, that's totally going in my setting.

Quote from: AllWillFall2Me

Quote from: MithridatesI have no problem with a city on the water - Venice and Tenochtitlan come to mind - and I don't have any problem with such a city being made of ships and watercraft.  Such a city, however, would not be mobile; it would be impossible to steer and propel, and one storm could probably wreck it.  I need the city to be stationary, regardless of what it is actually made of.

Hmmm. For now, I will forsake it, until I find a feasible/interesting way to organize it. Perhaps having the ships carry, at the cost of cargo space, connecting materials, adn having flaoting cities be more like gypsy caravans...
But for now, ignore the idea.

I think that an island where ships can shelter from storms and connect to one another, or possibly just a set location that the Free Captains might visit, somewhere in the sea, would be best. Then they could rope together for a short time, put down gang-planks and go to market. :P

Quote from: AllWillFall2MeHmmm. For now, I will forsake it, until I find a feasible/interesting way to organize it. Perhaps having the ships carry, at the cost of cargo space, connecting materials, adn having flaoting cities be more like gypsy caravans...
But for now, ignore the idea.

OK then.  The update is probably coming today.

The Years of the Tide
Year of the Comet 26-50

Historians may one day say that these years belonged to the seafarers.  New seashore states have arisen, and older ones have expanded and developed.  Though Kuregn and Celend retained their influences among these people in theory, it is increasingly evident that a new order is emerging apart from the ancient kingdoms.

[spoiler=The Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update2.jpg)[/spoiler]

The North

Though a peninsular state with close proximity to the Inverness and the Norpost enclave, the Ruthernian state focused on its internal development and its landward territory.  Perhaps conscious of growing Nargaq power in the highlands, Ruthern and Avardera formally allied, while Ruthern raised an army and continued the active advance of its borders.  This advancement came through a curious combination of the scripture and spear, bringing the influence of the priesthood of Runethain to the borders of Norpost and the Six Tribes Confederation.  Their religion found some converts among the people of Norpost and the Six Tribes alike, though the priesthood was generally more concerned with temporal advancement than spiritual.  Ruthern's lands became rather expansive for one city-state to control, and the state's control remains rather tenuous towards its new frontier, especially since a large minority remains in these border regions with little allegiance to Ruthern or Runethain.

Its expansion did, however, bring Ruthern to the thick inland forests, and this yielded an interesting new development.  With relatively little need for lumber, Ruthernian farmers slashed and burned the forests to make more room for farmland.  These farmers have found that the residue from such ash, after being exposed to water, makes a cheaper and more plentiful fertilizer than animal dung.  Though the process is rudimentary and has not spread far beyond the frontier regions, Ruthern has enjoyed a noticeable growth in crops and population thanks to its productive frontier farmers.

Further inland, the clans of Nargaq turned from expansion to exploration.  A growing trade relationship between Nargaq and their neighbors, as well as the cessation of Nargaq conquest, served to cool tensions between Nargaq and the Six Tribes.  Others without the desire to trade went east, where the clansmen became the second people to make contact with the distant state of Durum.  The men of Durum were eager to trade with the clansmen for their copper, as the agents of Inveran were simultaneously teaching the Duru the techniques of forging bronze.

A trade route emerged stretching from Inveran to the Duru city of Aduum, called 'the copper road.'  Invernessi merchants, bearing cured fish and salt, sail north into the lands of the Six Tribes, trading their goods for timber to take back to the isles.  Other merchants sail further upriver to trade in Nargaq for copper.  Nargaq caravans move across the hinterlands to the east to the aptly named trading town of Useh-dum ('place of copper' in the Duru language), a place home to the Nargaq, Duru, and Invernessi, outside the effective control of any outside state.  There, copper moves in boats downriver to Durum, while Duru boatmen ship back another metal, far rarer in the northlands '" silver.  Duru silver has thus found its way as far as the Machta-In.  The fact that the Inveran 'Drake' was originally based on the weight of gold was totally forgotten; gold is almost unseen in the region, while Duru silver became readily available (if still expensive).  All profited from this trade, especially the Invernessi and the merchant lords of Useh-dum (also largely Invernessi).

The Copper Road remained profitable partially because of a growing difficulty in the northern sea.  The rocky coastline directly west of Ruthern, long known as the 'dreaded shore' for its supremely dangerous shoals and stormy seas, became known in the year 28 for another kind of dread.  The wild people of these forsaken shores began to take to piracy in this year, attacking Invernessi merchantmen traveling to Durum.  Using surprise and numbers to overwhelm merchant ships, the corsairs all but cut off trade running around the coast, making the Copper route the only viable artery of trade.  Nearly a hundred Invernessi merchants and crewmen were killed or enslaved by the corsairs of the Dreaded Shore, who managed to prevail despite their apparent lack of bronze or advanced ships.  The sea between Ruthern and Avardera became the most dangerous place on earth in a matter of months.

The Isles

Despite setbacks on the waves, the Free State of Inveran rapidly recovered from the shortages of the last generation thanks to the Copper Road.  The lords of Inveran attempted to introduce the "Drake," the first true measure of currency in the northlands.  For hundreds of years, the ancient kingdoms have used gold and silver bars as material "receipts" representing shares of state grain supplies.  The Inveran currency, however, was not backed with anything - a Drake could be purchased for salt or silver, but the state held no grain or other valuables with which to back the Drake's value.  Without a material backing, most merchants scorned the new currency, preferring to continue their system of bartering commodities.  Inveran dominance of the southern Copper Road persisted despite this failure, due to an advanced fleet and growing influence with the inland states.

Inveran's exports continued to be largely products of the sea; the islands themselves were found to be relatively devoid of resources valuable to outsiders.  Some local pottery from Ilneress was traded to the Six Tribes, but besides that fish and salt continued to be the mainstay of Invernessi merchant sailors.  Several smaller islands came under Inveran control during this time, though they added no great material wealth to the state.

The wealth in the coffers of Lord Aristo went towards an impressive academy in Inveran, built mud brick and imported timber.  Though the Lord of Inveran died before it could be completed, the academy went on to become an important locus of mathematic learning in the isles, crucial to navigation and construction.  Though 'open to all,' the reality is somewhat different; the vast majority of Invernessi are subsistence fishermen, and have neither the time nor the means to engage in such frivolities.  The small (but growing) merchant class of the isles found it expedient to instead bring talented local sailors to the academy to serve them as bonded navigators.  These merchants give their families a silver stipend to reside comfortably in the cities, while in return their husbands and fathers attend the academy and sail ships throughout the warmer months, swearing to serve no other merchant.  Education, like silver, can be a very precious commodity.

In the south, the people of the Machta-In found the yoke of Kuregn to be more onerous psychologically than physically.  While the tributes did take some toll on local prosperity, the mere fact of Kuregnite agents strolling freely through local villages brewed discontent everywhere.  The Machta's attempts to make himself out to be a victor '" or at least a victim '" were received tepidly at best.  The aging Machta spent most of his time running about ensuring the loyalty of local strongmen and princes, and had great difficulty with his planned public work projects.  Not wanting to risk open rebellion by drafting already irate peasants into unpaid labor, the Machta was forced to pay them, depleting his own treasury further.  The Machta grew ill near the end of this period, and could see his hard work begin to unravel as local princes crept up on his authority.  Only the army, still loyal to the bedridden ruler, stood in the way of actual rebellion.  Perhaps the only bright spot in these dismal years was the discovery of a pearl bed near the Machta-In's northernmost island.

The South and East

In the year 30, Aguman II, despot of Kuregn, died suddenly of a heart ailment.  He was succeeded by his son, who was in turn murdered only three years later and replaced by his cousin, Tandam.

In the parched Ma'a, the Ammar led the Atur to pillage up and down western Celend, until the Grand Archon paid the Atur tribesmen to join their own forces as mercenaries.

The city of Hartport, practically lashed together and floating in a coastal lagoon, became the center of an oddly diverse maritime republic stretching from the northlands to the Teschan River.  A latecomer to the trade of the isles, the League of Freemen found few opportunities in the north, where the Invernessi dominated the waves.  Their ships navigating up the Teschan River were more successful.  The Teschans themselves, though a notoriously odd and dour people, were willing to allow their seafaring neighbors to harvest papyrus from the vast marshes along the Teschan river.  Celend, with its notable class of scribes and priests, showed interest '" for years, Celend had relied on papyrus from Beitar, which had levied heavy taxes on its own papyrus exports.  The Grand Archon, after receiving the League's acknowledgement of tributary status, was happy to accept their tribute in papyrus.

Beitar's monopoly was instantly shattered, and the Regent of Beitar was not pleased.  In the year 47, the Regent dispatched the Legate Isuar Eidan with two thousand men to eradicate Tremaine and humble the Free Captains.  The Captain Edgard, having received advance knowledge of the attack, sailed to Tremaine and fled with most of the residents into a nearby marsh.  Upon arrival, the Beitarans found only abandoned houses and boats.  Isuar began to search the fens for the Captain and his men, but the army had difficulty in the marshy terrain, and his army was harried by Tremaine irregulars attacking from the marshes.  Soon after their arrival, the Beitarans were followed by a Celenite force, dispatched to defend their new tributary.  At the edges of the marsh, the two kingdoms clashed.

[spoiler=The Battle of Edgard's Fen]
Attacker: Beitaran Regency (Legate Isuar Eidan)
1,000 Spearmen (2 units)
500 Bladesmen (1 unit)
500 Archers (1 unit)

Defender: Empire of Celend (Archon Jonan), League of Freemen (Captain Edgard)
1,000 Spearmen (2 units)
500 Archers (1 unit)
500 Marines (League of Freemen) (1 unit)
1,500 Irregulars (League of Freemen) (2 units)

Result: Celenite '" League victory.  Most Beitaran troops were unable to return to their ships, and either killed or captured.  The Legate was captured and executed on the orders of the Grand Archon.[/spoiler]

The Regent of Beitar was profoundly humiliated by his defeat.  Though Celend did not follow up its victory with any major offensive, its desert mercenaries inflicted severe raids on Beitar for years until the Regency regained the strength to expel the Atur.  Any power Beitar exerted away from its own shores was utterly broken.  Several months later, discredited and facing new internal enemies, the Regent was assassinated.  The League, relieved from any further exterior threat, was free to focus its efforts on fishing and the papyrus trade; though paying the tribute to Celend was not inconsequential, Celend's intervention on the behalf of the League made the payments somewhat more palatable.

Elsewhere, the Lowland States continue their local struggles.  Motivated by a need for prestige, rulers have competed to build ever larger and more ostentatious citadels, temples, and gardens as each strives to outdo one another.  Though political unity in the region remains elusive, the city-states of the Serpent remain some of the most prosperous in the world.

Statistics

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 5 [+1]
Dread: 1 [+1]
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 100% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3 [-1]
Population: 9,500 [+500]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 3 [+1]
Trade: 4 [+2]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2 [+1]
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3) [+1]
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1 [-1]
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 92% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 6% Runethainism, 2% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3
Population: 13,000 [+1,000]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 4 [+1]
Trade: 2 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Boa
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]
Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 5 [-1]
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 84% Runethainism, 16% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 16,500 [+2,500]
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 5 [+1]
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (3) [+1]
Army: 2 Spr
Navy: None
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Southern Invernessi Machta-In]
Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 2 [-1]
Dread: 0 [-1]
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 96% Sadatism, 4% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 4 [+1]
Population: 10,500 [+500]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 3 [-1]
Trade: 3 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2 [+1]
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]
Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 4
Dread: 0
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 94% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 6% Runethainism
Fervor: 4
Population: 8,500
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 100% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3
Population: 9,500
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 4
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal
Religion: They worship Dragon Saints. Each one has a portfolio and list of heroic deeds. Whether they were (or are) actual dragons is unknown.
Culture: Due to its location, the Culture of Inveran has been developed in isolation. Music is a prevalent form of entertainment, acting is unknown, and literature has just started in the topics of History and Religion. Daily life is based around fishing, from where they get most of their food, and religion, which they practice heartily.
[/spoiler]

[ic=excerpt from history book far in the future]
The Death of Lord Aristo was a time of mourning; compounded by the fact that his brother Publictus, then acting Lord, followed him to the grave only a few months afterward.

After this, Publictus's nephew Leonitis ascended to power before being voted out on general incompetence. His brother, Helios, was then given the mantle and immediately began a drastic reformation of Inveran, both diplomatically and internally.

Styling himself Dragonlord Aristo II, he quickly instituted a group of highly intelligent men to aid him in his decisions (as he himself was only 17 at the time). This group quickly became known as the Aristocracy, men famed for their honesty, integrity, and general upstandingness. He gave a greater amount of autonomy to Ilneress and its surroundings, allowing them to appoint their own governor for the first time in their history.

Seeing the failure of the Drake, Dragonlord Aristo II quickly recalled the currency and re-issued it a few months later, this time backed eighty percent of its value in silver bullion and non-perishable trade goods, and designed by the most ingenious of Inveran's craftsmen so as to be nearly unforgeable.

He also ordered the expansion of the fleet, the most impressive and powerful galleys yet built, made of Duram lumber. The current fleet, along with half of Inveran's spearmen, would sail to the Dreaded Shore to make war with the pirates. Before the fleet would leave, Aristo II sent for aid to his fellow Lords.

He improved and expanded upon the Academy of his Uncle Aristo I, subsidizing the academy and its teachers with money made from trade along the copper road, adding a new wing, and (at least attempting) to make it a truly universal place of learning. In return for this funding, the academy would be expected to develop new technologies and ideas for the benefit of Inveran. Aristo II immediately assigned these scholars to develop a means of improving current fishing abilities, so as to free people from subsistence farming and allwoing them time to further their own goals.

Stretching his already this economy, Lord Aristo II sent a second expedition into the Lost Lands, marching inland from East of the Six Nations all the way to Useh-Dum. Unlike Publictus's expedition, this was to be the beginnings of a second colony. The Inveran's remaining company of spearmen (1/2 units) would march with the expedition and, upon finding a rich and fertile unclaimed land, begin to lay the framework of a colony while the remainder sent word back along the Copper Road for immigrants. [/ic]

[ic=Letter to all Allies of Inveran]
Lords and Friends,

I am Dragonlord Aristo II, heir to the Lordship of Inveran. I am mounting an expedition to the Dreaded Shore, for the purpose of defeating the pirate lords there. This would benefit all who wish to sail those waters, and aid will not go unnoticed.

In Faith,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]
[ic=Secret letter from Aristo to his Cousin, Cosad]
Cosad,

As your friend and cousin I request, and as your Lord I command, you to gather your most trusted and capable comrades, for I wish to send you on Inveran business to Useh-Dum.

Once you arrive, you are to mingle with the populace and make an attempt to sway them to Inveran culture and society. I wish to expand Inveran's interests on the mainland and will need a city as a base. I have other plans should this fail, but being able to claim Useh-Dum as an Inveran Colony would be a tremendous aid.

You must be subtle, no one must know of this, and write me only if it is of the utmost importance.

Your Cousin,
Helios
[/ic]  

QuoteI marked part of that in red, because I'm a bit confused about the Drake. You say in the post that the drake has 'come to great importance' and that it was scorned. I find this somewhat oxymoronic (is that even a word?). Re-reading it, I see I wasn't clear at all, but the exchanged items mentioned in the decree was what I intended the currency to be backed with.

Sorry, the bit about "great importance" was from an earlier draft of the update, I thought I had removed it.  I have edited it out, please disregard.

As for the interpretation of it, sorry I didn't interpret it the way you did.  To me, your description indicated that you could buy Drakes, not that you could then produce Drakes to reclaim the same goods.  These things happen, and you're free to re-introduce it. :)

Quote from: MithridatesSorry, the bit about "great importance" was from an earlier draft of the update, I thought I had removed it.  I have edited it out, please disregard.

Duly noted, although I wish you had edited out the other one... ;)

Quote from: MithridatesAs for the interpretation of it, sorry I didn't interpret it the way you did.  To me, your description indicated that you could buy Drakes, not that you could then produce Drakes to reclaim the same goods.  These things happen, and you're free to re-introduce it. :)

Whahuh? Well they would be 'buying' drakes the same way a store today would 'buy' your money with merchandise. The last part of your second sentence makes no sense to me though.  Could you rephrase?

Oh, and as far as currency, that's totally MY invention... MINE!  :ninja:
 :poke:

So much stuff I want to do, and not enough people to do it! ARGH.

Quote from: Unnecessarily long answerNo, seriously, this answer is unnecessary.  Read it if you want, but you certainly don't need to know this stuff for our game!

Grain is highly perishable and quite heavy in large quantities.  It would be a lot easier for merchants if, instead of carrying grain around, they could just trade a "check" for grain.  The government seizes upon the idea to give out "receipts" for the grain stored in the royal granaries, so merchants don't have to carry around grain.  Notes, however, can be forged - but precious metals can't.  The government thus decides to tightly control the supply of a precious metal - gold, for instance - so merchants can carry small amounts of gold around instead of grain.

But here's the kicker.  This only works as long as the merchants know there is a supply of grain to be had; the merchants have confidence in gold because they know that they can visit the royal granaries at any time, turn in gold, and withdraw a set amount of grain.  If the royal granaries run dry, the system collapses because the value of gold is no longer anchored to a real quantity of grain.

Inveran put out a currency that could be purchased - with gold/silver or salt - but didn't explicitly say that you could get that amount of silver or salt back from the government.  Even if Inveran had said that, it wouldn't have been true, because the government doesn't have a stockpile of silver or salt.

Money without a backing is "fiat currency."  It is worth X because the government says it is, but the government won't give you goods for turning in your money.  Fiat currency allows you to print a ton of money, because you aren't limited by the size of your stockpile of gold, but it also means you now have to deal with inflation because the value of fiat currency can change dramatically depending on what people think the "real" value of it is.

Fiat currency requires a lot of trust to pull off.  Ancient China issued paper fiat money, and they could do that because most Chinese people were relatively sure that the Chinese Empire wasn't going anywhere anytime soon.  In the same way, a long-lived, big state like Beitar or Kuregn might be able to pull of fiat currency.  A 50 year old island republic that only recently managed to avoid a major famine is not going to be able to do that, because fiat money is only as dependable as the government that issues it.  Merchants want assurances that the value of the Drake is going to stay constant, and that they can get real goods for it - because while they might be loyal Invernessi, they aren't suckers.

Coins may have developed because of concerns about the purity of metal.  A gold bar might be debased with other, cheaper stuff.  A coin is a piece of precious metal that is standardized, and (often) has the king's face on it, as a symbolic royal guarantee of purity.

I hope that helps.  Don't worry, you don't need to know all this crap, that's just a long-winded explanation why merchants want a guarantee.  All you need to know as a player is that it's helpful to let the merchants know that you'll pay them their goods back if they want to turn in their shiny new money.
[/spoiler]

I get it now. Read my little paragraph on the coins, would you? I want to make sure I'm not forgetting anything important (like explicitly mentioning that they're BACKED).

And since no one seems to want to play with me...  :cry:

 :-p

[ic=Letter to Yaffa]
On behalf of the Dragonlord, greetings,

The merchants of the Free State of Inveran humbly request trading rights with your people. We offer many exotic goods including copper, silver, and lumber.

In hope for mutual benefit,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ooc] Not sure the letter to allies of Inveran applies to Ruthern or not[/ooc]

[ooc]Orders:
1.)Trade
2.)Increase government stability(if i can order that)
3.)Increase navy and army
[/ooc]

oh c'mon, get in character dude!

And if you're trading with me and not attacking my friends, you're an ally. This means every player state, for sure.

[ic Response to Inveran's Letter]
Esteemd Lord Aristo II,

        We would be happy to provde men to you in order to dispose of the unruly pirates of the cove.

          High Priest Nukethen
[/ic]

[ic=To The Dragonlord, From The Free Captains] As seafarers ourselves, we would be happy to aid you in the destruction of Pirates.[/ic]

After The Battle of Edgard's fan, Captain Edgard became quite the popular voice at the Captain's Meet. His opinion more than once swayed arguments at the table, and was noted for espousing several policies:
Firstly, what saved the people of Tremaine was foreknowledge, therefore, it should be the mission of all the League to "keep a wary ear" open for information.
Secondly, The second most important thing learned in the Battle of Edgard's fan, was the power of Mobility. At all times, The League should prepare itself to move, in any direction.
And Finally, the Battle could have ended much differently if the Celenites had not provided aid. Therefore, th League should maintain friendly relations with all those it trades with, and make themselves nigh-indispensable, in order to foster good relations, and therefore, good defenses.

 [ooc]
Orders
1. If possible, raise information gathering sources in many ports.
2. Research ways to increase speed and maneuverability in our ships, though not at the cost of lessening cargo.
3. Foster relations with our allies, to our benefit
4. Seek new trade opportunities.
5.Explore methods of amphibious living. (Farming seaplants, "herding" various aquatic species, stable raft-towns, etc)[/ooc]

Quote from: Stargate525I get it now. Read my little paragraph on the coins, would you? I want to make sure I'm not forgetting anything important (like explicitly mentioning that they're BACKED).

It doesn't make sense to say that it's backed for "80% value," because unless it's fiat currency, the amount it is backed for is the value.  Merchants will treat it as worth the amount that it's backed for.  Making the coin worth more than the precious metal will also greatly encourage counterfeiting, because anyone could try and replicate the coin mold (even if it's a complex mold).  If the coin is worth as much as the metal, the only way to really counterfeit it is to debase the precious metal with worthless base metals, which is a lot easier to detect (you can figure that out with a simple scale).

Besides that, sounds good to me, and it should work as long as Inveran retains a treasury of goods to pay out.

Quote from: Sir VorpalOrders:
1.)Trade
2.)Increase government stability(if i can order that)
3.)Increase navy and army

I need you to be a bit more specific to help me out!  For example -
1) Trade what?  How are you encouraging trade?
2) Increase stability how?  What is the High Priest (and the government) doing?
3) Increase navy and army how?  We've got a number of different units to build different kinds of armies with; what do you have in mind?

To quote a phrase: Help me help you! :)

[ic=Matriarch Runa of Yaffa to Inveran]
Your people have our permission to trade in our lands, so long as they pay the usual port tax and carry no tin through our waters.[/ic]

[ic=King Elu III of Avardera to Inveran]
I have no navy capable of fighting these pirates, but your warships may have free access to the harbor of Avardera to repair and purchase supplies as needed.  Your soldiers will be watched when they are in our lands, so be warned that we will abide no treachery.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Horun of Celend to the League of Freemen]
My commander has relayed to me the victory over the avaricious Beitarans, and I am greatly pleased.  The power of ancient and mighty Celend has been demonstrated for all to see.  So long as you continue to be a loyal tributary of Celend, we will ensure that no attack against you will go unpunished.[/ic]

[ooc]Okay, Mithridates:
1.)Trade (open Ruthern's ports to most ships and begin trading the larger amounts of lumberthe fronteir farmers have)

2.)Split Ruthern to be governed by three councils, all overseen by the High Priest and his assistants(One section near the port, one in the middle and one on the end. All officials report directly back to the High Priest)

3.)Increase navy to 2 boat units
[/ooc]

[ooc]1) Perhaps one too many border princes makes sacrifices to the Triunes to curse Padre, or perhaps it is just a result of his old age, but his health rapidly begins to fail. He names no successor as yet, but it is likely to be his son, Nadru, who is compliant and may as well be Kuregnite. He will do nothing for the security of the Machta-In.

2) Perhaps due to this, several princes pool their resources to stage a daring rescue attempt in Kuregn itself - to reobtain Sedoon from the grasp of the Kuregnites, give him their full support and perhaps kill Padre, taking over the Machta-In in a military coup that is sure (in theory) to grant Sedoon a place in his people's hearts for ever.[/ooc]

Quote from: MithridatesIt doesn't make sense to say that it's backed for "80% value," because unless it's fiat currency, the amount it is backed for is the value.  Merchants will treat it as worth the amount that it's backed for.  Making the coin worth more than the precious metal will also greatly encourage counterfeiting, because anyone could try and replicate the coin mold (even if it's a complex mold).  If the coin is worth as much as the metal, the only way to really counterfeit it is to debase the precious metal with worthless base metals, which is a lot easier to detect (you can figure that out with a simple scale).

Besides that, sounds good to me, and it should work as long as Inveran retains a treasury of goods to pay out.

What I meant was Inveran will keep, at any one time, 80% of the coin's value in liquid goods, precious metal, and the value of the coin itself. the other 20% would be put to use in the economy, thereby increasing the amount of money actually available for use.

In essence, Inveran's government would be acting like a bank in that we do have 'all' of your money in goods, and will gladly pay it back out under normal circumstances, but should there ever be a massive collapse of the currency system, the coin will default to 80% of its current value.

Generally, unless there's a serious problem with the government or economy, no one will notice, as they can still pull out 100% of the coin's value in gold or other goods.

And the coins will probably end up being an alloy of some sort, simply to increase its resilience.

[ic To Lord Aristo from the Elder Council]We have no naval capabilities of fighting these pirates. We are sorry, but we do not see any way to help. [/ic]


 [ooc]Mithridates, can increase my military yet or would it still cause internal problems?[/ooc]

 

[ic=Reply to the Elder Council]
We appreciate that your naval forces are somewhat lacking. However, you are in control of land-based forces. These pirates must have places where they make berth. If you could search along the coast and flush them out, whilst we wait for them in the water, our chances of triumph would greatly increase.

Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ic Reply to Lord Aristo From Elder Council]Ah, we did not think of that. We shall move our forces in when you command.[/ic]

IDEA!!

 [ooc]
War orders:
1. Dispatch Ships to Aid the Dragonlord in his coming assault.
2. While sailing the "Dreaded Shore", map as much of the shoals as possible, for later use.
3. Captains, Inspect and analyze the possibility of another outpost in the area, once the pirates are dealt with. Such a location would seem to be an opportunity for an easily defensible outpost, given the difficulty in attacking. Also, such a location could open more trading routes.
4.Surreptitiously, approach the less bloodthirsty of the pirate captains with the idea of betrayal of their allies, in exchange for membership in the League. This will aid the coming battle, as well as any later outpost developments. [/ooc]

Quote from: Stargate525What I meant was Inveran will keep, at any one time, 80% of the coin's value in liquid goods, precious metal, and the value of the coin itself. the other 20% would be put to use in the economy, thereby increasing the amount of money actually available for use.

OK, that makes sense.

QuoteMithridates, can increase my military yet or would it still cause internal problems?

You're still at your maximum limit, unfortunately, though as Stargate says you could contribute land forces to be carried by other peoples' boats.  You can also always re-equip one unit as another kind of unit.

Ok then!  I've basically completed my move to Atlanta and I should have an update up tonight.

The Years of Strife
Year of the Comet 51-75

In this era, the attitude of exploration and peaceful trade gave way to more than two decades of war on the waves.  Only a few states were not embroiled in war or threatened by some adversary.

[spoiler=The Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update3.png)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]

Inveran's history in this era was defined by its ambitious 'Dragonlord,' Aristo II, who adopted a policy of aggressive expansion and reform.  Though Aristo's ambition at times outpaced the capabilities of his developing state, he successfully transformed the Free State from an assemblage of mercantile colonies to a substantial regional power.

Successfully negotiating an anti-pirate coalition with Nargaq and the Free Captains, the Inveran state fleet under Lord Creon (one of the Aristocracy, dubbed 'Lord Admiral' for the venture) sailed to the Dreaded Shore to take the fight to the local corsairs.  Individually, the corsair boats '" small, 10-20 man sailing vessels '" were no match for Invernessi galleys with more than 50 crewmen.  The corsairs consistently avoided any direct fight, and their swift boats and knowledge of the local shores made it impossible to actually catch them at sea.  Instead, the Lord Admiral launched land raids aimed at local ports and hidden coves.  The corsairs, disunited and lacking bronze weaponry, were unable to stand up to the coalition's land forces.

Nevertheless, the campaign took much longer than anticipated.  The coastline was treacherous and stormy, and the coalition lost several ships to the shoals.  Whenever a new cove was discovered, the corsairs would flee inland and vanish into the rocky inland terrain; often, they would get advance notice from boats that had sighted Invernessi galleys.  Lord Admiral Creon fought cat-and-mouse games with the corsairs for nine years, occasionally finding a settlement and capturing or killing the locals, until it was decided that the treasury of Inveran could no longer bear to continue the ruinously expensive fight.

The people of the Dreaded Shore (or 'Mandra,' as the locals call it) were thoroughly terrorized and impoverished by the attacks.  As it was impossible to determine the difference between a corsair and a fisherman (and the locals were often both), the Invernessi had no choice but to be indiscriminate.  Chased from the coasts where they fished, many locals starved.  Though a few incidents of Mandrian piracy were recorded in the years after the Lord Admirals' withdrawal, the effort had succeeded in drastically reducing the danger, partially because it had drastically decreased the population: the Free Captains, who remained after the Lord Admiral departed, later estimated that fully half of all Mandrians had either died or been enslaved in less than a decade.  Inveran itself was also impacted; the galleys brought back many Mandrian fishermen and artisans as slaves.  A tenth of the population is now Mandrian, bringing their own language, religion, and traditions with them.

Meanwhile, the Dragonlord had dispatched several expeditions inland to assert control over Useh-dum and to found a new colony.  Tentative exploration to the southeast revealed little that impressed the Invernessi, always a seagoing people '" a tree-speckled grassland and an empty steppe beyond.  Instead, the expedition went north, settling a colony on the northern coastline of the Lost Lands near the edge of a deep forest.

With these expensive ventures, Aristo II was forced to make cutbacks.  The reintroduction of the Drake was much more limited than planned, owing to the depletion of the state's treasury, and there was simply no money with which to subsidize the academy any further.  Still, by the year 75, the ruler of Inveran could look back proudly on the unprecedented assertion of Invernessi power abroad.

Through the observation of Mandrian and Nargaq slingers, the Free State of Inveran has adopted a new military technology (Sli).

Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 6  [+1]
Dread: 3  [+2]
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 90% Dragon Saints, 10% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 3
Population: 11,500  [+2000]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 5  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Useh-dum]

The colony on the Copper Road grew during this time into a bustling town, and remained quite cosmopolitan '" the common 'trade language' is an odd mixture of Inveran, Nargaq, and Duru.  The town is informally under the control of a merchant petty aristocracy, which came increasingly under Invernessi influence through the efforts of Aristo II to promote Inveran culture.  The town has a modest temple to the Dragon Saints, though this is not to say that other faiths are not practiced.  Though the upper crust of Useh-dum has extensive cultural ties to Inveran, the distance involved kept the town effectively independent.  Though Inveran claims the town as a colony, it functions as more of a tributary, with the merchant lords paying a modest tribute to Inveran in exchange for tacit recognition of their rule.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Invernessi Machta-In]

The Despot of Kuregn, Tandam, showed much less interest in the Machta-In than his late cousin Aguman.  Tribute remained flowing despite the difficulties of the islands, and he remained ignorant of the growing discontent there.  This was soon to be corrected.

In the year 53, with the heath of the Machta Padre failing, a conspiracy began to develop among the leading nobles who resented the Machta's apparent collaboration with Kuregn.  The population was restive, and a xenophobic religious movement was growing among angry commoners.  Calling themselves 'Zakhites,' adherents of the movement held that Zakha, the Triune of the home and family, was the most important of the triunes, and that respect for the Triune of the home required that all foreigners and foreign influences be expelled.  The noble conspiracy was happy to exploit this feeling for their own ends.

Despot Tandam, away in southern Kuregn campaigning against yet another Atur incursion, received note that a large noble delegation from the Machta-In was coming to give him lavish tribute.  The Machta was unwilling to abandon his campaign to meet them, and so gave the responsibility to his young son Toluman.  The 'tribute fleet,' however, was not what it seemed, for the nobles leading it had crewed their vessels with warriors and filled their barrels of tribute with weapons.  Since the cargo was ostensibly tribute, there was no reason to tax it, and the fleet was allowed to enter the Atman River and sail to Kuregn itself.  When Toluman met the nobles to receive his tribute, the tribute-bearers pulled swords from their cargo and attacked.

The act was unthinkable; no foreign army had been within Kuregn since the city's foundation, and the city had only been attacked once three hundred years ago.  The Invernessi fought with the palace guard, which was largely ceremonial, and defeated them.  The Despot's heir was seized out of his very throne.  Somehow, a fire started, and in minutes an entire wing of the palace was in flames.  The Invernessi could not find Sedoon, however, and fled the palace with Toluman as a hostage.  By the time Tandam heard of the attack, the Invernessi had already escaped.

The Invernessi nobles returned to find a full-blown religious uprising against the Machta.  Though somewhat leery of violent peasant movements, the nobles presented themselves as the natural solution.  They begged, however, for time to recover Sedoon.  Tandam had returned to the city of Kuregn in great haste, and opened negotiations with the Invernessi for his son.  Eventually, a trade was arranged '" Toluman for Sedoon.  Toluman was returned to his father, and Sedoon was returned to his people.  The army, formerly loyal to Padre, had been compromised by the new religious movement and increasing dissatisfaction, and installed Sedoon on the throne.  Already approaching the end, Padre was spared '" he died only two months later.

Furious, the Despot led an army to the Machta-In.  The Invernessi navy was defeated and the southern island occupied.  Unrest back in Kuregn, however, required the Despot's return, and the offensive stalled as troops returned home.  In a blind rage, the Despot ordered the island's population to be entirely reduced.  The male population was butchered, and almost all the rest were taken as slaves back to Kuregn.  The Kuregnite army withdrew, leaving the island utterly quiet, save for the cries of the birds.

The Invernessi returned to the island to find devastation.  Only a few children who had hidden in the woods remained.  The villages were all burned, the temples stripped and desecrated, and the fresh water springs choked with corpses.  After twenty years of rebuilding, the island still had less than a quarter of its original population.  The only benefit to Machta Sedoon '" and a macabre one at that '" was that Tandam had succeeded where he had been unable to do so: the troublesome heresy of the island had vanished along with its inhabitants.  In the year 68, the Machta died, leaving the islands to his chosen successor.

The consequences for the Machta-In have been far-reaching.  The people have recovered somewhat from their dark years; the sudden loss of so many people has produced a great crop surplus, the tribute has ended, and the newly found pearl bed helped the new Machta rebuild.  The Zakhites, however, grew to encompass nearly half of the Machta-In's commoners following the massacre, and the anti-foreigner attitude has stifled trade and given serious worry to the state's priesthood and aristocracy.  Only their fellows from Inveran can travel in the Machta-In without fear of being robbed, beaten, or killed by bands of 'religious' peasant thugs.

Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 5  [+3]
Dread: 0
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 61% Sadatism, 39% Zakhite Sadatism
Fervor: 7  [+3]
Population: 7,500  [-3,000]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 4  [+1]
Trade: 1  [-2]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Avardera]

A beneficiary of the drop in piracy, Avardera enjoyed modest growth and prosperity from merchant traffic around its coasts.  Avardera itself became a crucial stop for ships traveling around the Lost Lands from Inveran to Durum.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]

The theocratic state of Ruthern began to show greater interest in its neighbors, expanding its own fleet and engaging in local trade itself.  Its lumber was especially prized by the Invernessi, who would much rather get it from nearby Ruthern than faraway Durum.  The Copper Road itself was somewhat undercut by the newfound source of lumber.  Meanwhile, the use of fertilizer ash '" or 'potash' '" began to spread throughout the state, much to the benefit of Ruthernian farmers.

The large territory under Ruthern's control necessitated a devolution of government into a form that better suits the administrative needs of the state.  Local councils were established to preside over three distinct territories, though in practice these councils have little autonomy from the high priest.  The solution was somewhat useful in establishing control over the more distant provinces, though peasants on the borderlands remain mostly unconcerned with and unaffected by the goings-on of the city of Ruthern.

Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 86% Runethainism, 14% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 17,500  [+1,000]
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 6  [+1]
Trade: 2  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2  [+1]
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 2 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]

Nargaq contributed some forces to the war in Mandra, and their warriors were put to excellent use '" the Nargaq fought well in the rough terrain of Mandra, as it was not dissimilar to their own homelands.  The Nargaq benefited as well from their own bronzeworking skills, which by the end of the war had progressed considerably.  The smiths of Nargaq, with greater access to both bronze and Yaffan tin, perfected the art of the bronze sword and dabbled in the first economical bronze armors as well.

The Nargaq have developed a new military technology (Swd).

Swordsmen (Swd): The first truly heavy infantry, swordsmen wield bronze 'sickle-swords' to hew through enemy footmen.  Equipped with shields, bronze helmets, and cloaks reinforced with bronze scales, swordsmen are excellent assault troops.  What they lack in mobility they make up for in durability.

Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 3  [+2]
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 90% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 7% Runethainism, 3% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3
Population: 13,500  [+500]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Swd, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]

The Invernessi debacle gravely affected the Despotate of Kuregn.  The burning of the Red Palace has profoundly shaken the confidence of the peasantry and aristocracy alike in their ruler, and the Despot Tandam has not responded well to the pressure.  Many believed that he became increasingly unstable after the massacre in the Inverness, which horrified many of his subjects.  Tandam became increasingly capricious and brutal, crushing would-be insurrections with mass executions, or by selling whole villages into Atur slavery.  For a while, the Kuregnites called him 'Tandam the Mad'; after a few years, no Kuregnite dared to do so anymore.  Tandam's paranoia extended even to his own son, who he confined within the rebuilt Red Palace.  Some said that he suspected his own son of having collaborated with the Invernessi, however unlikely that may be.

A noble claiming to be a distant relation of the Beitaran royal family, thought to be extinguished, has rebelled against the Regency.  The kingdom is now in the grips of a civil war.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]

The Free Captains were understandably appreciative of Celend's aid against the Beitarans, and accompanied their tribute-bearers to give their thanks in person.  The Grand Archon received their delegation with grace, granting court titles to many and recognizing the right of the Freemen to freely go 'from the Southern Ocean to the Dreaded Shore' without hindrance.  The Grand Archon also urged his seafaring vassals to maintain a fleet of warships in order to better defend the straits, and declared a League monopoly on papyrus, meaning that any non-league merchants passing through Celenite waters with papyrus in their holds risk seizure.

The League also turned to 'softer' means of promoting its own interests.  The Captains developed contacts and agents in foreign ports, some in an official capacity and some not.  With their ships sailing as far as Mandra and with sharp-eyed men in many port towns throughout the sea, the Free Captains might well be the best informed of their mercantile rivals.  Keen to be less dependent on the land, the Free Captains encouraged new methods of living off the sea '" but such change comes slowly to fishermen who still labor and live as their great-grandparents did.

The League was avid in its support of the Invernessi Lord Admiral Creon and his attack on the Mandrian corsairs.  Though the smaller League ships were mostly relegated to non-combat roles, the League captains took the opportunity to make extensive charts of the coastline.  Though local people frequently fled from the coalition, having heard of raids against neighboring villages, the captains were able to make some inroads with village leaders who were willing to negotiate for their safety.  With the departure of the Lord Admiral, the captains found themselves to be the only real power in a land devastated by nine years of war.  A settlement was founded in an excellent natural cove, protected from the seas and any other ship without charts of the reefs.  It had been settled before but was depopulated by the war (after which the locals called it 'Maducreon,' or 'Creon's Blight').  In an inhospitable land without any trade routes nearby, the settlement remained small and could not be said to really prosper, but gradually Mandrians began to visit the port to trade for pottery, salt, tools, wood, and other necessities.  Many eventually settled in Maducreon, hoping to make a living as laborers for the Freemen.  The Captains rule Maducreon, but as of the year 75, ninety percent of the population was Mandrian.

Through contact with the Invernessi, the League of Freemen has acquired a new military technology (Gal).

Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 4
Dread: 1  [+1]
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 89% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 3% Runethainism, 8% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 10,000  [+1,500]
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 4  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1  [+1]
Espionage: 3  [+2]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3)  [+1]
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]

A new threat has arisen from the steppes, lands that men once thought were empty save for wild beasts.  A great tribe of people calling themselves the Auri have come from the open plains and attacked Kalas, pillaging their fields and extracting a king's ransom in tribute.  It is said that the Auri ride carts into battle, pulled by strange animals never seen before.[/spoiler]

[ooc]Awesome, im sorta leading in armor/weapon technology for land-based troops![/ooc]

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders. There is also a semi-authoritative body of advisers known as the Aristocracy.
Popularity: 6
Dread: 3
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 90% Dragon Saints, 10% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 3
Population: 11,500
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 5
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 2 Gal
Religion: They worship Dragon Saints. Each one has a portfolio and list of heroic deeds. Whether they were (or are) actual dragons is unknown.
Culture: Due to its location, the Culture of Inveran developed in isolation. However, the recent influx of trade from other cultures has seen an expansion of Inveran Culture, as the people take in the best parts of each society they meet and make it their own. Daily life is based around fishing, from where they get most of their food, and religion, which they practice heartily.
Figures: Dragonlord Aristo II, Leader
Lord Admiral Creon, Military Hero
[/spoiler]

[ic]After the war, Creon returned as a hero, and was given charge or the military fleet on a permanent basis. Lord Admiral was instated as an official position, one that carries some clout among the Aristocracy. Taking his successes in measure, Dragonlord Aristo II allowed Inveran to mostly run itself economically, doing as much as he could to encourage its growth. For the first time in half a decade, Inveran looked inwards.

At least on the surface.

Behind the scenes, Aristo begins to place several men into key cities and territories, with the express goal of making contacts with important figures in the governments and keeping their eyes and ears open for anything of note. They are oredered to take no action, and to lay as low as possible. The only exception to this policy is the continued subversion of Useh-Dum; Aristo wants them as a full Inveran City, and for it to be their idea to do so.

in the only other piece of foreign policy he makes, Aristo orders half or Creon's navy to explore the oceans to the north, making contact with any cultures that they may find. Creon's ships leave Inveran loaded full of salt, pottery, and bronze to use as potential trade.[/ic]

[ic=Royal Decree]
Be it known,

By order of his Majesty, Dragonlord Aristo II, the Trade and Commerce law of YC 77. The changes in ordinance and procedure are listed below;

Firstly, the Inveran Drake is hereby set as the standard form of currency. All servants of the Crown shall be paid in Drakes, and all taxes levied shall be stated and collected in drakes. All markets, places of commerce, public houses, etc., shall be required to accept drakes. This is not a prohibition on barter.

Secondly, all finished goods that are offloaded at Inveran docks that are of foreign origin and bound for Inveran markets will be taxed at a rate of 2% its estimated selling price, as determined by Customs Officials. This tax must be paid before the cargo is offloaded, and any claims of fraud or over-appraisal may be brought to the local Judge, where it will be given precedence.
 
Failure to abide by these mandates shall result in a minimum of one week in jail, and a maximum of 15 years hard labor.

In addition, a tax break shall be given to businesses that match any of the following:

*Are in the business of refining raw materials (carpentry, blacksmithing, etc.) and sell no less than a fifth of their merchandise outside of Inveran.
*Purchase at least 90% of all their materials from Inveran businesses, or from Inveran Trade ships.
*Ranks in the lowest 10% of all Inveran Businesses by net worth, as determined by Government Auditors.

The tax break is equal to 5% of the business's yearly tax requirement, and is non-transferable nor cumulative.

Further, all Inveran-owned businesses not matching any of those criteria will be given a small tax break equal to 2% of their yearly tax requirement.

Dragonlord Aristo II
[/ic]

The Invernessi Machta-In

[ic]With the death of Machta Sedoon, his 'appointed' successor Shanaa, one of the foremost nobles in the assault on Kuregn, came to power. With the love of the people, a relatively large treasury, and his recent success in battle against the Despots, he seems the best candidate for the next Machta, but for now he is only a regent (until the Council has chosen a new Machta). His first act as regent, however, is to add to the council both a priest of the Zakhites, and six of the other nobles involved in the conspiracy. In this way, he succeeds in being elected as the new Machta of the Machta-In, and prepares to continue the grand projects of Sedoon. In an address to the people, he declares all allies of the Machta-In 'honourary Invernessi', blood brothers in actual fact, and thus allies beneath Zakha.[/ic]

[ic=From the Free Captains to the Leaders of the land of Avardera]
We wish to establish trade with your peoples, willing to trade whatever you wish  for various commodities from all around the known world. Also, we wish your permission to fish and take foods from the sea to provide for our peoples.[/ic]  

[ooc]Orders:
1. Trade. Above all, we want our people to sail these seas without enemies.
2. Exploration. Current trade situations seem to be good, but discovering new sources will give us an edge, and lead to increased relations. Specifically, the SE point on the map just visible sparks my interest.
3. Research. Our people don't have the numbers for land armies, so we must find ways to improve our ships. We fight with our heads, not our hands. (Here I'm going for any sort of tech advantages: greek fire, keeled hulls, etc.)
4. Father Sea will provide. Utilize what he gives us to the fullest extent. (I read the Chinese use otters to herd fish...Dolphins are smart. Just ideas. Things to try, research, etc.)
5."Friends" in every port. Just because we have many, doesn't mean we need to stop now.[/ooc]

ay-plae in aracter-chay

Orders for this round are due on Sunday.

Also, this thread has a lot of page views - if you're reading, come and post too!  It's really simple and much better with more players.

ya man!

[ooc Orders]>Continue making bronze weapons and armor
      >Continue expanding tunnels
      >Create ships and canoes for better travel
      >Explore
      >Attempt to expand eastwards.[/ooc]

Quote from: Stargate525ay-plae in aracter-chay

Yeah, sorry about that. I had my laptop turned in for "repairs" (long story involving college campus restrictions and absurdity) on Friday, and they haven't called me yet to let me get it. SO my post are short by means of necessity. I'll buff it up in a bit.

Devious, evil plan just came to my head...

[ic]
To Machta Shanaa, The Free Captains, and the leaders of Nargaq, Ruthern, Avardera, and The Six Tribes,

Please accept this gift of Invernessi wealth, as a sign of hope for lasting peace among our peoples.

Dragonlord Aristo II

[Accompanying the letter is a large sum of silver, entirely in Inveran Drakes. The bearers of the message ans cash, along with their entourage, stay at the respective seats of authority, using their position as diplomats to skim sustenance off of their hosts. They say they await a reply, and will only leave if, along with the reply, comes some measure of wealth in reciprocation (though not necessarily all of it back, and they won't take Drakes.][/ic]

[ic To Lord Aristo II]We to hope for a lasting peace between our peoples. [messenger comes with a large sum of bronze coins.][/ic]

[ic]The bronze coins are quickly taken to the mint, melted down, and (depending on the composition of Inveran's money) minted into Drakes, or added as bars to the monetary backing vaults.[/ic]

(http://www.colabore.org/OtahvyFlag.gif)[note=Introduction]Mithridates, I realize I have not sent you a message but have taken it upon myself to enter.  If there is any problem what-so-ever with my entry, do let me know. I have read the prior posts and those have shaped the nation that I am about to introduce.  If there are problems, my sincerest apologies.

Also, I was very impressed by the quote at the introduction to the game.  It was genius, and I truly mean that.[/note]
Name: Otahvy[ooc]

Government:
In Short - Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
In Length - Otahvy is ruled by the kings, Rodonso and Puul.  The people who serve as kings are not, however, Rodonso and Puul; Rodonso and Puul either lived long ago or are products of myth.  The kings are always two twin brothers and are chosen from an unknown source.  The twins, introduced as Rodonso and Puul, act as necessary.  Rodonso is the king in charge of domestic policy, trade, and diplomatic relations.  Puul is in charge of war and the military, stepping in to diplomatic relations when things break down.  When a king dies, his twin retires, thus they both depart simultaneously, and a new pair are put in place.  Beyond the kings, magistrates serve to help maintain the law.

Religion: The people of Otahvy are not a very religious lot, though they have some basic beliefs. Their foremost belief is in ditheism - that there are two entities which created the world, one evil and one good, and that their conflict created neutrality.  The neutrality is this world.  Rodonso and Puul represent this conflict, whereas Rodonso is good and Puul is evil.  

Culture: While the people of Otahvy understand such things, they have yet to follow many concepts like that of property or currency.  Ownership and bartering is the economy of choice.  Sovereignty is understood, and the people show their rulers respect (unless they prove that they deserve otherwise).  In this manner, Otahvy can be likened to a ship, in that everything on a ship belongs to everyone, but everything on the ship belongs to the captain.  Otahvy is founded in piracy and fun: the people of Otahvy see life as a game.  Otahvy has always been a place where pirates could call home.  This, however, is a trend starting to slow down as pirates become more and more unruly; thusly, laws have started being put in place to keep the pirates under control while in Otahvy.  Those who left the Dreaded Shore went westward and became citizens of Otahvy.  

The people of Otahvy are a sea-faring people.  They love the ocean and the winds.  Song is common in Otahvy, and they are quite the fans of stringed instruments.  Their land is also rich with many colors of dye.  The Otahvians often paint themselves for ceremonies or battle, and their sailors are easy to spot because they are so colorful.  Otahvians wear, almost exclusively, many colored kilts.  They are not very warlike, and almost all of their military is naval; those who are not in the navy learn how to fight for the navy.

Notes:

*In no way do I expect Otahvy to progress in a linear way; a realm of nationalized pirates cannot exist for long without some overarching changes.
*The popularity of ditheism will be small, though potentially influence other religious tendencies.

Location: Otahvy is found directly west of Ruthern and north of Kuregn, on a peninsula.  Nilburg, the only real city in Otahvy, sits on the bay in Otahvy.

[ic=From Otahvy to the Free State of Inveran]To Your Mag Fopdoodledom,

We've made contact with your fleet and traded as we wished. It would be jolly for us to continue such prosperous trading, and to that end we would love to continue trading.  Of course, we will be sending trading ships there immediately -- I just wanted to let you know.

I am King Rodonso of Otahvy, and I am pleased to meet you, though only my messenger will really have the pleasure to meet you.  I would like to offer you a gift to celebrate our meeting but I have so little; all of the pirates stole my food.  So instead of food, I shall send you some of my favorite rum.  Please enjoy it as though I were there to take my share.  We are a peaceful nation with small ships and barely enough men with big sticks to enforce our laws.  I would like peace between our two nations to continue as it always has -- even if that means that you forget that we exist.  

I am looking forward to learning more about your culture.  I can only listen to our songs for so long before they become a bit dry.  Your sailors told me about your Dragon Saints.  Could you send one here for me to meet?  

Whipping,
Rodonso[/ic]
[ic=From King Puul to King Rodonso]Bruv,
I have heard of the Inveran "explorers" that appeared on our shores. All available resources will be used to ensure that our navy is unbreakable.
Puul[/ic]
[ic=From Otahvy to Invernessi Machta-In]Sign, sir!  

I know not who this is going to, so I'll leave the title vague.

I am King Rodonso of Otahvy and I only wished to say 'ello. I have heard of the problems that you have had in recent times and can only give this consolation: the more problems you have, the less likely the gods will give us problems!  Please, keep them over there.

Good day,
Rodonso[/ic]
[ic=From Otahvy to Kuregn]To Tandam the Mad,

The Glorious Empire of Otahvy requires you to stay out of our lands less you face the wrath of our powerful navy and legions of men.  We shall not be kind to a small nation such as yours if you venture too far northward.  Do not prove your title to be true; Tandam the Mad does not need to be Tandam the Deceased.  

You have been warned,
King Puul, of the Radiant Empire of Otahvy[/ic][ic=From Otahvy to Ruthern]To the Superior of All Men, the High Priest of Runethain;

The greatness of your faith has spread across the seas and found its way to my small nation, Otahvy.  I am humbled by the power of the Runethain, though I know oh so very little about it!  Please, blessed soul, send some missionaries to Otahvy so that we may be better educated in the ways of the Runethain.

Painfully lost,
Rodonso[/ic]
[ic=From King Rodonso to King Puul]Bruv,
I wished to share with your my plans and hopes;

*I have established contact with many peoples.  Kuregn I sent a letter posing as you, so if you do contact them in the future, please sound rather arrogant.  
*You were quite correct.  Our navy must be impressive, to say the least.  I shall give up two days rum to go toward the production of our navy.  On this note, please have your men look at the navies of other nations and see what you can do as far as borrowing their engineering.
*I want explorers sent in-land, north, northwest, and west.  I do not wish to be attacked from mountain barbarians while we worry about our diplomatic relations at sea.
*I wish to keep the pirates of Otahvy under control.  Consider taking them in to the military or putting down stronger laws.  If we are to be the home for pirates, they had damn well better make themselves useful.
*Send all diplomats dressed splattered in multi-colored body paint and use only the most frightening men possible.

That is all brother,
see you soon,
Rodonso[/ic]

Hi, Jharviss - you're welcome to join in.  The PM is really just to make sure that the location is acceptable, and yours is fine.  I'm a bit confused as to actually which peninsula it's on, however.

And thanks for the complement on the introduction. :)

The peninsula on the western continent on the northern side is what I was aiming at.  The tip is forked around a bay.  Nilburg, my capital, would be on the eastern edge of that bay.

Understood.

[ic=From Dragonlord Aristo II to Otahvy]
You and your people are more than welcome to trade with us. However, we do ask that you refrain from fishing within our borders.

As for our religion, we do not command the Dragon Saints, and they do as they wish. However, along with the letter, we have sent a group of priests to establish a church of the Dragon Saints in your capitol, and thank you for the invitation.[/ic]
[ic]
Along with the letter comes Inveran's remaining galley unit, as well as every single available commercial ship, laden to near-sinking with Inveran trade goods. Along with this is a large number of Dragon Saint Priests and learned men, so Inveran can more effectively spread our culture and religion amongst them. This fleet will not leave until all their goods are sold, certainly not before 3 months, the priests will set up a church and begin a large missionary campaign, and the learned men will leave with the fleet, but not before showing off our culture to all who will sit still long enough.

Aristo also leaves a few men there to nudge any pro-Inveran Sentiment.[/ic]

[ooc]
Unfortunately, in the last update I was dumb enough to accidentally overwrite the large map with the small update map.  That means I need to remake the map, which in turn means that the update may be somewhat delayed.  I can't say precisely when I will have this done.  Sorry.[/ooc]

[ooc]The new map is done, and it's a better map than the previous one.  The update might even be out today - but no promises![/ooc]

The Years of the Open Seas
Year of the Comet 76-100

These years belonged to the seafarers, who thrived on the waves; inland, war and suffering came to Kuregn, Beitar, and the Serpent states.  So far '" perhaps only by virtue of the vast open waters '" the maritime states have enjoyed relative safety from the forces that have turned the South and East into battlegrounds.

[spoiler=The New Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update4.png)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]

As Inveran's Dragonlord aged, his policies became milder as well.  Gone were the brutal wars abroad, and few missed them.  Invernessi superiority on the waves remained unchallenged, even if Inveran-pattern galleys had by this time come into the hands of many potential rivals.  The only adventures abroad were ones of exploration; after resupplying in Durum, an Inveran fleet followed the windy coasts northward.  The terrain was rugged and devoid of people; indeed, the first attempt northward failed because the fleet nearly ran out of food.  On their second attempt in the year 87, however, the fleet went even further thanks to favorable winds.  The explorers discovered a strait they nicknamed the 'howling neck' for the winds that whipped through it.  An attempt to pass through ended in the destruction of the lead galley (and the loss of all hands), upon which the remainder of the fleet discontinued their advance.  Instead, the fleet followed the opposite shore southward.  The landmass they found had many ideal coves and bays, with calm winds and good beaches, and sources of fresh water inland as well.  This land, however, was inhabited.  Though not possessing bronze, the natives were incredibly hostile (the Invernessi simply called them 'wretches'), and several foraging parties were lost.  The fleet rounded a cape and continued to follow the coast northward, until the explorers, running low on food and expendable crewmen, despaired of finding anything worthwhile and turned back.  Though many new shores were sighted, the expedition was considered a failure back home, as the Invernessi had failed to discover anything but war and disaster.  Saddest of all was the loss of the famed Lord Admiral Creon, who was himself slain by an arrow while attempting to secure a fresh water supply.

The Dragonlord fared better at home, as his currency gained some local traction and its envoys visited many foreign lands.  Trade links were opened with the curious twin monarchy of Otahvy, a relatively new state of Mandrian origins, through which previously unknown dyes were made available to the isles.  The greatest change in Inveran society was perhaps as a result of tax law; the creation of a census to determine worth and valuables held by all persons required the creation of a comprehensive bureaucracy that rivaled anything in the ancient kingdoms.  Interestingly, the bureaucracy was largely not Invernessi; the land's Mandrian residents found themselves unwelcome in the merchant profession save as rowers, and so many entered government service as a route to power and wealth in their new society.  As a result, while Mandrians make up only a tenth of the population, they compose more than half of the bureaucracy (which has not endeared them further to the merchants).

Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders.
Popularity: 6
Dread: 3
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 90% Dragon Saints, 10% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 3
Population: 12,500  [+1000]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress, Isedun
Prosperity: 4  [+1]
Trade: 5
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Useh-dum (Isedun)]

The once prosperous Copper Road continued to gently decline in these years.  The main export from Durum had been lumber to Inveran; now, Ruthernian lumber had almost entirely replaced that.  Though Nargaq clansmen and Duru traders continued to trade metals and other local goods, few Invernessi merchants made it as far as Useh-dum any more.  For this reason, the agents of Inveran became increasingly unwelcome.  It was difficult to explain to the city's leaders (though largely Invernessi themselves) why, if Inveran was so concerned for their welfare, the Copper Road had been abandoned for cheaper means of procuring goods.  The demographic situation was no help either, with Nargaq and Duru becoming more and more populous within the territory.  Though the lords of Useh-dum (which, by the year 90 or so, had become better known by its 'Inveranized' name '" Isedun) continued to pay homage to the Dragonlord, even Aristo II could feel his hold on the settlement weakening.  The lords of Isedun built a substantial wall around their city in the year 96.  Ostensibly, this was out of fear of the Auri, whose predations on the Serpent kingdoms were well known, but few doubted that the construction was at least partially due to an equal (if not greater) fear of a coming Inveran intervention. [/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Invernessi Machta-In]

By appeasing the Zakhites, Machta Shanaa demonstrated his willingness to embrace popular sentiment, though perhaps at the expense of noble support.  Shanaa proved popular throughout the land '" even more so after an abortive attempt on his life by a Kuregnite assassin.  Even his urging has not totally dispelled the xenophobia of the more vehement Zakhites, but it has moderated it somewhat.  Though the scars of the past remain, the Machta-In made solid strides towards recovery, and the people thanked their gods for survival and life.  Invernessi pearl jewelry, the best of its kind, found buyers as far away as Celend.  Interestingly, the much feared Auri were especially fond of it (having never seen pearls before), and it is said that the Agah himself wears a hundred Invernessi pearls on his own person.

Through contact with the Invernessi, the Machta-In has acquired a new military technology (Gal).

Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 7  [+2]
Dread: 0
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 65% Sadatism, 35% Zakhite Sadatism
Fervor: 7
Population: 8,500  [+1,000]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 5  [+1]
Trade: 2  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3  [+1]
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Avardera]

The King of Avardera ordered the building of a walled city on the northernmost point of his kingdom, and proceeded in the year 91 to levy a sizeable tax on all foreign shipping.  The profits have driven the construction of a grand new palace, as well as the building of roads to better connect the sprawling villages of the kingdom. [/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]

Ruthern remained suitably prosperous in these years, exporting lumber and expanding agricultural production.  Their influence grew in Norpost and among the former Six Tribes, now bereft of unity.

Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 88% Runethainism, 12% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 18,500  [+1,000]
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 6
Trade: 3  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 2 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]

In the highlands, Nargaq continued to grow and prosper from the metals trade.  Trade inevitably brings bandits, and the leaders of the clans brought more territory to the east under their control, in part to stop such attacks.  Copper production continued to grow; though mining remains difficult, backbreaking work, the hills are rich enough to make it profitable.

Some traditionalists worry about the state of Nargaq's government; the influx of wealth over the years has given power to some all out of proportion to what their tribal standing would indicate.  There is a growing rift between 'old power,' vested in the clan chieftains, and 'new power,' held by those who control trade along the Copper Road.  Some wonder aloud whether the clan system can endure in these new times.

In the year 98, two objects were sighted moving quickly along the plains to the south of the Nargaq highlands.  They were ascertained to be carts pulled by strange beasts, with two fair-haired men riding each - men who introduced themselves as Auri, warriors of the Azure Horde of the great Agah Suthol.  The men seemed interested in the lay of the land and in stories of the wealth of these Lost Lands, but they did not stay for long.  Soon they had returned to the south with their strange beasts, leading many to wonder if they will remain there or continue their journeys.

Through contact with the Invernessi, Nargaq has acquired a new military technology (Gal).

Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 4  [-1]
Dread: 3
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 88% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 7% Runethainism, 5% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3
Population: 14,000  [+500]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 3  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Six Tribes Confederacy]

Originally founded to resist Nargaq expansion (which had since ended), the Confederacy became weaker and weaker throughout these years.  The local chiefs were increasingly at odds with each other, using wealth from Invernessi trade to attack one another and adopting foreign customs and traditions.  By the last decade of the period, the Confederacy had died with a whisper, when the chiefs of the six tribes simply failed to meet in council.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]

The utter devastation wreaked upon the Dreaded Shore by the Inveran coalition did benefit one state '" that of Otahvy, which has quickly become the most important of the petty Mandrian states since the destruction of the corsair chiefdoms.  There are many chiefs of the Mandra, but all recognize Rodonso and Puul as the only Mandrians entitled to the name of King.  Immigration doubled the size of Nilburg in ten years, where impoverished Mandrians have found some hope in the growing trade with outsiders, including the hated Invernessi.  Though some have found success, many more still live hand to mouth, with little to feed their families and none to prepare for hard times ahead.  Some comfort from this dreary outlook has come from higher beliefs.  The dualistic faith of Otahvy coexisted with the polytheism of the coastal peoples, and was also influenced by the Dragon Saints of Inveran, the faith of the nearby Freemen, and even the occasional priest of Runethain.

Though there remains a deep-seated resentment against the Invernessi, the Otahvy Mandrians have been quick to adopt their technologies.  Skilled craftsmen and sailors, the men of Otahvy have adapted the Invernessi galley to their own needs.  Inland, Otahvy explorers have traversed a rugged and bleak land, where isolated villages huddle around distant mountain springs and windswept coves.  Certainly none of these peoples seemed to pose any threat to Otahvy.  Past the isthmus of Mandra, the mountains were impossibly high, with no humans in sight.  Some believe that this must be the edge of the world, with naught beyond it but rock and sky.

Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 6
Dread: 1
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 50% Mandrian Ditheism, 31% Mandrian Polytheism, 8% Dragon Saints, 6% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 5% Runethainism
Fervor: 1
Population: 9,000
Cities: Nilburg
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]

In the year 79, a conspiracy of Kuregnite nobles attempted to kill the much hated Despot Tandam.  They failed, and Tandam responded by murdering more than three quarters of the Kuregnite nobility.  This action plunged the ancient kingdom into civil war; the Despot's armies clashed with noble forces throughout the land, while Atur tribesmen fought for both sides and occasionally took the opportunity to lay waste to large areas of land.  After six years of war, the murderous Tandam was captured and executed by his enemies.  His son, Toluman, became the new leader of the loyalist faction, but Toluman was no leader '" cooped up in the palace for most of his young life, the Despot was more interested in luxuries and his many concubines than administration or war.

Fortunately for the loyalists, they had the loyalty of one Agnar, a common Kuregnite soldier that was placed in a position of command after it became clear that no nobles could be trusted to lead the Despot's armies.  Agnar routed the rebel armies, whose noble leaders fled southward.  Though Kuregn had lost much of its southern territory, Agnar was able to salvage the kingdom and became far more powerful than the indolent, figurehead Despot.  A competent military commander, Agnar began a reform of the army in the year 98, and led punitive expeditions against the Atur.  Kuregn has been shaken, but remains strong.

Under the charismatic Matriarch Aul, Yaffa expanded both west and east, founding a colony on the opposite side of their strait.  The Yaffan fleet brought in much wealth to the homeland, serving as mercenaries in the Serpent kingdoms and raiding the coast of Kuregn during its dark times.  The Matriarch remained on good terms with the Grand Archon of Celend, who saw to the expansion of Celenite territory and the overhaul of the Celenite fleet to be competitive with new designs in shipbuilding.

Little was heard from distant Beitar, and few knew whether the rebellion of the supposed royal heir has gone well or ill.  The kingdom seemed to be in some confusion, and no ships hailing from Beitar have been sighted since the year 90.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]

These years were good to the Captains, who were freed by their status as a protectorate to pursue other ventures.  New ship designs also aided the Freemen, who set out in the year 77 to explore to the southeast.  A point of land once glimpsed '" but never actually reached before '" turned out to be a reasonably large island.  Curiously, though uninhabited, the League explorers found an abandoned fortified camp at the south-eastern tip of the island, which became a kind of advance base for further voyages.  In year 85, League ships sighted fishing vessels, far east of the island stronghold.  The people spoke a strange language, but made it understood that the League vessels were to go no further; attempts to press further on met with a fleet of sailing craft brimming with soldiers.  Though the more advanced League ships might have faired well in a battle, the captains decided not to ignite a war with the locals and withdrew.  Though a new land has been found, called 'Etropahan' by its people, it appears to be strictly isolationist and without any desire to allow foreigners through its waters.  In all, at least the voyages were of some success '" though new trading partners were not found, the seas around the new island stronghold were rich with life.  Massive creatures were seen surfacing from the depths below and blowing great plumes of water into the air.  In the year 96, a flotilla of fishing boats managed to corner one of these beasts, whereupon it was forced to beach; the meat was decided to be decent (and plentiful), and the fat useful for lamps and candles.

The League's northern territories found themselves increasingly divided from the rest of the league, and had a uniformly difficult time thriving in Invernessi-controlled waters.  Norpost became a useful port for the export of Ruthernian lumber to Inveran, but all other trade was dominated by Inveran, which taxed League ships at every opportunity.  The influence of Ruthern and Inveran grew significantly, as more Freemen converted to Runethainism and Invernessi merchants amassed power within the exclave.

Maducreon found itself overshadowed by Otahvy, whose people ruthlessly predated upon League shipping for several years.  Though the Kings of Otahvy seemed to be making a genuine effort to reign in piracy, traditions of a lifetime are difficult to destroy, and incidents continued.  The largely Mandrian population was very sympathetic to Otahvy culture and religion (being Mandrians one and all), and the Captains' influence in Maducreon gradually declined over several decades.  Though relations were not hostile '" the Mandrians do not particularly resent their League rulers, who are by and large just '" by the year 100, it was clear that the Kings of Otahvy had as much influence in Maducreon as the Free Captains.

Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 5  [+1]
Dread: 1
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 78% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 10% Runethainism, 12% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 10,500  [+500]
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 5  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 4  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa, 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]

In the year 80, the Auri pulled up roots and returned to the steppes.  Though Kalas breathed easier, others would soon come to dread the thundering of the Auri chariots.  Like a storm, the Auri fell upon the city-states of the Serpent, disunited and weak as they were.  In the year 84, the Auri obliterated a combined army of Shol, Atamn, and Balan which was three times the size of their own (Pinur had obstinately refused to join the alliance), and in the following year the city of Shol itself fell to them.  The Auri had little mercy.  Shol's mud-brick walls were torn down and the city razed; more than ten thousand people were killed or sold into slavery, and only ashes remained in the wake of the sack.  The great Agah of the Auri received the submission of the remaining Serpent city-states, who paid a great tribute to prevent being wiped off the map as Shol was.  For the first time in the history of the Serpent states, there was peace; fear of the Auri had brought the incessant petty struggles of the region to an abrupt end.  The Auri, for their part, show no sign of settling down, and their scouts are said to range far and wide in search of fertile pastures and new conquests.[/spoiler]

[ooc]
A reminder: just because you have a new military technology does not mean that your troops are automatically "upgraded."  Generally, re-equipping and retraining soldiers needs to be done in orders; this process may be fast or slow depending on various factors.[/ooc]

[spoiler=Free State of Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Oligarchal Meritocracy. There is a ruling house, and the best qualified from this house are chosen as leaders. There is also a semi-authoritative body of advisers known as the Aristocracy.
Popularity: 6
Dread: 3
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 90% Dragon Saints, 10% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 3
Population: 12,500
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress, Isedun
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 5
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 2 Gal
Religion: They worship Dragon Saints. Each one has a portfolio and list of heroic deeds. Whether they were (or are) actual dragons is unknown.
Culture: Due to its location, the Culture of Inveran developed in isolation. However, the recent influx of trade from other cultures has seen an expansion of Inveran Culture, as the people take in the best parts of each society they meet and make it their own. Daily life is based around fishing, from where they get most of their food, and religion, which they practice heartily.
Figures: Dragonlord Aristo II, Leader
[/spoiler]

[ic=Letter to each member of the (former) Six Tribes Confederacy]
Esteemed allies,
With the dissolution of your confederacy, you have opened yourselves up to potential invasion from abroad. Inveran, a long time friend of your people, would not wish to see this happen. To avert this disaster, I would like to extend to you the opportunity to join Inveran as an official territory.

Your leaders would be able to join the aristocracy and participate in politics that influence the entirety of Inveran, if they wish, trade taxes would be greatly reduced, peace would reign amongst you once again, your lands would increase greatly in size, and all we ask in return is your aid in times of war, a small tax in times of peace, and your continued friendship.

Please know that we will not attempt to replace your way of life; rather, we extend this opportunity as a way of making it part of our own. Indeed, your culture would live long and healthy within Inveran.

Yours in earnest,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ic=General Trade Notice]
Be it known,
A tariff shall be laid upon lumber, wood, pulp, and any other tree products that comes from Ruthern.

Signed,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ic=Excerpt from future history book]
The failure to find further culture to the North of the Lost Lands was a crushing blow to Aristo, who had hoped to revive the Copper road with new trade. Instead, Aristo was forced to rethink his strategy regarding Isedun.

As one of two major government projects, Aristo launched a campaign to settle, fortify,  and improve the Copper road, stretching recognized Inveran borders completely across the Peninsula of the Lost Lands. Key to this plan would be the annexation of the Six Tribes, which he hoped would make up the majority of the population of the new territory.

Secondly, he resumed work on the Academy of his Uncle; expanding it, attempting to make it a contender in world science once again. The existing campus he reformed, barring it from having local wealthy students. Instead, these students would be required to attend the newer campus at Isedun, which was being built, by royal decree, exclusively from Durum lumber and local supplies. Hopefully with the new campus, the old campus would be able to finally become the common place of learning his Uncle dearly strove for.

Isedun was also the victim of a change of power. By a royal decree, the oligarchy that existed in Isedun would have to be replaced; if they wanted to be an Inveran territory, then it was about time that they conformed to Inveran's method of government. Aristo's own son, the 20-something Aristo III, would be the new governor, assigned to oversee the projects of his father, and ensure that the Auri would remain only a distant threat. In consolation, only Aristo III's mentor would arrive from the Inveran Aristocracy, the remainder being promoted up from the oligarchy that once existed. Aristo II would begin to marry his daughters, nieces, and nephews into the Aristocracy, both new and old, in a subtle attempt to combine the two into a new, single noble House.[/ic]

 [ooc]Hey Mithridates, please note my government heading has changed slightly to recognize the Aristocracy; you're still using the old one. [/ooc]

[ic=The Machta-In]With their newfound times of contentment and popularity, the Invernessi now turn to the outside world once more. Machta Shanaa establishes the site of a new fortified cultural capital within Danhula, planning for a small temple, palace, academy and tomb monument to be constructed there for the long-dead Sedoon, as well as for various other ancient leaders of the Machta-In. It is an inspirational project, and on top of this, he promotes a scholar, Zadiin'Haman, to be the master of the not-yet created school.

The unofficial Zakhite high priest, Dunar, claims to recieve a vision (perhaps oiled slightly by bribe money) to travel southward to the Southern Island, once home of many heretics, to cleanse it and start anew. He encourages others to mimic his acts.

The original surveys for natural resources, begun by Padre, are continued by Shanaa.

Finally, Shanaa orders the construction of a small civilian fleet, for the purposes of constructing a new colony, and begins to refit his military navy with the relatively new galley designs. A few other ships, commandeered from civilians, are sent to the northern unclaimed islands to search for inhabitants and viable land.
[/ic]

[ooc]ORDERS
      > Expand Southward.
      > Using the knowledge of the inveran, the Nargaq attempt to build gallions so they have some means of fighting in the sea and travelling. at a faster pace than a boat would allow them.[/ooc]

[spoiler=Otahvy]Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 6
Dread: 1
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 50% Mandrian Ditheism, 31% Mandrian Polytheism, 8% Dragon Saints, 6% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 5% Runethainism
Fervor: 1
Population: 9,000
Cities: Nilburg
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa[/spoiler]

[ic=From Otahvy to the Captains of the League of Freemen]My Fellows,

Though we have interacted both directly and indirectly in the past, we have made little contact with one another.  It is with pleasure that I would like to formally introduce both my brother and myself to you.  I am King Rodonso of Otahvy, and my brother is King Puul of Otahvy. Together we rule over the land of Otahvy, a land that your land shares many traits and, therefore, many woes with.  We are hoping to alleviate some of those woes.

Your land has been subject to constant attacks of piracy.  We understand your plight and have been working to excercise more control over these attacks; however, we can only do so much.  Together, we believe that we could attain true control over the seas even if we do not have direct sovereignty.  We both understand how this works, since none of us have complete rule over our own land -- it is all shared.  

We will continue working on dissuading piracy in your lands; meanwhile, here are our requests: we will open direct trade routes with each other, which, while far away, I believe that we have mutual trading partners inbetween us and can therefore meet in the middle; we wish to begin collaborating on improving our sailing abilities; and, we can begin working toward further exploration, as I am told you have been prone to do.  

I hope all of these are to your likings, and I am including a bottle of my finest rum; I sincerely hope that the captain of my messenger ship does not indulge before he gives it to you.

King Rodonso[/ic]

[ic=To the Twin Kings of Otahvy, From the Free Captains]
Fair Kings, your proposals are more than satisfactory to ourselves. Trade, Exploration, and shipbuilding are always for the betterment of our people. And Piracy has always been a blight on our peoples. Finally, we thank you for the gift. [/ic]

 [ic=Speech given at the Captain's Meet of The Year 100]Brothers, it appears that in our haste to explore further southward in our pursuit of rarities and new trade partners, we have let events in the North outpace us. Norpost falters under heavy taxes and tariffs, these new Twin Kings do harm to Maducreon's shipments though they try and fix it. Too long have we sailed solely for Father Sea's warm southern face. Let us now prove ourselves his rue sons, and brave his Northern Wrath![/ic]

 [ic=Whispered about the Captain's Table] A civil war in the tyrant's lands be quiet the interesting development. Let us keep this new despot supplied with luxuries as he wishes, and help this Agnar with weapons deliveries.[/ic]

 [ooc]
Orders
1.AS always, our people's strength lies in the wealth of other nations. Trade is paramount. Trade with ALL peoples able to buy. We stand apart from internal struggles, and sell to who will buy.
2.The North. Explore it, embrace it. WE fear no part of Father Sea. He will provide for us, so long as we work hard enough.
3. Perhaps it would help our cause to establish a few more settlements. Between our friends the Yaffa and The divided land of Kuregn seems interesting. Also, our trade with the Auri, Atami,Kalas, has been lacking. Investigate that area. A more Northern outpost is also desirable.
4. These new sea beasts of the south intrigue us. Hunt them, and see what others think of the harvest.
5.Always remember to look for new ideas, new designs, new plans for harvesting the bounty of Father Sea.[/ooc]

[ic=Letter to Pinur and Dol]
lords,
We respectfully ask that we be allowed trading rights within your ports. In addition, we propose an exchange of maps, leading to furthered knowledge for us both.

In faith,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ic=Order to Admiral Ubero, Newly appointed Lord Admiral]
Admiral,
You are to determine the fate of Beitar, and do what you can to aid them, while maximizing benefit for Inveran and her people. How you do this is under your discretion, but the entirety of the navy is at your disposal. This being your first mission as Lord Admiral, your reputation hangs in the balance.

Dragonlord Aristo II [/ic]

[ic=King Hamman of Pinur to Inveran]
I must respectfully refuse your request.  It is clear to me that Inveran's presence comes with certain "attachments" that I am keen to avoid.[/ic]

[ic=Lord Matando of Dol to Inveran]
Your vessels are welcome in our territory so long as they carry no cargo of ore or metals, as we have an agreement with the Matriarch of Yaffa in that regard.[/ic]

[ic=To Inveran and Nargaq]
Messengers of the Auri arrive in Nargaq and Isedun, riding chariots and with a great wagon in tow.  They give the following message.

All the world trembles before Suthol, Agah of All the Auri!  His voice shakes the world like a thousand thundering chariot-wheels!  His people bid you greetings from the birthplace of the sun, from where they have come from so many ages ago.  The mighty and peerless Agah offers you peace and prosperity under his marvelous subliminity.  Under his tutelage and guidance you shall surely thrive as creatures of Light, beloved of the sun.

Yet without his guidance, verily shall ruin be heaped upon you, for the Righteous Majesty suffers no Darkness nor willfulness.  See how the mighty fall beneath the wheels of the Auri, you who dwell in shadow, and despair!

The Agah gives you a fair choice - for if the wagon we bring returns with the most wondrous treasures of your land, freely given, he shall smile upon you; but if his messengers should return empty-handed, the Agah shall call down the wrath of the heavens upon your cities, and the very foundations will quake, and your palaces will be charnel houses, and your lands shall be cleansed with fire and the sword.[/ic]

[ic=The Lords of Isedun to Dragonlord Aristo]
We respectfully point out to your esteemed person that we are not and have never been a colony of Inveran and resent your insinuations in that regard.  We humbly request that you reconsider your plan to place a governor over us.

We also note that continued trade around the horn of Avardera threatens our way of life, and it will be difficult to pay you our customary duties if you persist in undercutting our hard-working merchants and tradespeople, who desire nothing more than an honest living, as we ourselves do.[/ic]

[ic=To Otahvy]
A council of Mandrian elders, largely from the Dreaded Shore, has come to Nilburg to give a message to the Kings of Otahvy.

Gracious Rodonso and Terrible Puul, we come to entreat you on behalf of our many kinsmen slain by the foreigners of the Great Ships from the east.  You are the strongest among our people, and yet you abide the presence of those who have brought so much sorrow to us.  We urge you to punish our tormentors and expel the Invernessi from your shores; surely every Mandrian would think the more of you for appeasing the angry gods in this way and letting the spirits of our fallen kinsmen rest in peace.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Obatho of Celend to the Free Captains]
Good and Loyal Tributaries of Mighty Celend, we request that your tribute in the coming ten years come not in the form of papyrus, but in the form of the services of your fleet.  The Grand Archon intends to make war upon Beitar, and your assistance is requested and required.  Serve us well and we will be most generous.[/ic]

[ic=Reply to King Hamman]
Esteemed Lord,
Would you be so kind as to enlighten us as to these 'attachments' of which you speak? For as we are ignorant of them and they seem to cause much distress, we are eager of knowing them so that we may pluck them off.
[/ic]

[ic=Lord Matando of Dol to Inveran]
Your vessels are welcome in our territory so long as they carry no cargo of ore or metals, as we have an agreement with the Matriarch of Yaffa in that regard.[/ic]

[ic=response to Dol]
Inveran agrees to the terms, and quickly begins to set up trade routes. However, Aristo places agents in Dol port cities to assess the viability of starting metal-smuggling operations.[/ic]

[ic=Inveran's Response to the Auri]
Isedun welcomes in the messengers, then proceeds to imprision/execute them (depending on the resistance of the messengres). The cart is sent back eastward, loaded with the droppings of various domesticated animals, and the chariots are taken to be reverse engineered.

The Message is clear; Inveran will not be bullied.[/ic]

[ooc]
I'm a bit confused about Isedun's claim it's not a colony...

QuoteThough the upper crust of Useh-dum has extensive cultural ties to Inveran, the distance involved kept the town effectively independent.  Though Inveran claims the town as a colony, it functions as more of a tributary, with the merchant lords paying a modest tribute to Inveran in exchange for tacit recognition of their rule.

That seems to say otherwise. If I missed something, please tell me.
[/ooc]

[ooc]Those were not Nargaq messengers, they were Auri Stargate. and also, Nargaq is not east of Isedun.[/ooc]

[ic]The Auri messengers are be-headed and their heads are sent back by trained eagles. [/ic]

 [ooc]what animals were pulling the chariot(s)? If it was horses then  [ic]The strange animals that were previously almost completely unseen are studied by Nargaq "scientists".[/ic] [/ooc]



Those Auri seem a bit like the Ori. Not just their name too.

Quote from: Stargate525I'm a bit confused about Isedun's claim it's not a colony...

Inveran claims it as a colony, but the lords of Isedun contend that because it was founded independently by traders and merchants (and not by the state) that it is not actually a colony, but rather a tributary or "allied state."

QuoteThe cart is sent back eastward, loaded with the droppings of various domesticated animals

Who, exactly, gets this wonderful task?  :huh:

Quote from: AtlantisThose Auri seem a bit like the Ori. Not just their name too.

[ooc]What are Ori?[/ooc]

Quote from: Atlantis[ooc]Those were not Nargaq messengers, they were Auri Stargate. and also, Nargaq is not east of Isedun.[/ooc]

Yeah, I fixed that. Should have been to the Auri.

So we die together then, eh?

Quote from: Mithridates

Quote from: AtlantisThose Auri seem a bit like the Ori. Not just their name too.

[ooc]What are Ori?[/ooc]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ori_(Stargate)

Quote from: MithridatesInveran claims it as a colony, but the lords of Isedun contend that because it was founded independently by traders and merchants (and not by the state) that it is not actually a colony, but rather a tributary or "allied state."

Jolly good. Thank you.

[ic=Inveran's response to Isedun]
Esteemed Lords of Isedun,

We are shocked and bewildered at your claim that you are not of Inveran. Have you not paid taxes to us for many years? Have our borders not claimed you as one of us? Has our military not protected you? Have you not enjoyed the benefits of Inveran culture and society? Did you not grumble as to why we were not supposedly aiding your growth and prosperity? Why would you call upon us in that regard, were you not Invernessi?

And have we not heeded that cry for aid? Did we not begin large building projects in your city, which would bring trade, as well as learned men and laborers to your gates? Have we not, at risk of insulting and crippling one of our allies, placed a tariff on their lumber, so as to give that which travels along the copper road preference? If there is more that you wish us to do for you, by all means name it and, as a colony of Inveran, you will receive it to the best of our ability. All we ask is that you conform to our way of governance.

Your town's lack of a Governor was an oversight on my part, I will admit. However, all cities of Inveran have one, which expedites communication and coordination amongst the cities. Indeed, you should welcome this man with open arms, as the burden of liability will shift from you to him, and as members of the new Aristocracy, you shall enjoy the same, if not greater, wealth and influence both here and abroad. As a token of my faith in your abilities, I have placed my own young son as Governor, who will needs be guided and molded into a future leader. Surely this is a great honor!

Which leads me to the portion which saddens me to write. Refusing your governor is akin to an act of treason. Should you do so, I will have no choice but to declare you as rebels and deploy troops to insure a minimal effect on the rest of Inveran. I have not consulted with my military advisors, but no doubt the defensive would include such actions as a military closing of the Copper road, and a perimeter around Isedun to contain potential rebel raiding parties.

Please reconsider your hasty words, as I am certain that neither of us wish this terrible train of events to come to pass.

In hope,
Dragonlord Aristo II [/ic]

Quote from: MithridatesWho, exactly, gets this wonderful task?  :huh:

It's just taken a couple of days eastward, and left on a hill or somewhere in plain view, so that when the inevitable second party comes, they'll find it.

[ic=Lords of Isedun to Inveran]
We would explain our own positions on the issues you have raised - namely, that none of these things accounted to us, though generous, make us a colony of yours - but since you threaten us these things are a moot point.  We have been ever peaceable and yet you treat us like an enemy, making thinly veiled threats against us for our politely made objection.  We cannot fight you and will not try, but know that you have gravely injured loyal allies to your throne today.[/ic]

PS. I've never watched Stargate, so my Auri are my own.  Mine!  !turtle

[ooc]
Announcement
I will be on vacation this coming weekend.  The deadline for orders is Monday.[/ooc]

[ic=Reply to Isedun Lords]
We did not intend to threaten you, we merely laid out the probable course of you actions. You cannot possibly hold us to task for seeing your objection as a threat itself, and attempting to hold our nation together.

And you hold yourself to a double standard. What were we to think? You build a wall around your city, refuse an Inveran envoy, and make thinly veiled threats against the heir? No doubt had we pressed the matter you would have taken my son and held him for ransom. I shall not go into depth with your two-facedness on economics, but suffice it to say that if you do not see our generous policies as kin to a mother city to its colony, you have no right to complain about them to us when natural economies shift. We have accommodated you, risked injuring our standing with our allies (which I now see we may have been wrong to list you above them) and yet you shun us. Why?  

Do you think we learned nothing from the War along the coast? Inveran does not need a war. Not now. What it does need are people like you and your city, willing to bring fresh ideas and new blood to Inveran. However, I am not certain that we need men like you, whose only ability is to banter about hot air like so many candles. Loyal allies indeed. Did you heed our summons to the war of the coast? No. What have you done for Inveran, your 'ally,' that has not first and foremost stuffed your pockets? Through this dialog I begin to see what you really are, nothing but corrupt, arrogant men who do not deserve to rule a city.

I hope that I am wrong. I will offer you one last chance. Admit the governor. Become the Aristocracy. Enjoy a renewal of trade the likes of which you can scarcely imagine. Or do not. And I shall no longer veil any of my threats whatsoever.

Resist, and I shall not rest until you and your offspring are burned from the face of this earth, your residences burned, your fields salted into eternal barrenness, and your ashes scattered to the farthest corners of the world.

I hold no ill-feeling towards your people, for I see that they are merely held under the rule of an oppressive and corrupt oligarchy that cares only for itself. They shall not be harmed; nay, they shall eat of your lordly pantries, drink aged wine from your cellar, and build houses upon the ruins of your household. You may yet prove me wrong, and I dearly hope that this is the case, for then you shall be alive and well, heroes among all of Inveran.

In short, I have your people's good in mind. Whether you are alive to see their lives bettered is no longer of any concern to me.[/ic]

 

[ic=Lords of Isedun to Inveran]
We have built walls to defend ourselves from the Auri, whose envoys you have rashly imprisoned, endangering us - we, who are the first in their path!  We have never made threats against you or your heir, and yet we are insulted and berated, called corrupt and arrogant, while you plot our demise.  We have made Inveran strong and you would fault us for it!  We will not stand for your tyranny any longer - better to seek the protection of the Auri than abase ourselves before you.  You have provoked us long enough![/ic]

[ic=A Conversation Between the Brother Kings, King Puul and King Rodonso]
"I have heard enough!" Rodonso stomped as he paced up and down the wooden throne-room, hissing, swearing.  "I invited them, naively believing that the Dragonlords could prove to help us and be an endearing belief throughout the people.  I was enamored by their unique ways and thoughts and I've always wondered, beyond our good and evil, Rodonso and Puul, what else was out there?  But these Dragon Saints!  They are charlatans and murderers.  I haven't heard a thing from them that makes the least bit of sense.  They just want to trade.  Well, we don't need their trade.  We've done well for years without it.  And now we've the League's support, and the League's certainly of a more like mindset than those blasted Inveran."

"Then shall we be rid of them?" Puul asked, head cupped in one hand, sitting lazily at his throne.  "It shouldn't be terribly hard."

"Wh-what do you mean?"

"I mean to get rid of them.  Extermination, like insects, not dragons.  We shall cease trade and cease their existence."

Rodonso stopped, looking at his brother.  Puul's forehead was smooth, his eyes calm -- maybe even a little tired.  "Doesn't that seem a bit harsh, brother?  I mean, it isn't necessarily their fault..."

"If it is harsh means little.  That they are charlatans, frauds, is enough.  We cannot have their culture bleeding in to ours.  The Ruthains are honorable people, and these men from the League seem well enough.  But the Inveran are scum, and when we associate with scum we become scum.  They mercilessly cut down our people.  It would be an insult to our people to have them here."

"Nonetheless brother, why shouldn't we just banish them?  Exile them and tell them not to come back.  I will gladly cut all trade agreements.  That seems reasonable enough."  Rodonso had sat back down in his throne adjacent to Puul's, looking over his shoulder at his brother.

Puul, however, didn't look at Rodonso.  "Just send them off with our resources and pretend we had never met them?  Nay, that would be unreasonable.  First our people must be avenged, and then we can have peace.  That is reasonable."[/ic]
[ic=According to the Orders of the Kings]All those who are from Inveran are to be executed through hanging.  

All those who are of the Dragon Saints beliefs shall be hanged, unless they publicly pronounce their belief a fraud and convert to a true religion.

There are to be no future dealings with the Inveran or those who follow the Dragon Saints.

No letters will be sent to Inveran from Otahvy save those by official decree.

King Rodonso and King Puul[/ic]
[ic=From Otahvy to Inveran]
This will be brief.  We are cutting ties with your people.  Do not send any more traders to Otahvy.  Threats will not be made -- they are unnecessary if you follow these simple orders.

King Puul[/ic]

[ic=Inveran to Otahvy]
Fair enough. Allow our citizens and priests who currently reside in your lands to be gone, and we will think nothing of it.
[/ic]  
Aristo cuts back on his planned expedition to the south, sending one unit of galleons to pick up the Inveran priests in Otahvy.
 
[ic=Inveran to Isedun]
Fair enough. We have given you warning. We have tried to be reasonable. Be it known that the copper road will be blocked, your city besieged, until either you surrender, or starve. You shall soon discover that there is more than idle smoke in this dragon![/ic]
Inveran sends with this letter her troop of spearmen, who proceed to surround the city in a siege line. Nothing comes in or out of the city besides Inveran spies, who attempt to rile up anti-Isedun sentiment by covertly feeding the populace, and making it known that this is a movement against the leaders, not them.    

[ic=Inveran letter to Macha-In]
Esteemed ally,
My Uncle and your ancestor once made an agreement that whoever is enemy of one is enemy of both. I call upon that agreement now. Isedun in the north has had pretensions, and is even now rebelling against Inveran. We request a contingent of men to aid in the siege of the city, in exchange for an equivalent future favor.

YOur ally,
Dragonlord Aristo II[/ic]

[ooc]Woowee, Stargate, you're getting it from all angles!  No wonder you're calling in back-up.[/ooc]

[ooc]Yeah I know. Why is everyone picking on MEEE?!

And just out of curiosity, why the sudden hatred for the Dragon Saints?[/ooc]

[ooc]Nothing personal, I just had a coalition of my people come to me saying that they want the Inveran gone, and the Dragon Saints were a natural extension of them.  So, it had to happen.[/ooc]

[ic=The Machta to Inveran]Should you provide my troops with transport, I will be happy to assist in the defence of your lands. In exchange, however, I ask for the removal of my debt to you in exchange for your gift of drakes, and for a small gift to aid in the construction of new works to better benefit all Invernessi, under my rule and yours.[/ic]

[ic=Inveran to the Machta]
Agreed. Please note that the current state of our treasury is also low, so our aid may not be much.[/ic]

[ooc]
Announcement
My schedule has been altered.  The deadline is no longer on Monday, but on Saturday.[/ooc]

Name:  Andos, or "Yorn-nes-Sordne", "The Seven Fjords"

Government:  Matriarchal Timocracy (A government ruled by those viewed as being the most honorable, primarily a council of land-owning women known as the Ryvan-Holme, though well respected war chiefs are also influential.)

Religion:  Svyorn Cultists make up the most populous religion (14% of the pop.), primarily consisting of land-owning women, but their activities must remain underground for "witchcraft" and assassinations are sometimes associated with it.  Warriors usually have a nihilistic perspective about life, only living in the moment, making them all the more fearsome, for they they hold nothing back in battle.  What religious teachings that do exist about afterlife emphasize this attitude about combat, too, saying that warriors who die in battle are especially exalted.

Culture:  Andosen lineage and land holdings are matriarchal.  Because of the Northern climate, only the most powerful Clans have good farming land.  As such, most Andosens are fishermen and/or raiders, including women (some of whom are especially valued in combat for their ability to endure pain).  They have a rune system for expressing ideas, but these are only used in sacred matters.  Oral messages and stories are the chief means of history and communications, and are therefore accuracy is rigorously enforced, with one mistake possibly resulting in death.  Andosens are often hostile to outsiders.

Instead of a formal religion, a common set of virtues exist within the Andosen culture:
Virtues, greatest to least: Fearlessness
                            Shrewdness
                            Physical ability(considered a virtue)
                            Self-control
                            Honesty

Location:  South-west corner of newly discovered northland, where the Invernessi were attacked.

[ic=From Andros to the Invernessi] From Vrena Rylodyn and the majority of the Ryvan-Holme, a missive will be stated hence:

Your war ships are not welcome in our waters, nor your trade vessels, nor your fishing ships.  Ships bearing messages, which may be designated with a blue-flamed torch, will be allowed, but should any such ship be a warship, we make no guarantees that the crew will not be harmed.  Our fishing territory includes the coast north of the river that leads to the land of Durum.  They will attest to the fact that ships are not welcome on our seas, and we are not afraid to remind them of this with blood.  If they are honorable, which is dubious, they will also attest to the fact that we honor our borders and rarely take from outside of them, and if so, only when we have need.[/ic]
 [ic=From Vrena Rylodyn to the Invernessi]  I speak this through my messenger now with my voice, not the voice of the Ryvan-Holme.  There exists a certain faction here that claims you must pay in blood for the assault you committed against our southern trade posts and fishing villages, during which you also killed many of the said faction's blood-kin.  I believe you refer to this as the Madrian War.  Currently, the majority of the Ryvan-Holme does not concur on this oppinion, but Syalt Bluvyne, a brilliant campaigner and well-respected fighter pushes this idea amongst the other warriors.  It is gaining in popularity and while the Ryvan-Holme does not favor this action, it will not currently oppose it.  However, it is their and my wishes to receive some reparations for what was lost.  I suspect if you do so tactfully, trade negotiations may be possible.  Think carefully.  These wolves will not be tamed, but if you listen carefully to me, you may yet avoid their teeth.[/ic]
Note:  All messages will be delivered via oral messenger.  Keep this in mind, as some messengers are less trust-worthy than others and may report to different masters than those intended.  This particular messenger will await your reply.

[ooc]I looks like the first one was cut-off, so I'll not reply to that yet.[/ooc]

[ic]Esteemed leader Vrena Rylodyn,
If that is indeed the case, then Inveran would also like to lay claim to you for reparations for the damages that pirates, which your people aided and abetted, wreaked upon Inveran trade ships.

In short, we will not make 'reparations' for defending existing lines of shipping, with which you had no right to interfere militarily. We will not be bullied, nor shall we be held to task for defending ourselves.

That being said, we have no ill-feeling towards you, and wish to open trade negotiations, as this would bring life back to a main trade road in our territory. We noted that you seemed not to possess bronze. We will be able to make this knowledge available to you as part of our trade agreements. [/ic]

[ic=Vrena Rylodyn to the Invernessi ]  I understand that your culture does not look upon what you call "piracy" as we do, but I assure you that we had no interest in aiding them, which you should be thankful for, as it would have made the war more costly for you.  We merely traded with them, but since you destroyed our trading posts ,we are simply are not willing to build trading posts again where they may be burnt down.  If you were to rebuild some of these trading posts and promise to leave them intact after a successful raid, which is basic etiquette in our land, you would go a long way to establishing trade and regard as being civilized.  Of course, you would not be reimbursed and would still have debts in the eyes of many, but I should be able to convince many that the opportunity to trade will cover this debt.  I can only do so much though.  Your help and cooperation will be necessary.  Show no weakness.[/ic]

 [ooc]Messages will be sent to Useh-Dum, as the Androsen in general rarely go far south.  If I'm not talking to you it is probably either because you are of little interest to Andros or are deemed as being too far away.  (the latter being more likely)[/ooc]

[ic=Vrena Olatyk, on behalf of the Grand Council of the Ryvan-Holme, with accordance to house-merchant dictations, to the King of Avardera]  We do not regard your nation as an enemy at this time.  As such, we will graciously remove our raiding privileges to any ship sent to trade with us if the following conditions are met:
1.)A trading post shall be constructed closer to Durum in order to decrease the distance we must transverse in order to trade with you, though it shall be south of our fishing territory.  Our merchants will not raid any ship in the trading post's harbor and we will station warships there to assure the safety of the goods.
2.)You shall agree that if a ship falls time to time from renegade raiders of our houses or from houses not in on this agreement, we are not responsible.  We will take it on our honor to mitigate the frequency of these occurrences, but they are likely to happen.
3.)No military units, man or ship, will be tolerated within our borders, which will likely include part of the trading post and harbor.  No fishing within in our claimed territory, of course.  Merchants will be welcome in some ports, but not all.  We will convey which is appropriate and at what time when the trading post is operational and keep you updated, to mitigate risks to the goods.[/ic]

[ic]
Allow me to make certain I have this straight. You want us to build trading posts near your lands, and begin trade with you. You then will proceed to raid these posts, and expect us not to retaliate or shut them down, but leave them open for future plundering? If I am mistaken, by all means explain. If I am correct in my assessment, HOW is this beneficial to us in any way?[/ic]

[ic=Vrena Olatyk, on behalf of the Grand Council of the Ryvan-Holme, with accordance to house-merchant dictations, to the King of Avardera]We do not fully understand the outrage you express.  Perhaps some things were not clear?  We will aid you in constructing the trading village once you have selected an acceptable site.  What you seam to harp about most, though, is the inevitable raiding that occurs here in the north.  This has always been a fact.  Obviously, the copper and bronze shipments attracted many more than had previously occurred, which in turn disrupted your trade.  However, that practice of our southern descendants has ceased and will not continue, by order of the Ryvan-Holme.  We stated that raiding  will be a reality simply because it is a reality and we did not wish to surprise you.  You will probably loose far less to raids than you will to storms.  Still, you may be tempted to demand military escort.  This is ill advised, as we are trying to convince our warriors that killing every member of the crew and burning the ship is ill-advised unless we are at war.  But should your ships put up substantial resistance, it would encourage the current practice, much to our chagrin.  Progress takes time and friendships, such as they are, take cooperation.  If there are any other areas of contention that we have not covered, our messenger will be happy to rely them to us.[/ic]

[ic]We accept pirate attacks as part of doing business, within reason. Dangerous routes are provided escort, merchant ships run with marines on board, etc.

But if you expect us to lay down and simply LET your people plunder our ships, the lifeline of our people, simply because you lack the ability to police your own troops, we will not stand for it.

In short, we will fire upon and capture or sink pirate ships, as well as execute the crew. This is our standard response, and it shall not deviate. To be blunt, we are uncomfortable with state-sanctioned piracy, which is what this appears to be, and will only agree to trade if your pet brigands leave our ships be.[/ic]

A few weeks after this message is received, the King should hear from four other messengers:
[ic=Vrena Usat to Avardera]I am the voice of Vrena Usat.  She relies the following:
I believe that Vrena Olatyk is inept.  Her attempts to convince the councils of both house merchants and the Ryvan-Holme itself was half-hearted at best, thinly-veiled innuendo to her allies, more likely.  She and her clan are not your friends.  I and mine, however,are.  If you agree to form a port with me than i will assure that your ships are safe.[/ic]
 [ic=Vrena Tchoisk to the king]Vrena Tchoisk wishes to express that she feels that you are not worth the risk of trading with if you fear a raid.  Cowardly southern kings should leave northern waters.[/ic]
[ic=anonymous to Avardera]A Show of teeth might be necessary, little lamb, to keep the wolves in line.  See how they circle?  It is not safe to travel alone.  Have allies?  Makes some with us, but be wary.  Never show fear.[/ic]
 [ic Captain Desdar to the king]Captian Illyat Desdar:
I hope this is the appropriate way to approach you, land-chief.  There is a certain group of the Seven Fjords who will be willing to trade in your own ports.  Please name our terms and perhaps we can come to an agreement.  Take care that the council of witches doesn't hear about this, though.[/ic]

Quote from: amikaligula[ooc]Messages will be sent to Useh-Dum, as the Androsen in general rarely go far south.  If I'm not talking to you it is probably either because you are of little interest to Andros or are deemed as being too far away.  (the latter being more likely)[/ooc]

Note: If this is true, then none of this communication can actually happen, because there is no way that Isedun is relaying your messages to Inveran or vice versa.  Inveran and Isedun are not really on friendly terms right now.

[ic=King Meas of Avardera to Vrena Olatyk]
We have no interest in your lands or waters, nor have we any interest in trading with you.  If you attack a single one of our ships, you will suffer the consequences, and I have no desire to debate the point.  Stay clear of our shores and we will stay clear of yours.[/ic]

[ooc]Oh crap.  I got My I's mixed up.  isn't there an Invernessi colony in the northern woodlands though?[/ooc]

 [ic]Directives to all Clans who subscribe to the Justice of the Ryvan-Holme, by the Supreme Decree of the Grand Council of the Ryvan-Holme:
Hearken!  Our weapons are obsolete, and therefore our raiding lifestyle will soon be obsolete!  We have not yet assessed all of our southern enemies!  Have patience and let us see who is indeed our enemy.  Many of you prevail upon our justice to reclaim blood for your kin lost in the south.  This is idiotic.  will you prevail upon us next to reclaim the North Wind's blood for the many infants we have lost?  If so, may the Wind take you, simpleton!  A decree forthwith shall be stated and affected:  Death to any who raid from a foreign non-military ship if we are not currently at war with the owner of that ship.  It is also to be noted that in our expanded fishing territory to the west, and especially to the south-west, other ships are to be tolerated.  However, our ancestor's territory is not to be desecrated.  It is expressly forbidden to supplement the loss of other regular raids with more frequent raids on Durum, though the Ryvan-Holme acknowledges the ancestral right to do so in extreme circumstances and therefore may offer exception to do so if properly petitioned.  It is also the Ryvan-Holme's wish to expand our farmlands and herd lands.  It has been speculated that there may be some over the coastal ridges in the land east of ours.  Therefore, any brave men and women willing to take a risk in the name of glory and honor for their clan, or perhaps a clan of their own, are to convene at the Ryvan-Holme's Square on the day of the Spring equinox.  Clan-defenders and Raidsmen are discoureged from embarking on this expedition.  The Ryvan-Holme demands audience with the GlurksGank.[/ic]

 [ooc]Orders
To sum it up:
The Ryvan-Holme wishes to ~Acquire bronze
                          ~cease hostilities, to an extent, in order to promote trade
                          ~Expand their fishing activities too the East and south-east
                          ~Explore the East in hopes of more agricultural development
                          ~Transition raiders into farmers for the mainland of Andros while still having them available as                               a                           means of defence
                          ~acquire military power of its own
                          ~many other things...[/ooc]

Quote from: amikaligula[ooc]Oh crap.  I got My I's mixed up.  isn't there an Invernessi colony in the northern woodlands though?[/ooc]

Yes, so if that's who you're sending messengers to then this is all fine.  I don't believe that colony has been named.  Isedun (or as the map says, Useh-dum), however (the inland one), won't relay your messages to Inveran.

Quote from: amikaligula[ooc]Oh crap.  I got My I's mixed up.  isn't there an Invernessi colony in the northern woodlands though?[/ooc]

yeah, Isedun.

You could be sending it to Isedun. My spearmen would be intercepting it and relaying it to the proper authorities.

Alternatively, you could simply be sending it to the Invernessi villages on the coast, who would relay it.

And I the King you're referring to, or another?

EDIT: I see I got beaten to the punch. The northern area isn't named because it currently has no city.

Quote from: Stargate525You could be sending it to Isedun. My spearmen would be intercepting it and relaying it to the proper authorities.

That may or may not be true, as troops aren't dispatched instantaneously.  It may or may not have been sent after your troops arrived, and your troops may or may not have been able to intercept it, assuming they did arrive and are besieging the city.  In any case, diplomacy is assumed to get through to its intended recipient unless I adjudicate otherwise.  In this case, however, we just had a miscommunication, and you are getting the messages because they're coming through the northern colony.

Incidentally, you don't need to have a city to give a colony or region a name - the League, for instance, has names for nearly all its territories but only has one city.  Cities are good for defense and commerce, but they don't need to be the only name-bearing entities.

Quote from: MithridatesIncidentally, you don't need to have a city to give a colony or region a name - the League, for instance, has names for nearly all its territories but only has one city.  Cities are good for defense and commerce, but they don't need to be the only name-bearing entities.

I know, it's just that in the long term, I'm planning on naming that entire northern bit Isedun, as soon as this whole debacle is cleared up.

[ooc]I meant the king of Avardera.  sorry for the confusion, I didn't realize what i was typing different things.[/ooc]

Well, Avardera replied, if I got the message they were intended to get.

That was confusing! :)

[ooc]The four messenger thing?  I was just trying to illustrate that the Androsen are an independent, free-thinking society full of dissent and differences of opinion.  In fact, I kinda like that it was confusing, because Androsen politics really are a quagmire.  but if you can think of a way to make it more clear...[/ooc]

Name: Kashtu

Leader: Grand Warden Tamwun c'Mazni

Government: Religious Monarchy. The upper caste provides both priests and rulers, with a lot of overlap, even though the titles and positions are distinct.

Religion: State religion involves the worship of the god of water (Anwu) and the god of the sands (Hoohsih). In the desert, water is life and the provider, also of course a symbol of wealth and prosperity. The sands are a danger, but also a defense. There is also a sky god (Mishwa), generally viewed as the god of travelers because of the connection to navigation.

Location: The desert area inland from Celend. Specifically, the river leading inland from there shows on the map as originating in the middle of the continent. I suggest that in fact, above this point the river is underground. At various points the underground river comes near the surface, creating an oasis and a place where wells can be dug. The string of oases along the path of the underground river creates a path by which the desert can be traversed even during dry season.

Capital City: Kashtu. Located near the boundary between mountains and desert, where the source of the river flows out of a canyon, then disappears under the sands. This is a religious and governmental center, devoted to the worship of the water god Anwu and the god of the sands Hoohsih. Unlike their other towns, this area has access to open water year-round. It is also near enough the mountains for some degree of quarrying and mining, so it is comparatively rich in resources.

Culture: During the (relatively) wet season, bands of herders take their herds out into the desert, where they can feed on the seasonal greenery. These bands tend to have tribal or clan-like identities. Since the desert isn't rich even during the wet season, they need to keep their herds moving and each band claims a wide swath of territory for their grazing.

During the dry season, the bands come back together at the oasis towns. There will be a festival at this time, during which excess livestock are slaughtered, amid much feasting and revelry.

The oasis towns are the permanent settlements. The larger ones support some agriculture and crafts. During the dry season, the population of the town areas increases five-fold as the herders return.

Orders: In order of priority.

* Explore the nearby mountains and deserts, looking for more resources.
* Try to organize and stabilize the tribal bands.
* Establish some kind of system of taxation or tribute.
* Begin building a landmark temple to Anwu and Hoohsih.
* Establish and mark the routes between oases.

[ooc]Welcome aboard snakefing![/ooc]

[ooc]Agreed! Good to see more players![/ooc]

[ic=The Machta-In to the Ryvan-Holme]Greetings to you, coastmen. We are the Invernessi of the south, a people of the sea as you are, and we are willing to trade precious metals with you if you possess such. Until such an agreement is made, however, be warned - our waters are closed to you.[/ic]

[ic=Glurksman Rancoth to the members of the Ryvan-Holme]  Mothers, you over step your powers.  I am sure that a month of starvation this winter will convince you of your mistake, but, unlike you, most of us cannot demand what measly provisions our neighbors have stored be brought to us.  Therefore, my clan and the clans of Wrestha, Hanharth, and Gythra must honorably refuse you demands.  As we feel that our clan-maiden representatives in the Ryvan-Holme have failed us, we would like to convey the following sentiments:
Vrenas Ruthgard, Wresthus, Hyaharth, and Gysnera:  A sharp ax blade awaits your pretty necks when you return home.  Normally, I would suggest you return forthwith to face your  death honorably, but from the evidence I have seen, as you did not have the honor to represent your clan's interest, I would suggest you use some of your nice, clean witch poisons.[/ic]

[ic=Adressed with respect to the Machta-In]  I speak for Vrena Rylodyn, a member of the Ryvan-Holme.  We are impressed by your brazenness and skill which you must possess to make it to these northern waters with blood still flowing.  So impressed that we wish to learn from you, as equals in honor.  As a token of this, we give you our blood-promise that not a single one of your ships shall be taken by Ryvan-Holme ships for the next forty seasons.  Conveyed on this ship are two wizened warriors, two men of thinking, eight young men, and four young boys.  It is our desire that you allow these sixteen of our people live amongst you and learn your ways so as to strengthen our relationship.  If you are to send them back and thereby refuse this offer, never expect a similar offer again.  This journey will be taxing and won't be repeated unless you make it worth it.  Similarly, we understand that time to mull these terms over will be necessary.  Therefore, our ship will remain in your harbor for sixty-four days and sixty-four nights.  If you wish to have people of your culture to live in ours, they will be allowed to board our ship and travel safely to the seat of the Ryvan-Holme.  Be advised, however, that our hospitality is limited and any more than twenty-five will have no guarantee of shelter in the winter months.[/ic]
 [ooc]Now this game is getting rolling.  The more the merrier![/ooc]

[ic]The passengers are welcomed and given shelter and food by the Machta, and four scholars with an honour guard of four of the Machta's bodyguard and a further four apparently civilian men are sent back with the ships, hoping to be taught new ways of war and the culture of others. The more inconspicuous men are truthfully further bodyguards for the scholars, and veterans of the civil wars amongst the islands.[/ic]

[spoiler=Otahvy]Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 6
Dread: 1
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 50% Mandrian Ditheism, 31% Mandrian Polytheism, 8% Dragon Saints, 6% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 5% Runethainism
Fervor: 1
Population: 9,000
Cities: Nilburg
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Boa[/spoiler]
[ic=From Otahvy to Machta-In]Good day to you, sir!

We were quite unaware that the islands amidst the sea were not of one sovereignty, and we are glad to find that this is not the case. We have had a somewhat bitter relationship with the State of Iveran, but find that your people seem much more pleasant. We would very much like to open trade routes with your people and fill our ships with goods that could benefit your people, and perhaps we may find goods that can benefit us as well.

On behalf of my brother, King Puul, I extend the merriest of greetings,
King Rodonso[/ic]

[ic]The Machta-In may be surprised by the fact that the women of the crew are often taller then the men, who, in turn, are,mostly taller than the Machta-In.  The less physically gifted scholars are given perplexed stares as the crew of the ships proceed to test their mettle out of curiosity.  Mingled amusement and contempt is met when the scholars explain the idea of a university and scholars.  The inconspicuous bodyguards' battle training is quickly noticed, but this simply makes them more inconspicuous in the eyes of the crew.  The honor guard will be reminded to stay on their toes as the crew enviously eyes their bronze weapons.  Still, the Ryvan-Holme's promise survives the voyage as the captain runs a tight ship.  The voyage is a rough one.  While some of the Machta-In may have spent some voyages on a small, open-decked ship, none of them have ever been into the northern seas in one.  The crew, for that matter, do not enjoy it either.  They explain that for this voyage, comfort was exchanged for speed.  It is good that the journey went on ahead of schedule, as the ship barely makes land across the "howling neck" when the first winter squall howls through the straight.  Beached on the desolate eastern coast of Andos, the Machta-In get their first taste of Andosen engineering as the sailors forage for what meager resources exist in that landscape to create surprisingly sound shelters in which to await the storm's passing.  The first sighting of an Andosen port is made over a week later.  It is obvious that it was recently raided as the only structures that are not burnt out shells are some sort of ship-building facility and the docks.  Nonetheless, the ship puts down in that port and soon a dour faced woman approaches the Machta-In.  "The Vrena Rylodyn awaits you," she says in a barely intelligible accent and motions them to follow her.  It is an arduous hike but a blessed relief from the open ocean.  It is obvious that they are purposely avoiding something but guides guides watch the Machta-In like hawks.   All that is learned about the terrain is that its mountainous, rugged, and lightly forested.  Although the port was at the base of an inlet, no further proof of it is revealed.  At long last, when the Machta-In arrive at the settlement, they find a large building with the lower floor of stone and mortar, set against a cliff base, and  the second floor constructed of a dark wood.  There are only eight other buildings made of the same dark wood in the settlement, though numerous hide yurts are set up around the perimeter and on top of the cliffs.  At the site of the arrival of the Machta-In, a flurry of activity takes place in the south-east corner of the settlement, near a group of more substantial yurts.  Soon, a group of almost all women approach the party led by a woman in white furs with raven-black hair and accompanied by four tall and fur-and leather-armor-clad women, one blond, the others as dark haired as their leader.  The leader exchanges brief words with the woman who guided the Machta-In to the settlement from the port in the Andosen tongue.  After a nod from the leader, the guide shrilly announces, "The Vrena Rylodyn."  The fur-and-leather-armor-clad part and a girl who cannot be over the age of sixteen, dressed in a red-fox furs, strides up and asks, "Is it not customary to bow before leaders, Southerners?" with a sly twinkle in her eye.[/ic]

[ic=Philosophy]The thoughts of Bith Veludo, a wiseman, knowledgably in the ways of ditheism, as carved into the wooden wall of his cabin on a boat in Otahvy:

Long ago, the blue King Rodonso of the north and the red King Puul of the south met in the seas and created civilization, which spread out in ships of wood to populate the world. Rodonso and Puul followed some people to Otahvy and created this land, and thus did we keep this knowledge of Rodonso and Puul when all other nations became forgetful. Rodonso the beautiful and Puul the horrible have ruled justly ever since.

Rodonso is the king of the blue, a man who keeps people happy thruogh gifts and charm. Puul is the king of the red, a necessary evil to keep the people united and strong against those who would harm us.  Rodonso and Puul, together, are neutrality, civilization, people.  Rodonso and Puul are everything.[/ic]
[ic=The Decrees]

*King Puul and King Rodonso have decided to create wooden palisades around their cities, though they are unwilling to spend much on this.  *They would like to begin a small trading outpost east of Nilburg known as Ghawn and expand their borders -- there seems no nearby opposition in claiming the surrounding land under Otahvy. They hope, one day, to own the entire peninsula. *King Puul wants to keep the navy strong, but would also like to have a contingent of bladesmen in Nilburg. *The living place of the two kings is simple, little more than a cottage with a decent-sized throne room in which they conduct business.  It is made of wood and only one story.  King Rodonso would like a bell tower constructed as a part of their home and for the bell to be rung at even intervals throughout the day.  The appropriate methods to measure such times can be devised by the local wisemen. *King Puul would like to continue developing the navy, attempting to find better ways of fighting at sea. Piracy has taught him a good deal, but there seems to be too many flaws with it.  He will assign some wisemen to work on that problem, as well. *King Puul has had all relations with the State of Inveran cut, and will do what he can to barricade Inveran ships from entering harbor.  Despite this, King Rodonso is trying to open trade with the Invernessi Machta-In. *King Rodonso declares that there is to be a yearly parade in honor of his brother, King Puul, for so valiantly defending the realm.

[/ic]

[ooc]Jhharviss, I need to know. Are you allowing my galleys to come and collect my citizens, or are you turning them away?[/ooc]

[ooc]Didn't he say he was hanging them?[/ooc]

Also, welcome to all our new players.  The map might start getting complicated soon!

[ic The elder council to the clans]Tropps are to be rallied at once!The Auri are coming and  we havent much time. Train all men possible and provide them with weapons and armor.[/ic]

are the Ohtavy attacking Stargate? if thwey are i send my boats and stuff to help defend the invernessi. otherwise, i send messengers to stargate's people to rally troops so as to help defend the land which the auri are marching through.

Quote from: Mithridates[ooc]Didn't he say he was hanging them?[/ooc]

Yeah he did, but I'm hoping I can get them out before that happens. Otherwise, there will be... retaliation.

Quote from: Atlantisare the Ohtavy attacking Stargate? if thwey are i send my boats and stuff to help defend the invernessi. otherwise, i send messengers to stargate's people to rally troops so as to help defend the land which the auri are marching through.

They aren't yet, unless you count the wholesale slaughter of innocents... And the auri arne't marching yet... they just demanded tribute.

ok, i guess i order a pre-emptive strike then.

 [ic Elder Council to People of Nargaq]Our scouts have reported that the auri have not yet begun to march. We shall send our troops in for a pre-emptive strike before they are ready to gain the upper hand in an un-preventable war.[/ic]

[ic=The Clansman of Vrena Rylodyn to the acedemics of the Machta-In, to be conveyed with the next frostlift]  Many of the members of the Ryvan-holme find your idea of an "academy" most interesting, chief among them our beloved Vrena Rylodyn.  We were quite amused by your scholar's amazement with our use of Ubterwoed.  It is a seaweed that is resilient as a binding for wounds and is known to cool the area around it of pain.  We would include a sample of it with this messenger if it were possible.  Alas, it must retain its oils for this to work its magic.  Perhaps if you were to establish an outpost closer to our seas, you could devise a way of sustaining its oils.  We are sure other benefits will exist in such an arrangement and urge you to consider it.  We must, however, admit as we are bound in honor the following:  A small but persistent number of clans have forsaken the wisdom of our Council Mother's Justice, as they have forsaken our Gods and ancestors themselves, and will soon meet their doom.  Still, they may present a problem to your ships.  We must also note that the antics of your scholars are not found to be amusing or in good taste.  Several times we have reprimanded them for mocking our sacred runes by scrawling scribbles in the dirt or on tree bark while demonstrating ludicrous theories of the world.  the first few times we merely scolded them for being honorless, blasphemous, ignorant, foreign pagan swine.  Our patience has reached its limit.  The left hand, the one used  to scrawl these cursed signs, of the blasphemous scholar hangs from the messenger's chest.  He is alive, for now, but we have let it be known amongst the scholars and now convey to you and the rest of your people that abominations against the sacred runes will not be tolerated on pain of death.[/ic]

Quote from: Stargate525Yeah he did, but I'm hoping I can get them out before that happens. Otherwise, there will be... retaliation.

Generally people can be hanged faster than fleets can be dispatched, and you don't have advance warning unless he gave it to you.  I wouldn't count on it. x.

[ooc]These are the events that have transpired in Otahvy:

The people from Inveran who were living in Otahvy were hanged immediately, as well as all of those of the Dragon Saints faith.  No ships of any kind were allowed to go to Inveran to tell the Invernessi people of such events.  The only message the Invernessi received was the one regarding the end of trade and that no Invernessi ships would be allowed to enter Otahvian waters.  A barricade to prevent such things from happening has been established by Otahvy's navy.  

Unless the Invernessi were able to sneak a message out on an illegal ship in the very short amount of time they had before either going in to hiding or being executed, the Invernessi people will have no knowledge of such events.  Allies whom Otahvy trades with could inform Inveran, but as of now that is only the League, and that notice would likely be well past the executions.

Otahvy am in no way attacking Invernessi; they are only getting rid of the invaders from Inveran who landed on Otahvy shores.

On a side-note, galleys are ships built for shallow waters that are near the shore.  If you send your galleys to attack me, it's at your own risk, for they will not handle detrimental weather in the least.[/ooc]

[ooc]The you still need to reply to my letter, and the closely following unit of Galleys coming to pick up the people you've just executed.

Best of luck explaining that satisfactorily.

I also note that, barring miraculous weather, you've got nothing that can effectively keep my galleys out, nor anything to prevent them simply sacking your civilization.[/ooc]

[ooc]Let's please keep the ooc to a minimum here.  Remember - you tell me what you intend to do, and I will adjudicate what happens first and when, and how successful it is.

Unless you are notified of something through ic diplomacy or through my updates, you don't know it ic - watch out for metagaming!  Other peoples' orders are generally ooc knowledge, so please don't craft your own orders based on theirs.  They're posted in this thread so we can all read interesting stories and prose.  Let's be careful to keep ooc and ic knowledge separate, just like in a D&D campaign, because it's just as important here.

Also, I think we need to clarify ooc/ic tags a bit.  It's not necessary to use the red ooc tag for everything ooc, because regular text is assumed to be ooc.  From now on, please use the red ooc tags only for ooc orders (please try for ic orders, but ooc blocks are great for "summing up" important points in your ic orders as some have been doing) or for important alerts or questions that you feel need to draw our attention.

I want to keep this thread largely ic; if we have a lot of ooc, we can always create a separate "talk" thread for the game to ask questions and maybe rub in our victories a bit. :)  Let's try to keep it green here.[/ooc]

Lord, I step out for a day and three wars start.
small revision of orders
 [ooc]
Fund as many sides of various conflicts as possible.
Maintain neutrality.
Trade with everyone, including newly discovered peoples who are willing.
[/ooc]

 [ic=Delegate to the Grand Archon of Celend, from the Free Captains]Our honored suzerain, we accede to your request of military aid, but we ask that we not be conscripted into further conflicts. The Freemen seek no war, btu will aid you in this endeavor as the Beitar struck us first.[/ic]

 [ic=Announcement to the various allies of The League]Father sea whispers to us that warships travel his ways, and blood will soon fill his waves. We do hereby declare our neutrality in all such conflicts. We view such conflicts as waves in the sea of politics, and we will endure them as we endure the waves of Father Sea.[/ic]

[ooc]My apologies, Mithridates, I simply wished to explain the intentions of my Kings so that it would be easier for others to understand. I have, like many of us, made many different letters and conversation to convey my intentions, and believed that an OOC summation would be appropriate.  On that note...[/ooc][ic=The Kings]The Kings of Otahvy have no plans on replying to any note sent by Inveran.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon of Celend to Free Captains]
Rest assured that we intend only to utilize your fleet against those who have attacked great Celend and its allies.  Should war come to us, you must of course render your aid as required, but we will not request your fleet to start any new wars or attack any that have not struck at us.  As it stands, the only enemies of our great land are Beitar and the dangerous Atur, and we have no use for your ships in the deserts where the Atur dwell.  We will shortly restore your normal tribute once our ends in Beitar have been accomplished.[/ic]

Quote from: JharvissMy apologies, Mithridates, I simply wished to explain the intentions of my Kings so that it would be easier for others to understand. I have, like many of us, made many different letters and conversation to convey my intentions, and believed that an OOC summation would be appropriate.

No worries!  I just thought a reminder on ooc and metagaming was in order since there was some dispute over who knew what and when in some discussions this turn.  An ooc summation is fine if you think it's needed, and can be very helpful.  I'll certainly PM players if I'm confused about orders.

[ooc]Consolidated notes (it's bad when I'M getting confused):
Military:
1. Send spear unit to Isedun, begin siege.
2. Send galley to collect Inveran citizens, to aid the withdrawal of everything Inveran from Otahvy. Should they meet resistance, they are ordered to barter their way in. They are authorized to use any force the captain deems necessary.
3. Retain last Galley as homeland defense. Since the world's basically gone to pot, sending a military unit on an expedition seems a bit stupid.
4. Send messages to all allied states, cementing our friendship and requesting assistance for the coming 'All hell breaking loose.'

Social:
1. Continue integration of the Drake.
2. Improve and increase support for the Academy.
3. Begin to structure and organize the bureaucracy that has sprung up into an efficient system.
4. Isedun: Begin work on an academy, recruit new aristocracy, begin training of militia (after we take the city)
5. Attempt to reverse-engineer the chariots.

Political:
1. Decrease lumber trade with Ruthern in preference to Durum Lumber.
2. Convince members of the six tribes to join Inveran, by nearly any means necessary.
3. Send messages to all allied states, cementing our friendship and requesting assistance for the coming 'All hell breaking loose.'  
[/ooc]

[ic=In The Grand Throne Room of the Palace of the Machta]Shanaa ground his teeth. "These heretics, these Aheli, they scorn the gifts of our scholars? Then we shall have them back!"[/ic]

[ic]The message (when Frostfall comes) is returned, along with a party of men to supposedly remove the 'blasphemous' scholars. The message below is also delivered:

To the Rylvan-Holme,

We apologise for our scholars' activities, and come to remove them from your noble presence. Please, allow us to retain your men, that they might learn more of our ways and blades.[/ic]

[ic=To Calino, Warden of Parah]I hope this finds your family and your self well. May Anwu bless all your endeavors!

Your concerns about raiders in your territory have been heard. With this letter we are sending ten of our stoutest warriors to aid in your defense. We have also ordered the Royal Quarries to send two more shipments of strong stone to enhance your fortifications. Unfortunately, we will have to require an extra twenty talents in taxes this season to defray the costs.

We are also pleased to inform you that your son Joran has been accepted as an apprentice by the First Hierarch of Hoohsih here in Kashtu. This will be an excellent opportunity for him, especially as we are starting construction on the Grand Temple.[/ic]

[ic=To Kormu, Overseer of the Royal Quarry]The construction of the Grand Temple has begun, and we will be requiring double the output for the next six months. Please inform us how many additional slaves and workers will be required.

The Grand Ecclesiarch informs us that the stone samples you sent are not of sufficient quality to please the gods. We command you now to seek out sources of better quality stone, as well as precious metals and gems to glorify the gods. If you need additional workers, we will provide them.[/ic]

[ic]  The Vrena Thorstein, a honorable trader and member of the Ryvan-Holme, expresses her confusion.  She has heard no mention of Machta-In blood on Andosen land in the many councils of the Ryvan-Holme and is troubled by the implication that the blood of Andos is so far from their sacred waters.  However, as the other clans she is in friendly contact with deny any such knowledge of either of these events, she must conclude you are mistaken.  She also suggests that the Machta-In ships found in Andosen waters be removed before they are lost.  Shew has ordered her clansman to rely this suggestion to any such ships encountered as well as the knowledge that the Ryvan-Holme's decree that raiding be forsworn has not only not prevented the looting of foreign villages, it has apparently backfired and several  clans and clan alliances fued with each other and raid one another.  It is therefore impossible to further any inquiries should you insist that you are not mistaken.  We hope that those of your blood are safe and ask that those of Andosen blood are kept safe as well.  The Vrena Thorstein also sends her condolences should any or all of the blood you seek be found to be spilled, for she has lost many of her children and siblings to this recent feuding.[/ic]
[ic]  The Vrena Unglene finds your sailors distasteful and the prospect of having offered you southern dogs hospitality even more distasteful.  She also swears that the next ship of yours in her harbors will be dealt with without mercy once her warriors return in victory.[/ic]
[ic]A certain captain and free-trader who does not subscribe to the authority of that council of witches called the Ryvan-Holme, and yet who is privy to a large number of their councils, both formal and secret, wishes to point out that a certain promise that was made to you, while honorable, was also hollow.  The said promise stated that no ship of the Ryvan-Holme's would attack your forces.  The Ryvan-Holme, itself, however, possesses no warrior or naval forces of its own.  In the spirit of friendship, this captain wises to extend empty promise to a more juicy one by way of offering the protection of the faction of free-traders which he commands.  If you are interested, this messenger will lead no more than two of you more discreet ships to a certain cove on the north shore of the northern-most island of the land of Avardera.[/ic]

[ic=The Machta-In to the Captain]We would be willing to do business with you, good clansman, but your leaders are corrupt fools. We will tarry no longer hospitably.[/ic]

[ic=In The Machta-In]The people of Andos within the lands of the Machta-In are rounded up by city guards and executed ritually by the priesthoods of Zakha and Dukil working in tandem. A decree is read in the old and modern languages of the Southmen, declaring - 'So die all those who would harm the people of the Machta-In!'[/ic]

[ic=In Andos]Vrena Rylodyn finds her cat and mouse game of keeping her Machta-In guests secret more difficult with the new scrutiny produced by the Machta-In's communications to the Ryvan-Holme.  However, she is greatly aided by the ever-growing viciousness of the raiding amongst clans.  Indeed, she manages to keep her guests oblivious to the strained relationship between the states and the ensuing search for them.

While the last communication did reach the Andosens, those andosens fell victim to a murderous raid and never conveyed it to the Ryvan-Holme.  They, the smuggler captain, and Vrena Rylodyn remain oblivious to the hostility that they are now viewed with.  However, Andosen ships rarely sail south anymore anyways, with the clans' feuding.[/ic]

[ooc]
Announcement
I have been very busy trying to move into a new apartment and deal with furniture, utilities, and so on.  The update will come as soon as I am able to deliver it.  Please do not submit further orders or conduct further diplomacy until the update is released.  Thanks![/ooc]

[ooc]
I'm very sorry - I've been very busy this week what with moving and trying to find a second job.  I can honestly tell you the update is progressing.  It's coming along and should be out within a few days.  Thanks![/ooc]

[ooc]We're rotting away... So... deprived...[/ooc]

[ooc]
Sages predict the update will come on Tuesday or Wednesday[/ooc]

The Years of Waves and Wheels
Year of the Comet 101-125

[spoiler=Inveran]
The far-flung mercantile empire built by Aristo II and his predecessor was dealt a series of blows in these years '" though they have not unraveled the core of the Inveran state, and though Inveran retains arguably the most powerful fleet in the known world, the waves are no longer under an Invernessi hegemony.  The empire is broken, but the state remains.

In the year 102, negotiations to place Isedun firmly under Invernessi supremacy, by way of the young Aristo III, broke down amid accusations of threats and force.  Each side accused the other of intransigence and arrogance until the lords of Isedun, having tired of threats and resentful of Aristo's 'thoughtless' treatment of the Auri messengers, expelled all Aristocratic agents and diplomats from Isedun and pronounced themselves liberated.

Aristo had no intention of letting this stand, but time had to be taken for other considerations.  The breakup of the Six Tribes Confederacy was an opportunity not to be overlooked, and the Dragonlord needed a close ally on the southern shore of the Lost lands '" for the northern shore was becoming quite dangerous.  Piracy increased markedly as the primitive peoples from newly discovered lands began to acquire an interest in the shipping of their neighbors.  Negotiations with one of the Six Tribes proved fruitful; though most had no interest in foreign domination by any name, the Chalak tribe invited Inveran in as possible protection against their neighbors and a worrisome Auri presence on the far horizon.

As the Dragonlord prepared to send his forces, however, he received harsh words from Otahvy '" his people were no longer welcome.  To avoid opening another conflict, the Dragonlord dispatched his fleet eastward, but it was regrettably too late.  The Mandrians had hung the Invernessi who remained in their city; only a handful were spared, as they were able to flee to the nearby League enclave of Maducreon.  Though the high Captain at Maducreon was surrounded by Mandrians wishing for the heads of the Invernessi, he showed an excellent ability for negotiation.  Convincing the Otahvy kings that, since their ultimate purpose was simply to remove the Invernessi, their wishes were equally served by allowing them to return to their people, the captain was able to return the Invernessi peacefully to their ships.  Though war had been avoided by a timely diplomatic intervention, men had still died at the hands of the Otahvy.  The odds of a battle were even; the superior Invernessi ships were countered by the Mandrians' intimate knowledge of the dangerous shores and their sheltered harbors.  The Lord Admiral Atheos, seeing that there was nothing more to be gained, returned to the homeland.

In the year 105, the state was finally prepared to retake its wayward colony.  Spearmen, assisted by tribal irregulars of Chalak, marched eastward south of the Nargaq highlands.  Isedun, however, had not been idle.  Though they retained little more than a token militia, the lords of the city had freed the Auri messengers, returned their belongings, and told them that the city would bow to the Auri if Inveran could be driven back.  The aged Agah Suthol saw wisdom in this proposal, and dispatched his nephew, Uthuman, with chariots and infantry to secure this new territory.  They arrived in the year 104, received the submission of Isedun, and awaited the Invernessi strike.

The Invernessi found other allies on their way eastward.  The clans of the Nargaq, also threatened by the Auri, were preparing a pre-emptive attack and were willing to join with the Invernessi.  Together, the co-combatants marched eastward.  They arrived at Isedun, but the Nargaq were suddenly uncooperative '" they had agreed to fight the Auri, not storm the walls of a wayward colony, and there furthermore appeared to be no Auri troops in the city.  Unable to convince their allies to help them storm the city, the Invernessi contented themselves with laying siege.

After a month of this, the newly made alliance seemed close to a breakdown.  The Nargaq wished to push on and attack the Auri; the Invernessi wanted nothing more than to take Isedun, whose defenders proved surprisingly resistant to the ladders of Inveran.  Eventually, the situation resolved itself when Uthuman and his men returned from a raid on Durum.  The opponents met on the broad plain east of the city.

[spoiler=The Battle of Isedun]
Attacker: Free State of Inveran (Lord Rubeus), Nargaq (Warchief Ravens-tongue), Chalak Tribe
500 Spearmen (Inveran, 1 unit)
500 Swordsmen (Nargaq, 1 unit)
Slingers (Nargaq, 1 unit)
Irregulars (Nargaq, 2 units)
Irregulars (Chalak, 1 unit)

Defender: Ar-Auriban (Prince Uthuman), Isedun
Chariots (2 units)
Composite Archers (1 unit)
Bladesmen (1 unit)
Irregulars (Isedun, 1 unit)

Result: Auri-Isedun victory.  The Auri enjoyed the benefits of a highly mobile force, using weapons never seen by their enemies before '" chariots and powerful composite bows.  The Auri archers caused many casualties, forcing their enemies to spread thinly, and the chariots charged into these weakened lines.  On the open plain, the perfect place for the charioteer, even the heaviest infantry of Nargaq and Isedun were overcome.  The Auri pursued their enemies closely, riding down hundreds of men.  The clansmen of Nargaq who survived fled into the highlands, where chariots could not follow easily; the Auri bladesmen pursued but were driven back with heavy losses thanks to the Nargaq slingers in their preferred environment.  The contingents of Inveran and the Chalak were a near total loss.[/spoiler]

Isedun was a crushing defeat for the Dragonlord, who had placed everything on a successful recapture of Isedun.  Isolated from its defeated home country, the Invernessi colony north of Isedun fell to the Auri within a year.  Following their defeat, the Chalak tribe's lands and villages were quickly usurped by its neighbors, leaving Inveran without a single outpost in the Lost Lands.

Fortunately, Inveran's enemies did not follow the Invernessi back to their islands.  Agah Suthol had been planning an invasion using ships built by his vassals along the Serpent, but he died before this plan could come to fruition, and the plan was forgotten by his brother, who turned the might of the Auri northward towards Durum.

Aristo died only a few months after Suthol, a bitter man whose great triumphs had become overshadowed by the total loss of the empire in the twilight of his life.  Normally, such events might have discredited the Aristocracy, but so desperate were the times that the merchant and bureaucrat elites had no problem with backing his son, Aristo III.  Though widely supported, the new ruler was not a particularly strong one '" the Aristocracy had lost significant clout.  The merchants of Inveran too suffered from the loss of their hegemony.  The real winners within Inveran were the (largely Mandrian) bureaucracy, who had been emboldened and empowered by the centralizing reforms under Aristo II.  Under Aristo III's early reign, the Aristocracy began to decline in importance as more power was centralized in the hands of the career administrators.  Though the Aristocracy is far from irrelevant or powerless, a great deal of power is held by the 'Most High Councilor' Neddar, a Mandrian '" and some say, the real power behind Aristo.

The prosperity of the land began to recover somewhat by the end of this period; militarily and diplomatically isolated, the Dragonlord was a staunch patron of his great-uncle's Academy, which was expanded tremendously '" with the help of the powerful bureaucracy, which also benefited from more educated and thoughtful pupils.  The previous Academy, the domain of mathematicians and astronomers, became known as the 'Helm,' and it began to attract students from neighboring countries as well.  If anything, the Helm was better known and more prestigious, as the skills of a navigator and logistician are always in demand.

Player: Stargate525
Government: Aristocratic Monarchy
Popularity: 5 [-1]
Dread: 1 [-2]
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 88% Dragon Saints, 12% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 4 [+1]
Population: 11,000 [-1,500]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 4 [-1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3)
Army: None
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Free State of Isedun]
The lords of Isedun retained their informal mode of governance until the battle which guaranteed their independence.  Thereafter, seeking to establish some permanence and officiousness to their rule, they pronounced a meritocracy based upon that of Inveran before its transformation under the Aristocracy '" though in reality, it functioned more as a mercantile oligarchy.  A progression of rulers held power in Isedun, all the while under the overlordship of the Auri, who went unchallenged.

Though saved from Aristo, Isedun went into a decline after the Auri conquests.  With the defeat of Inveran, the Copper Road fell dramatically in importance, and the fall of Durum ended it entirely.  Without the route, the riches of more civilized lands had difficulty penetrating to Isedun, and the 'gifts' extracted by the Auri did not help matters.  Though the people of Isedun did not starve, the city lost much of its power and luster without the Copper Road.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Invernessi Machta-In]
For the Machta-In, these years were a time of prosperous recovery and new harmony.  Through royal patronage, Danhula began to grow out of its local reputation as a distant backwater.  The 'Sedoon Academy,' or just 'Sedoona,' put down roots during this time.  Under the leadership of Zadiin'Haman and his immediate successors, the school attracted local luminaries and visiting scholars from Inveran and Yaffa.  Where the Helm of Inveran excelled in mathematics, however, the specialty of the new Machta-In school was philosophy.

In the year 116, a student at the Sedoona named Tumiir began teaching a new religious philosophy among the people of Danhula.  A learned scholar of the Sadat Tomes, Tumiir articulated a belief in a 'first calling,' a Zakhite-influenced belief that gained much popularity in Danhula itself.  Tumiir argued that just as some men were more naturally skilled at a task than others, or given a different station in life, so too do people naturally have a greater connection to one Triune than the rest.  Thus, while rejecting the Zakhite view that one Triune is superior to all the rest, he argued that each person must find their own 'first calling' to focus their lives upon, while still respecting the rites and traditions of the other Triunes.  His beliefs were popular both among Zakhites and traditionalists, though the 'spirited debates' in the Academy and Danhulan temples became a bit physical at times.  Tumiir's beliefs were far more palatable to the priestly elite than those of the Zakhites, and some even espoused variations of the 'first calling' philosophy themselves.

Tumiir and other leading religious scholars were greatly impacted by the relations between their land and Andos during this time.  The indignities visited upon the scholars of the Machta-In by the northerners outraged the Invernessi.  Taking the scholar's lost hand as a symbol of devotion to knowledge even in the face of injury and death, these priests, scholars, and intellectuals formed the Society of the Hand, pledging to place knowledge and enlightenment before physical integrity and even life itself.

Favored by peace and prosperity, the population grew rapidly during this time, and needed new lands to settle.  Many moved south to rebuild; others sailed northward, colonizing an island only inhabited by a few Runethain hermits.  They found the hermits here to be cultivating a curious tree berry from which a heady libation, somewhat like mead or beer, was made.  Pearls and shells were found as well, though not in enormous numbers.  The island was well watered enough to be worth settling, and by the year 125 more than a thousand people lived there.

Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 7
Dread: 0
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 68% Sadatism, 32% Zakhite Sadatism
Fervor: 8 [+1]
Population: 10,500 [+2,000]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 6 [+1]
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3) [+1]
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]
Though Ruthern's merchants did poorly under the new taxes of Inveran, Ruthern's strength was never in its merchants, and the theocracy remained secure '" isolated from both the economic upheavals of this time and far enough from the Auri to remain peaceful.  Besides the continuing expansion of Runethainism into Norpost and the surrounding region, there is little to tell of Ruthern.

Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 89% Runethainism, 11% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 19,500 [+1,000]
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 6
Trade: 2 [-1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 2 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
The defeat inflicted upon the Nargaq clans by the Auri proved to be only superficial.  Though a large number of their warriors had been wiped out, their forces recovered, and the Auri had been thwarted in their attempt to raid into the highlands.  Though this raiding party had been only a fraction of the Agah's total forces, the skirmish had been enough to dissuade the Auri from wasting their time in the hills.  The Auri storm blew northward instead, and Durum bled in Nargaq's place.

The destruction of the Copper Road did no favors for the Nargaq, but the clans were always rather self-sufficient, and the state suffered far less than those states dependent on trade and commerce.  With its own independent copper source, Nargaq rebuilt its army within ten years, and built a fleet of galleys.  Once re-armed, the clans struck out against the former members of the six tribes confederation (now only five).  In a series of battles, the Nargaq infantry '" transported up and downriver by their fleet '" subdued much of the land of the now disorganized tribes.  Those expelled from their land have fled east, where they scratch a meager existence between the Auri and Nargaq.

The collapse of the Copper Road left the 'new power' of the trade-minded men of Nargaq without much to show for itself, and the old clan magnates have reasserted themselves, with the conquests to the south bringing useful prestige upon their heads.

The two beasts captured from the Auri messengers were interesting, but ultimately not useful, as two animals of the same sex can't start much of a herd.  Too small to pull a plow, the Nargaq never found much use for them.

Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 4
Dread: 4 [+1]
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 86% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 10% Runethainism, 4% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3
Population: 15,000 [+1000]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 2 [-1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Swd, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]
The double kingdom of Otahvy expanded greatly in these years.  The western coast, slowly recovering from near total depopulation in the war with Inveran, were quick to follow native Mandrian kings.  A trading post was established on the coast as well.  The kingdom expanded in all directions, meeting resistance only with the Sebian mountain people in the northwest, who '" despite the lack of bronze and small population '" were stubbornly unwilling to accept the rule of even another Mandrian.

The prestige of the monarchy among Mandrians reached new heights, with the execution of Invernessi interlopers and grand parades and ceremony.  Mandrian elders from outside the kingdom came with gifts from their villages, professing solidarity with the kings against outsiders.  If the monarchy was well thought of by other Mandrians, however, its image abroad '" such as it was '" did not fare so well.  The execution of a peaceful delegation did not inspire neighbors to come and trade, and despite rapid advances in technology Mandra and Otahvy are still viewed as backwaters of barbarism (if the names are recognized at all).

The Mandrians of Maducreon, the League exclave, were equally enamored of Othavy '" though as long as the Captains retained good relations with the kings, there was no conflict, and relations remained good even after the Captains of Maducreon were cut off from their brethren by the Yaffan blockade.  The mediation of Maducreon in the 'Inveran incident' provided Maducreon with the trust that Otahvy lacked; merchants that shied away from Otahvy saw no problems in trading at Maducreon, and so in a roundabout fashion some foreign wares trickled into Otahvy.

Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 7 [+1]
Dread: 3 [+2]
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 57% Mandrian Ditheism, 30% Mandrian Polytheism, 9% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 4% Runethainism
Fervor: 2 [+1]
Population: 9,500 [+500]
Cities: Nilburg (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 1 [-2]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 2 [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Bld
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Andos]
The second century of the comet saw witness to another society emerge from the bleak margins of the world.  It seems that the ill-fated expedition of the late Lord Admiral Creon not only opened up a new land to Inveran, but opened the world to the people of Andos, whose many rival powers and magnates seized upon the opportunity to gain advantages over one another in the new, larger world.

Andosen warriors, like their distant Mandrian cousins, had always maintained piracy as part of their lifestyle '" indeed, to them piracy was no different than trade to other, less violence-prone peoples.  As such, the attempts of the Ryvan-Holme to curb this livelihood met with some hostility and little success.  Aided by powerful figures in high places in Andosen society and spurred on by the failure of Invernessi naval power in the region, piracy could only be said to increase '" at least until the fall of Durum collapsed the local trade routes.  The Auri made contact with a few Andosen fishermen and raiders, but found them to be primitive and with little goods worth the attention of their great empire.  They were thus duly ignored.

With trade becoming scarce in their lands, many raiders ventured elsewhere.  Avardera was a frequent target at first, but their rulers had spent much time preparing defenses against the Mandrians decades ago, and disorganized Andosen raids inland did not terribly weaken the kingdom.  Though King Meas had no navy of consequence in the year 100, in twenty years his son had successfully constructed a small but advanced fleet of galleys, which became increasingly adept at chasing the odd raiding flotilla from Avarderan shores.  The scarce volume of trade meant that other, less successful raiders had to seek other means of survival.  Resources were scarce at home, and so a new generation of Andosen people moved along the coasts.  The climate of Andos is quite good as far as farming is concerned '" but the land is not.  Rocky and covered in forests, the inland regions remained wild and uncultivated.  It was to these inhabited coasts that the Andosen people flocked, expelling other tribal peoples from their ancestral grounds and taking their fields and shoals as their own.

This fighting was not limited to Andos and its neighbors; the Andosen tribes found ample time to fight each other, with resources scarce and mistrust sewn amongst them by men and women of great ambition.  Continuous infighting took its toll on the state, weakening the grasp of the land's nominal rulers who were increasingly unable to provide lands and rewards to their warriors without embarking on yet another raid to seize such things.  Though Andos has expanded, it has done so at the expense of its cohesion, and has found itself isolated from and snubbed by the rest of the world, who never deigned in these 25 years to teach the secrets of bronze to the faraway people of Andos.

Player: amikaligula
Government: Matriarchal Timocracy
Popularity: 4
Dread: 2
State Religion: Cult of Svyorn
Popular Religion: 14% Cult of Svyorn, 86% Animism
Fervor: 2
Population: 7,500
Cities: Andos (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 1
Advancement: Chalcolithic
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 3
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, OCa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Bld
Navy: 1 OCa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]
In the year 106, the Grand Archon of Celend led the largest seaborne invasion in known history, with the aid of their vassals '" the Free Captains '" and their allies, the Yaffan Matriarchy.  The Beitaran Regency, crippled from a losing battle with a supposed heir to the ancient Beitaran throne, had its fleet crushed by the joint Yaffan-Freemen navy.  The fleet sailed without contest up to the walls of Beitar, where the forces of the Crown Prince Augon were already laying siege.  In a sharply contested battle, the forces of the Grand Archon drove the royalist forces from the field.  Surrounded by sea and land, the city of Beitar was forced to surrender.  Though the alleged heir, Prince Isaul, survived and secured his position further inland at Jemna, Beitar itself was seized by the Celenite forces and placed under the authority of an Archon.

Agnar, chief general of Despot Toluman of Kuregn, spent these 25 years attempting to reclaim the lands that had been lost to rebels and the Atur.  Though not ever battle was a victory, continuous campaigning eventually led to the destruction of the last organized rebel nobility in 117, after which the Atur were left divided and without allies.  Yet the army of Kuregn was exhausted as well, and when Toluman insisted that his general quash them, Agnar instead easily deposed the Despot and crowned himself instead.  By 125, Despot Agnar had reclaimed Upper Kuregn and expanded along the coasts, leaving Kuregn larger than it had ever been in more than a hundred years.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]
The League could be said to have done well in these years, though it remained for all intents and purposes the colonial enterprise of Celend.  Such patronage hardly offended the Freemen, who saw their influence grow in the vacuum created by the fall of Beitar and the humbling of Inveran.

League traders brought their state increasing prosperity, though perhaps at the cost of some internal cohesion '" with open borders and flowing trade, the League's faraway outposts adopted more and more of the culture of their neighbors and seemed less connected to other, more remote League ports.  Maducreon benefited from the reduction of piracy in the area, though it remained a sea of Mandrians ruled by a tiny coterie of League captains and elites.  Norpost profited greatly from the dissolution of Inveran's overseas empire, and the League fleet easily flaunted the taxes that a weakened Inveran tried to impose.  With Inveran-style ships, League merchants could easily evade the Dragonlord's powerful but thinly-stretched navy.  Even as the colony revived economically, however, it was infiltrated by Invernessi and Ruthernians, who spread their faiths and influences widely.

Missions of exploration met with few tangible results.  An expedition sent up the Mandrian coast lost several ships to the treacherous coastline and was forced to return.  Voyages to the northeast were similarly unproductive; the land was too out of the way to be valuable, and the locals were often hostile.  For a time, a northern colony was considered, but the fall of Durum and the lone northern Inveran colony collapsed the trade network there, and the idea was scrapped.

The League established contacts in the East as well, though none in Tescha, where the King '" though willing to allow the harvesting of papyrus from 'his' marshes '" had no other interest in outsiders.  Tescha rebuffed any effort to commence trade or further relations.  Up the Serpent, the Auri-dominated kingdoms were happy to trade what little they had '" the Serpent Kingdoms were dominated as ever by agriculture and offered little desired by traders.  The Auri were similarly resource-poor, but did possess a wealth of plundered goods to trade for new things they had not seen before.  From this trade, the Auri learned of papyrus and tasted ocean fish for the first time; the Agah of the Auri sent the Captains twenty of his people's strange beasts as a gift, which he called 'horses.'  The Auri used them to pull their carts and chariots, but to the Captains they were mere curiosities '" what would a seafaring people do with such odd creatures of the steppes?

In the south, other odd creatures were put to better use.  The Freemen gradually became more proficient at catching the immense creatures of the southern sea; one alone could easily feed many families for a month with such a "whale."  Their fat, too, is useful for making ointments and candles.  The hunt is difficult, dangerous, and usually unsuccessful, but the results - when it succeeds - are always impressive!

The League provided a sizeable fleet to the attack on Beitar, and it was well rewarded; not a single ship was lost against the woefully inadequate Beitaran fleet, and the League was awarded an entire quarter of the city of Beitar as a League 'exclave.' The Yaffans, too, gained a quarter of the city, and Beitar became the site of some of the most ruthless competition yet heard of.  Before, League traders and Yaffan merchants had been respectful friends; the League kept to their monopoly on papyrus, and Yaffa to its dominion over metals.  These years, however, saw the diversification of both thalassocracies, and the souring of their mutual relationship.  Yaffa gained access to Beitaran papyrus, threatening the League monopoly, and League traders were able to buy from the Beitaran copper mines as well.  Wherever wood could float, Yaffan and League ships competed, often coming to blows. 122 was the year of the so-called 'Merchants' War,' started when a Yaffan merchant ship rammed a League vessel, which sank with all hands.  Upon hearing of this incident, the Freemen of Beitar rioted, and burned down fully half of the Yaffan quarter before Celenite troops could intervene.  In response to this outrage, the Matriarch of Yaffa formally closed the straight of Yaffa to League ships.

A crisis was thus precipitated that threatened to cripple the League.  For three years, no ships could travel through Yaffan waters, cutting off northern markets and outposts from the League heartlands in the East.  The blockade continues as the year 126 approaches, and the Captains may have to act decisively to maintain their state.

Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 5
Dread: 2 [+1]
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 58% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 12% Runethainism, 14% Mandrian Polytheism, 16% Beitaran Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 14,000 [+3500]
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 6 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 4
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: None
Navy: 1 Boa, 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Kashtu]
Between the roaming Atur and the gilded empire of Celend, the people of Kashtu found a precarious existence at the desert's edge.  Life here has never been easy, but competent leadership forged a true state from what had been no more than a few independent oasis communities.

The Wardens of Kashtu focused their efforts on the expansion of government and dominion into oases that had before paid only the loosest of lip service to their rule.  Unlike the Atur, who typically accomplished this by slaughter, Kashtu used a variety of largely nonviolent means.  Routes between oases were mapped and trade customs normalized, binding the oases more closely.  The religion of Kashtu was aggrandized with great works '" which, while small and pitiful compared to the palatial temples of Celend, duly impressed simple desert folk.  Though the transhumant herders remained quite independent-minded, these years saw the gradual development of Kashtu loyalties even in these self-sufficient minds.

This is not to say that these years were bloodless for Kashtu.  The Atur still raided; at times these raids were ended with payments of goods, camels, or people, but other times Kashtu and Atur camelry engaged in small but brutal skirmishes.  As a diverse and fractious group, relations with the Atur were complex, and the Grand Warden kept close track of continuous relations with dozens of tribes whose alliances could turn into vendettas (and back to alliances) almost instantaneously.

The Wardens were aided by a conflict they knew little of.  The Most Despotic Magister of Kuregn, Agnar, fought a war with the Atur over the span of two decades.  Simultaneously, Celend extended its own sphere of influence westward, and recognized Kashtu by dispatching a Legate to the city of Kashtu itself.  Having been attacked by the Atur countless times before, the Grand Archon seemed interested in securing Kashtu as a buffer state '" and perhaps even a proxy.

Limited trade was established with Celend '" limited in the sense that the Kashtu possessed only one commodity wanted by Celenites.  The western foothills of the rugged and dry mountain range west of Celend have always been well-known for a kind of hardy, spiky bush, whose sap is one of the most prized incenses in the known world.  The Atur never had much interest in trading it, but the Kashtu were more than willing '" so willing, in fact, that the resin is now commonly known as 'Oil of Kashtu' in Celend.  The incense is in much demand among the wealthy and priestly classes of the ancient empire.

Player: snakefing
Government: Religious Monarchy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Kashtu Polytheism
Popular Religion: 64% Kashtu Polytheism, 31% Animism, 5% Celenite Polytheism
Fervor: 6
Population: 6,500
Cities: Kashtu
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Cam, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 2 Cam
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]
Though the Serpent Kingdoms remained quiet under Auri domination, there was significant change to the south, where an ambitious Teschan prince attacked Talas.  Weakened from war with the Auri, Talas put up only token resistance, and the king of Talas was captured and executed on the field of battle.[/spoiler]

[ooc]
I ran out of time today; the map will be added tomorrow.  There are also four new units to be introduced tomorrow (Cha, CAr, OCa, and Cam).  In the meantime, read your updates and tell me if I made any mistakes![/ooc]

Hell yes there's a problem. How the heck did Isedun release and send back dead Auri Messengers? Secondly, if they were kept as prisoners, they certainly wouldn't be left there, in a colony threatening to secede.

Quote from: Stargate525Hell yes there's a problem. How the heck did Isedun release and send back dead Auri Messengers? Secondly, if they were kept as prisoners, they certainly wouldn't be left there, in a colony threatening to secede.

Your orders, my emphasis:

QuoteIsedun welcomes in the messengers, then proceeds to imprision/execute them (depending on the resistance of the messengres). The cart is sent back eastward, loaded with the droppings of various domesticated animals, and the chariots are taken to be reverse engineered.

We have built walls to defend ourselves from the Auri, whose envoys you have rashly imprisoned, endangering us - we, who are the first in their path! We have never made threats against you or your heir, and yet we are insulted and berated, called corrupt and arrogant, while you plot our demise. We have made Inveran strong and you would fault us for it! We will not stand for your tyranny any longer - better to seek the protection of the Auri than abase ourselves before you. You have provoked us long enough![/quote]

Isedun took the prisoners before your governor arrived.  You ordered them to, and they did as per your instructions, but then they decided to rebel from you and subsequently released the prisoners, who remained in Isedun.  They retained them the entire time and were certainly in a position to return them.  You never had functional control over Isedun; there was never an Invernessi garrison there, nor an Invernessi ruler (save Isedun's own lords).

I suppose that's fair enough. In the future, I must remember to be more ruthless.

Although I'm still curious why Aristo would not have ordered political prisoners back to the capitol for interrogation...

[spoiler=Current Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update5.png)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Current Units]
Army

Spearmen (Spr): Spearmen wield a short spear, and are usually equipped with a copper helmet, light armor (e.g. linen, hide, or leather), and a large hide or wooden shield. They are decent all-around troops that can handle most opponents adequately, but they don't excel at anything.
Bladesmen (Bld): These are usually younger and more agile warriors that serve as light infantry, fighting with some manner of bronze blade '" usually an axe, knife, or short sword '" and a hide or wicker shield. They wear little or no armor to preserve their mobility. Bladesmen are fast and flexible light troops who can ably accomplish tactical maneuvers and ambushes.
Swordsmen (Swd): The first truly heavy infantry, swordsmen wield bronze 'sickle-swords' to hew through enemy footmen.  Equipped with shields, bronze helmets, and cloaks reinforced with bronze scales, swordsmen are excellent assault troops.  What they lack in mobility they make up for in durability.
Archers (Arc): Archers carry a short bow, several sheaves of arrows, and little else. Their arrows are deadly, but inaccurate at long ranges, and can be blocked easily by shields and even light armor. They are often used to break up enemy formations and to assault or defend walled cities.
Composite Archers (CAr): The composite bow is a vast improvement over the old 'self bow.'  Its composition of wood, horn, and sinew gives it nearly twice the range of a traditional bow with the same bow length, not to mention increased power to penetrate armor (though shields remain an effective defense).  The animal glue involved in its construction, however, means that it can fall apart in humid or wet conditions.
Slingers (Sli): Slingers fire deadly lead bullets that significantly outrange bows, and can break bones even through shields and armor. These bullets are heavy, however, which limits the number that can be carried into battle. They make good battlefield skirmishers.
Camelry (Cam): Camels are odd-looking animals perfectly suited for desert combat.  These warriors ride camels into battle, and carry a spear and small shield.  They are perfect for raids in the wide, trackless deserts and steppes, but are ill-suited for warfare in temperate regions.  The smell of camels is very disturbing to horses, and as a result these troops are put to good effect against chariots.
Chariots (Cha): The chariot is a fearsome new weapon of war that brings mobility to the battlefield.  Each chariot carries a two-man crew, armored with bronze scale and equipped with a bow and a lance.  From their mobile platform, the crew can rain down arrows on infantry formations or trample them if they break formation, or the warriors can dismount and fight on foot, ready to return to their chariot to retreat or chase the foe.  For all their advantages, however, chariots are inoperable in rough or wet terrain.

Navy

Boats (Boa): These represent canoes, barges, and small boats primarily designed for rivers and day voyages over calm seas. These small vessels are quite handy, but very vulnerable to storms and ill-suited for warfare at sea.
Outrigger Canoes (OCa): Large canoes can be rendered more seaworthy by the addition of an outrigger, which stabilizes the hull.  Outrigger canoes are advanced craft, driven by sail and oar, that are noticeably more seaworthy than galleys - but their smaller crews and lower structures make them not much better than regular boats at naval warfare.
Galleys (Gal): The galley is a round-bottomed ship with 20-40 oars and a single square-rigged mast. They are faster and more seaworthy than boats, but are unsuitable for open waters beyond sight of the coast. They have no weapons, combat being conducted by boarding an enemy ship.[/spoiler]

[ic=Grand Archon Omallus of Celend to Kashtu]
Celend, Mighty and Venerable, sees your people alone in the desert and offers you its protection.  Acknowledge our suzerainty and your status as a tributary state, and you will prosper under the benevolent watch of the Grand Archon.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Kashtu]
I am most interested in procuring the fragrant oil of your land.  How might we come to an arrangement beneficial to us both?[/ic]

[ic=Shipek of the Tarkad Atur to Kashtu]
The Tarkad Atur demand tribute from your petty little state, and if that is not met than we shall seize it from you with much bloodshed.[/ic]

[ic=Agah Usadev of the Auri to Nargaq]
Your few warriors fought bravely but they will not long withstand our destined victory.  The Light smiles upon us and shall surely triumph over darkness and base ignorance; accept your place as pupils of our Most Enlightened Wisdom and prosper; we give you one final chance, out of respect, to renounce your ill-considered defiance.[/ic]

[ic=Agah Usadev of the Auri to the Free Captains]
From the birthplace of the Sun, we Auri greet you, you folk of the western waters.  All the world trembles before Usadev, Agah of All the Auri!  Ar-Auriban stretches majestically across the world, just as the Light is brought to shine fiercely in every dark corner of creation.  You who know the waves and bring forth their treasures can surely aid us in our destined march; carry our warriors to the place called Inveran and you will be richly rewarded.[/ic]

[ic=Despot Agnar of Kuregn to the Machta-In]
Our past relations have been marred by the cruelties of past rulers and past dynasties.  I bear no ill will towards your people, and I much regret the pointless bloodshed you endured years ago.  The upheaval in the waters has not escaped my notice; thieves and bandits run amok upon the seas, and new barbarians come across the horizon with each new day. I extend to you the offer of being a favored vassal of Eternal Kuregn, that you might prosper under a strong and renewed friendship with Us, and remain secure against threats fomenting against your lands and livelihoods.[/ic]

[ic The People of Nargaq to the Auri]We will not surrender!You will not take these lands until our race is at it's destined end , and this is not it[/ic]

  [ooc]The Nargaq train their soldiers and attempt to teach them the ways of the bow, while creating advanced ones. They continue to wrok on their netwroks of tunnels and work the copper.The tribes of Nargaq work their canoes into more sturdy, more manuverable canoes.[/ooc]

The map has now been updated (see previous post).  Order away!

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni of Kashtu to Matriarch Jula of Yaffa]
We would be most pleased to supply you with our highest quality oils. Sadly, our supplies are threatened by wild raiders and we have urgent need of defense. Perhaps if our sturdy warriors were outfitted with a fresh supply of high quality weapons, we would be able to oblige your request.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni of Kashtu to Shipek of the Tarkad Atur]
Brother, there is no need for fighting between our peoples. I urge you to lay down your arms and join us as equals. I pray you, meet me in peace at Parah, and we will discuss matters of mutual profit.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Ecclesiarch Mahsi to Joran, Ecclesiarch of Parah]
Joran, may Anwu bless your endeavors,
may Hoohsih protect you,
may Mishwa guide you,
Greetings brother.

Our Grand Warden continues to welcome trade with the river folk, and even others from farther afield. This is well, as it enriches us and teaches us, bringing glory to Anwu. Yet we must never forget that their ways are not our ways. I have heard that there are some among us who have taken to worshipping the soft gods of these outsiders.

This is always a mistake. Ours is a harsh land, and we must remain strong and unified. These alien gods have no place in the desert. I have been urging the Grand Warden to construct a new temple in Parah to remind our people that these lands belong to Anwu. I suggest you work with your cousin the Warden toward the same end.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni to Warden Kahlun of Parah]
The Atur threaten us again. If they will not see light, then we must show them darkness. By rights, these should be our kin and countrymen, yet I fear they have a taint in their blood that blinds them to all decency.

I am sending additional troops and supplies. Make the necessary preparations, in case of need. Send scouts into the desert.

And if it should come to that, take as many alive as you can. The royal quarries are over-taxed and need more slaves.

We may expect a delegation of Celend at some point. Treat them well, as befits an honored guest, but do not trust them. If they will, let them fight with us against the Atur, but remember they fight for their own reasons.

The desert is ours, not theirs.[/ic]

[ooc]
No reply to Celend. It must be an oversight, or perhaps the messenger was taken by brigands. So much for the vaunted protection of Venerable Celend! Who wants our money yet leaves us at the mercy of bandits.[/ooc]

Inveran claims and settles all of the currently unclaimed islands that it knows of, and also introduces a mandatory course of Inveran Culture and Religion in the Helm.

Inveran also begins to rebuild its shattered military, building ships the size and power of which has never before been seen.

 [ooc]It's late, I'll stick it in narrative later.[/ooc]

Additional orders:
Kashtu priests of Anwu are studying a system of dikes and bulwarks that will increase the amount of arable land in the main town of Kashtu. If they are successful, they plan to introduce similar works at other oases.

Kashtu engineers are improving the fortifications at towns that are vulnerable to Atur raids, and especially along the main trade routes.

Scouts continue to map out the desert, especially to the west, seeking any new oases that could be settled.

Edited to add (based on later diplomacy):

Order scouts to search for alternative overland routes toward Jaffa. Upgrade defensive units in the oases as top priority.

Seek agreements with the Tarkad. We are willing to deal generously with them, so long as the cost is not excessive. At best, we engage them in some profitable trade (say, liquors from Celend in exchange for camels and/or incense) as a start toward peaceful relations. At worst, we stall them until our fortifications are complete and we can deal from a position of greater strength.

[ic="The Machta-In"]As the southern Invernessi continue to prosper, the Machta orders the construction of new fleets and the studying of the lethal new bows discovered by other peoples. He continues his construction of the large centre of culture, moving on to his own apartments and the temple, and embraces the new views as he has been known to do in the past. He wishes Invernessi ships - if not necessarily Inveran's - to be the best in the world.

Furthermore, he declares that all natural resources are now minable by any - and that he imposes a small tax of one tenth of their minings to be given to the Machta-In as thanks and for the bettering of all people.

Furthermore, he proposes that the islands of the Machta-In - beginning with the island of the Capital, Zaah, and moving on to further islands if successful - be irrigated with traversable canals to improve land fertility. Whilst the somewhat hilly terrain of the Machta-In's islands is not necessarily conducive to farming, he wishes to test out 'stepped' farming, the construction of terraces on which to plant fields.[/ic]

[ic=The Machta to the Despot]
Honoured W'abHulla,

We are not grateful for your patronising offer of 'guardianship'. The people of the Machta-In are mighty, and we have defeated your pitiful kingdom before when it was needed. Trade, we desire, but vassalship is the road of the dishonourable Padre, and not one of us wishes to follow his road.

Y'ziim;
The Honoured Machta Sha'naa of the Invernessi[/ic]

[ic=History Text Exerpt]It was fair to say that Aristo III was devastated by the sudden, unexpected, and downright unfair collapse of his father's budding empire. Assigning it to a lack of favor by the Saints, Aristo's first order of business was to establish chapels and shrines to the Dragon Saints in all towns, and to renovate the Temple in Inveran.

He also begins to upgrade and expand the military fleet. If they cannot win battles on land, then they shall control the sea. All of it. Under the leadership of Aristo's cousin, Lord Thedditus, Inveran establishes towns and farms across all currently unncoupied islands in the Inveran chain, as well as those to the north and south of the lands of Otahvy. Trade laws are relaxed to the point of non-existance.

The Helm, finally blossoming into the organization that his ancestor wanted, he expands on, adding a mandatory course on Inveran culture, philosophy, and religion and waiving the tuition (in truth offering them money) for the children of foreign nobles. [/ic]

[ic=From Inveran to Otahvy]
Lords,

Your cowardly execution of our citizens, which you invited into your land, as well as the execution of the followers of our revered Saints, will not go unpunished. We demand what tribute your pathetic excuse for a nation can scrounge up as payment for the lives of our citizens. Failure to comply will not be look upon favorably.

Aristo III[/ic]  

[ic=At the Captain's Meet]
"Who are these whelps, who so freely ask us to betray our allies, in exchange for mere wealth? I say we send any ship that carries them to the deeps of Father Sea."
"Let us not be hasty, brother. Look how many of our allies are opposed to Inveran. Should we join in the looting, we can only gain."
"IF they win. Remember, Inveran is weakened NOW. They have been a power to be reckoned with. IN fact, we might be able to extract more power from Inveran government by aiding them."
"Bah, the sharks circle the dying whale. What was great has fallen. If we wish a piece of the kill, we should strike while the whale is thrashing."
"Let us not forget the difficulties any of these actions pose us, given the problem of Yaffa."
"True, true. Perhaps..."
"Perhaps...?"
"Yes, speak your mind."
"Well, if we were to aid the Auri in the defeat of Inveran, could we not then ask for aid against the Yaffans?"
"Could we not try to solve this peaceably?"
"Hold, brothers. I have a plan. The power of a barracuda pack is numbers. Each barracuda can strike another part of the prey. So let us strike these problems in many ways. One captain shall strike the Inveran. He shall address the many foes of Inveran in the region, and seek their demise. One captain shall sue for an understanding with the Yaffa. Should it be infeasible or impossible, we shall strike again. The rest of us shall do as we always do, and claim the captain's actions their own, and will 'punish' them."
"To make our lives easier, each Captain will go by a false name. Our messenger of war shall be known only as Captain Barracuda. Our contact with the Yaffan, Captain Puffin."
"Barracuda, if the tide turns for Inveran..."
"Without hesitation."
[/ic]

 [ic=From Captain Barracuda to the Auri] The other captains fear to help you, seeing the battlefield as no place for merchants. I know different. War is the most profitable enterprise. I shall give you aid. I have one unit of Galleys to carry your men. Also, I know of others who may be willing to aid our effort. With your blessing, I shall seek their cooperation with your plans, great Agah. If necessary, may I speak for you to them, and for them to you, should they request recompense for their contributions? My own reward we will discuss later. how can you measure the strength of a wave before the shore?[/ic]

 [ic=From Captain Puffin to the Matriarch of Yaffa]
This conflict between our peoples has gone on too long. We are allies of old, ever benefiting the other. Let us not squabble like children on who has greater claim to Father Sea's gifts. Instead, as good children, let us share, as brothers and sisters. Accidents occur, tempers flare, such things happen. Let us discuss a way to peacefully end this. [/ic]

 [ooc]
I'm going to wait on negotiations for Barracuda's Orders, and probably Puffin's, but the rest of the League will be merchantile in focus.
1. Establish trade between our quarter of ex-Beitar, and our island base, exploring the waters.
2. Build more ships. You have to spend money to make money (and war)
3. The north seas are filling with war. Again, money is the fuel a war needs, so let us fuel the fires. Increase trade, especially with any states that seem likely for conflict, with an emphasis on weapons and armor. The more instruments of war seen in the markets, the more talk of war in the palace.
4 Assuming the troubles with Yaffa end, explore the new markets opened/ explored by Barracuda.

Puffin's orders
1.Resolve Yaffa issue.
2. Merchantism

Barracuda's Orders
1. If there's war, commit it.
2. if not, well, trading is what my people do.[/ooc]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
That is most acceptable to us - though difficulties remain.  Reaching your realm with our ships requires us to travel through Celend, and they may not look kindly upon us giving weapons to their neighbors.  If you may clarify your relations with them, it would help us determine the feasibility of your request.[/ic]

[ic=Shipek of the Tarkad Atur to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
If you wish to talk of profit than I shall listen. But think of no deceit or betrayal, for I shall be accompanied by my men, and we shall brook no threats nor insults from you.[/ic]

[ic=Despot Agnar of Kuregn to the Machta]
As you wish.  Let us hope that a day does not arrive when you come to regret your decision.[/ic]

[ic=Banner-Chief Usson of the Auri to Captain Barracuda]
The Agah, most wise and excellent as He is, smiles on your proposal, but is troubled by the silence from your lords.  Do they not stand and answer the Agah when He sends word to them?  Are you their legate, or acting of your own will, as a lord yourself?  Let us resolve this and then speak of plans for the days ahead.  The Agah wishes to truly know the minds of the multitudinous peoples of the world that He may determine whether their faces are turned to the Light or not.

The Agah is intrigued by the idea that others may also aid His mighty enterprise; all who follow the Light are welcome children of His.  We may soon gather all the peoples of the western sea to bring us our destined ascendancy.
[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Captain Puffin]
You have infringed upon our private reserve, the trade of metals on the sea - and your people have burned Yaffan property and grievously murdered my fair children.  Provide restitution for the crimes of your people in Beitar and renounce your trade of metals and peace will return between us.[/ic]

[ic=to Inveran]
A delegation of tribal elders from several former members of the Six Tribes Confederation have arrived in Inveran, seeking the protection of the Dragonlord for their peoples who are threatened by the clans of Nargaq.  They have few enough gifts to offer, but have proposed that they will be tributaries of Inveran if they are freed from the Nargaq menace.[/ic]

nevermind

[ic]Inveran Welcomes all of the Six Tribes refugees into Inveran, setting aside large amount of land in the new territories, should they want it. Aristo explains to them that with the recent defeat at the hands of the traitors from Isedun, and subsequent lack of a land military, they cannot go to open war with Nargaq. However, should they agree to resettle for the time being, they shall have their homelands back, as well as that of Nargaq.[/ic]

lol. the six tribes thinks that the inveran could help defeat the Nargaq. hee hee hee. they will ALL DIE!!!!!!!!!

Yeah, especially since it seems like I'm going to get shafted, yet again, from all sides...

besides, we have an advantage in our own native terrain where we also have an underground network of tunnels

Or, you know, I could just simply order my men to run through the land, burning your cities and salting your fields... ;)

Quote from: Atlantismore orders: The tribes of Nargaq work their canoes into more sturdy, more manuverable canoes.

[ooc]
Please just edit orders like these into your previous order posts - it makes it much easier for me when I update.  I re-read the whole thread starting with the previous update when I'm writing updates, so don't worry, I won't miss it. :)
[/ooc]

[ic=Ballad of the battle of Grycham]Her blade still hot and sticky with the blood of traitors,
Garbed in war gear,
The bright red fox coat now replaced with bright red blood,
The Vrena Rylodyn rose.

The quarrelsome Vrenas' heads at her feet,
Her Ryvalnya at her back,
And the conquered Svatyorn, The traitors, and her followers
below and in front of her.

Her raven hair whipped about her head on that cold rock,
The Grycham
She addressed her allies, her men, and the crooked,
Who cowered.

"You stand together, now, your weapons sealed.
You are together.
My wrath is equal for those who go against the Sacred Wills,
The Wills of the Ryvan-Holme."

"For those of you who dared attack the Ryvan-Holme
As it was in council
And killed the Clan-Mothers who sat there and razed the Hall,
unlucky for you I was not there."

"But for those of you who did not, and are favored by me,
I command that no more blood be cast.
There must be a future, one with our blood,
And their blood is our blood."

"Those foul witches who set these traitors against their sisters,
Most of their heads are at my feet.
Their punishment is death, their follower's is life.
I grant them too much mercy."

"But They are surely defeated and it is in victory that we must act.
It is in progression.
The Machta-In have shown us how ignorant we are.
We must not fight each other into defeat."

"We must move from the dark of Frostfall into the light
of Highbright.
Our energies will not be spent against each other,
this I command."

"All here with heads still attached to their bodies
must listen
and abide by the Ryvan-Holme's words.
And there shall be but one voice."

"All in the Ryvan-Holme are bound to one another.
All are one blood.
No more speaking for your one clan.  All clans must be spoken for.
All are one blood."

"It is with one voice that we speak, now.
One purpose.
All dissent may never leave the council halls
lest they spill onto the battlefield."

Ans so She Spake.
and so it is
Ans shall it be
in the glory of her reign.

The Vrena Rylodyn is the voice
of the Ryvan-Holme
And the soul of all of Andos.
Glory to her.

Glory is the Ryvan-Holme and it's servants,
warrior-men
and, most, of all, The Ryvalnya,
who serve Vrena Rylodyn.

May all remember that all Andosen blood
is their blood,
And all Andosen blood is, in the ultimate,
bound to the Ryvan-Holme.
       
      ~Translated by Eger Hachi [/ic]

[ic]"Oh, sing it again, lad.  Sing it again."  The withered, faded Vrena Rylodyn murmurs.  She now favors white fox tales to contrast less with her white hair.
"No, you must leave the Great Mother alone for rest."  whispers a tall woman with hazel eyes out of the Vrena's earshot.  
As the man makes his respects to the Vrena' who is already dozing off, he exits.
There is now only five other women in the room with the Vrena Rylodyn and a sleeping man.  The women look at each other nervously and then at the position of the sun in the sky.  It is near noon.
"She still breathes, " one says as another moves to shutter the windows.  "You said that by noon her breathe would stop, Vrena Norchayd!"  the woman continues to the woman who had dismissed the minstrel.
Vrena Norchayd withdraws a stone from a concealed pouch as she bends down to examines the Vrena Rylodyn.
"I have been grinding the curse-stone into her food for nearly a year. it should be any second now."  She leans in closer and puts her ear next to the Vrena Rylodyn's mouth.  She conceals the stone again.
"Are you sure that she has not caught wind of us?  She has always been a clever fish." a relatively short woman asks.
"She is also now and old and lame fish, sister.  Besides, no one outside of this chamber knows of it, I believe," Vrena Norchayd states accusingly.  She then raises her hand, for the Vrena Rylodyn has not drawn another breath.
"is it done?  is the old witch's curse finally lifted from us?"  a voice whispers.
The Vrena Norchayd rises and strides to the door, which she then throws open.
There are eight men outside of it waiting on a bench.  They are all noticeably shorter than the Andosens and have a hint of the Machta-In about them.  Yet, they are garbed and have the mannerisms of the Andosens to them.  It is only their skin and hair that sets them apart.
The Vrena Norchayd beckons them into the Vrena Rylodyn's death chamber.  after they are all inside, she begins, "The Vrena Rylodyn is dead and her hospitality dies with her.  Your grandparents were spared death in these lands and were even allowed to mingle their blood with ours and be adopted into a mother-house because of Rylodyn's hospitality and...lenience, but never again.  Your fetid blood shall be expunged from these lands, Southmen.  It is a shame that the daughters must remain, but I wish no feud with their mother-houses.  I shall just make sure that none of my blood will be infected by theirs.  And similarly, since you contain a small bit of Andosen blood, we will spare your lives on the condition that you leave Andos emmediatly..."
She is interrupted and startled by a sudden "Hahhh" from Vrena Rylodyn as she resumes breathing and pulls herself up.     Fourteen breastless women in warrior garb burst from concealed alcoves behind wall hangings and surround the Vrena Rylodyn and the men before the five women have time to recover from their shock.
"So, natsan Norchayd," she beckons for a guard to bring the Vrena to her and she reaches into the concealed pouch to withdraw the stone, "this is what has caused my drenya her miscarriages.  Tut, tut, natsan.  After all the hospitality she and myself have shown you...I find it amusing that you still think that this "lame fish" still feeds on solid food, though.  Not so amuse by how grossly you misuse the curse stone, though.  Tut tut.  Lucky for me I suppose, but make sure you use a different kind of one for your next real enemy."  noticing the unease the eight men are exhibiting, she addresses them, "and my hospitality still stands.  Now that I know what this was about, " she holds the stone in the air, "I will make assurances that all descendants of the Scholars are protected...including my own children.  Interesting that you feared to summon them even though they reside in this very household, Vrena Norchayd.  However, I would ask that a few of you go to Machta-In to help reestablish communications with them.  you are welcome to return at your Mother-house's hospitality, of course.  Now which of you to send?  hmmm...."
She pokes at the still sleeping man.  He moves his ancient skull to let out a fluent tirade of Andosen curses, but as the Vrena Rylodyn fully wakens him, he softens.
"Yes my love?"
He struggles to rise and then the Vrena extends her hand to pull him up by the stump of his left hand.
"Who should I send?  Do you remember our discussions earlier?  you mentioned some conflict on sending a warrior's grandchild back versus a scholar's.  I need your help in recalling our discussion.  Oh, I truly am growing long in seasons, it has taken me far too long to determine Norchayd's concealing place for her curse stone, I cannot hear what venom she spouts half the time, and I cannot remember my own thoughts.  Oh, my Kycho, who shall I send?"
"Lynus and Thyrus, send Lynus and Thyrus.  I suspect their grandfather was a noble by the way he always held himself slightly aloof.  They are a scholar's grandchild at the very least.  I take it your conspiracy theories were not delusions, as usual, judging by the guards...Is it all wrapped up?  Are there going to be any more shows?"
Still running her hands over his stump and his many other scars, the Vrena Rylodyn replies, "My love, I may seem to grow soft in my old age by this, but I feel that Norchayd will gain wisdom eventually, I  will assist her by pain of course, but someday she will make a good leader, as will the rest of these women.  They will live.  They simply will not be welcome in any of my holds...oh, did I tell you that the hold at Stravam is running effectively now?  I think I will retire there in a week, permanently.  We will retire there.  It will not be in comfort, but it will comfort my mind, seeing fruition of my ideas a final time.  Oh, my love, it shall be such a fortress...Oh, I fear it must be."[/ic]

[ic=Also of Note:]Many years ago, in the hunt for the last of the Ryvan-Holme speakers and war-chiefs who openly attacked the Ryvan-Holme, they were tracked down to the East coast of Andos.  During the hunt, a permanent settlement was founded near the crook of the coast, named Krynen, or " goatman's crook".  Also, in reaction to concerns about raids to the south being less successful and a noticed change in culture and military presence to the south, a fortress-town named Stravam, "stronghold", is being constructed at the straight to  the mainland.  (still on the East coast of Andos , though.)  The structure of the Ryvan-Holme has changed, as well, with a formal decree against going against its wishes to its members and an official hierarchy with a single powerful woman at the top.  Paper is also allowed to be used by members of the Ryvan-Holme, though this is not common and is, in fact, a much contested notion.  After the Battle of grycham and the general recovery of the Andosen ports, Experiments on building bigger ships that still operated on Andosen standards but could potentially compete with other, larger ships were begun under the instructions of both Machta-In scholars and Andosen boat builders.  These experiments were avidly regarded by war-chiefs and Ryvan-Holme representitives alike, and, as such, get quite alot of support and are continued on today.[/ic]

[ic=To Avardera]  After many years of Andosen ship's abscense from Avadera, a ship bearing a blue-flamed torch enters a port.  An unarmed messenger swims to shore.  The message he bears is:  "The Ryvan-Holme unanimously agrees that a freindly relationship between our two states must be formed.  As thus, we decree that any town bearing your banners will be free from raid.  This we promise." [/ic]

[ic=To the Machta-In]  An Andosen ship bearing a blue-flamed torch arrives in a port and two Andosen-dressed men get out but resemble Machta-In citizens in most of their appearances and speak fluent Machta-In, though their speech is stilted and the words and mannerisms that accompany them are odd.  They explain that their mother's father was a Machta-In scholar and that they are inyterested in going to the academy where he studied at.[/ic]

[ooc=orders]1)  Develop larger open decked ships and implement the "new" idea of harnessing the wind on a war ship.
2)  Develop techniques in destroying enemy ships from afar, ergo: a)develop more effective bows and arrows, which will also aid in defense of holds.  b)  attempt to implement the flammable resources as a weapon of navel warfare.
3)  Develop stone fortifications for all clan's holds, for the destruction of the recent clans fueding is well remebered and the clans wish to defend themselves against each other.  Andosen conservativeness/minimilism will dictate that the most ingenious and economic means of designing a strong and sturdy design using a minimum of resources.
4)  In the past, the knowledge of when and where to plant particular crops were kept to the tribes, but now, by the dictates of the Ryvan-Holme, a serious attempt to archive and study these theories and traditions are under way.
5)  Archive and compile the collected lore and knowledge of the Ryvan-Holme and the people of Andos in general on tree bark.
6)  Develop architecture that is more resistant to flames, taking advantage of stone work whenever possible.
7)  Found a stronghold at the straight that connects Andos with the mainland, named Stravam, and continue to fortify it and keep men stationed there
8}  Found a settlement named Krynam on the east coast, around the curved part.
9)  Begin formal naval patrols
10)  Study herbology, brewing, and other such pharmaceutical studies.
11)  Attempt to divine the secrets of metal work
12)  The Ryvan-Holme rigorously polices its own citizens, crushing dissent over the Ryvan-Holme's decisions ruthlessly.
13)  the Svyorn cult seduces more and more, with its ritualistic orgies, feasts, and drug-use to the point that it is now longer secret.  The Ryvan-Holme uses this to their advantage by introducing praises of the Ryvan-Holme's wisdom in the sermons.  A few more cults gain prominence, similarly, often focused around Nihilistic concepts that appeal to the most brutal fighters.  The newly popular cults are, by order of popularity:  Ryton, Orfyt, Nysor, and Ryvya.  The last in more popular than Ryton, but very selective in its membership.[/ooc]

[ic]The two foreigners are welcomed with only slight distrust, and as their story appears to ring true, are asked for a small fee to enter the Academy.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni of Kashtu to Matriarch]
Kashtu has no hostility toward Celend. That kingdom keeps its own counsel, I cannot speak for their intentions.

Celend is famously arrogant. It might be wise for our nations to seek other trading routes. Neither wants Celend interfering in our internal affairs.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni to Shipek of the Tarkad Atur]
We will gladly meet with you. I must warn you, however, to keep your men at a respectful distance from Parah, to avoid misunderstandings.[/ic]

[ooc]Kashtu will not directly challenge the Tarkad unless necessary. A small token of our respect is not out of the question. We will defend ourselves and build fortifications and military force to dissuade raiders. We seek improved weapons and organized defensive tactics from our trading partners.[/ooc]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
I am afraid that "no hostility," in the case of Celend, simply means that they consider you to be too unimportant at present to conquer or subdue.  As former tributaries of Celend ourselves, we can vouch for the arrogance you speak of; though we are "allies" at present, this is only because we have worked carefully not to provoke the displeasure of the Grand Archon.  I am afraid I cannot allow my people to trade weapons with you at present, as I fear to do so would place both of us in danger.

Of course, some say that goods do not always travel in the open - there are men who would be more than willing to take certain goods into your country by less than transparent means.  One in my position could - theoretically of course - encourage such means... but such a person would understandably seek a greater profit for such a risky endeavor, and would of course deny any knowledge of the affair if it were discovered by the authorities.[/ic]

[ic=Shipek of the Tarkad Atur to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
Very well, so long as I may take two hands [10] of my men with me to guard my own life from whatever schemes you may have.  As they say, the more beautiful the oasis, the more likely the mirage.[/ic]

A note to Snakefing: The Tarkad are one of many Atur tribes, and are certainly not the strongest nor the largest.  They are, however, your nearest neighbors, and rumor has it that they have more camels than any other nearby tribes (a sign of wealth and prestige).  They and their sub-clans have been your most frequent adversaries in the last 25 years.

[ic=TO the Banner-Chief Usson from Captain Barracuda]
The ways of our people are those of freedom. No one of us may choose for the others. So, some of the lords love Inveran, and wish her no harm. Others fear the repercussions should our strike fail. I alone among the lords have the courage to stand with you. But, judge not harshly my brothers. They are merely afraid to change the world they know. With the Agah's light, we shall bring a new dawn.[/ic]

 [ic=To the Twin Kings of Otavhy, from Captain Barracuda]
Brothers, our people share much. We are fellow Mandrians, fellow servants of the gods, and fellow haters of Inveran. I have received word that the Agah of the Auri seeks the end of Inveran. With some small effort, I have persuaded him to allow me to consult the many enemies of Inveran for allies in this battle. Our ships in the south hunt a beast called a whale, which is a massive creature, requiring the strength of many to bring down, but always the whale's death provides much bounty for all. Will you take the spear and hunt with us, brother?[/ic]

 [ic=To the leaders of Isedun, from Captain Barracuda]
It hurts us to see our landbound brothers fall so. Surely, the Auri are harsh masters. But it was the cupidity and shortsightedness of the inveran who truly hurt you. If only you could punish the Inveran, while showing the Auri you are more than pet dogs. We hear whispers that the Auri seek the destruction of Inveran. Perhaps if you were to muster a force, and strike Inveran as an equal, the Auri would be reminded of the strength of your people. We would be happy to speak to the Agah for you, should you take this first step and prove to the Auri that Isedun is not without it's greatness. We await your word. [/ic]

 [ic=To the High Priest of Ruthern, from Captain Barracuda.]
Great one, we stand together under the teachings of Runethain, and share our joy sand sorrows. But of late, there has been little joy, but no small sorrow. The constant, unjust taxes of the Inveran holds us back from what we were meant to be, stifling us under the thumb of their Dragonlord. You have seen how they use this money to wage war on free peoples. We must show these wielders of the sword that we too can speak their tongue. Already ther victims and others seek to show the Inveran they are not above the law of the Gods. Let us join these others, add our voice to the rising wave against Inveran hostility. Let us show them our might![/ic]

 [ic=To the Machta, from Captain Barracuda]
Long have you fought the valiant fight against the Despot of the South. But, in doing so you have missed the growing Despot in your brother's heart. Inveran has become mad with power, waging war on innocents, and taxing those he has no right to. We do not ask you turn and fight the corruption that was once your brother, but we hope you will let us do what must be done, for the greater good.[/ic]

 [ooc]Nothing personal Stargate.[/ooc]

 [ic=To Matriarch Jula of Yaffa, from Captain Puffin]
Your requests are not without merit, but let us not forget that you now have access to papyrus, breaking our private reserve. So, let us abandon conflicts of trade. Men will sell what earns money, and let us not try and fight that. As to restitution, that is equitable. However, we will subtract the cost in profits and men lost from the ship that sank due to a supposed error in steering  by a Yaffan captain. It was the loss of our bothers that drove us to such wild wrath. we apologize for losing our heads.[/ic]

Well this is just lovely...

[ic=To the Machta-in, Ruthern, Nargaq, and Avardera]
Brothers,

Your ally and brother Iveran has suffered greatly from the recent attacks of the Auri. Indeed, Inveran's own colony betrayed us and defected to become lap-dog to the Auri. I fear that they may attempt to further their attacks upon us, which will lead to nothing but slavery and subjugation.

I propose that together, our five great nations will be enough to defeat this menace for all of time. I propose that we band together, form an alliance against the Auri and her pets among us, so that an attack to one is an attack to all.

See how I have already made gestures of goodwill towards you, relaxing and removing the trade taxes that my father laid on your goods. I hope that we can work together to aid our people.

Peace through Unity,
Aristo III[/ic]

[ic Reply To Aristo III]We have been allies for long. It is in our common interest to fighrt the Auri together, so let us. We will not turn against as is the rest of the world.[/ic]

[ic=To the Kingdoms Pinur, Dol, Balan, and Atamin]
Friends,

We, like you, have felt the sting of the Auri forces. We are forming an alliance against them with the intent of wiping them from existence. Will you aid us in our endeavor when the time comes?

Aristo III[/ic]

[ic]

Quote from: Wensleydale[ic]The two foreigners are welcomed with only slight distrust, and as their story appears to ring true, are asked for a small fee to enter the Academy.[/ic]

Lynus and Thyrus have but a boat's load of furs (there are other men on the ship, but they will only take as many furs on board as they need to trade for provisions for the journey back.  The rest will be left with the two brothers.)  If this is not enough, they will attempt to earn the fee by their labors.  They will attempt to establish ties with their mother's father's "motherhouse".  By this point it will become obvious that while they have the looks of the Macht-in, they have none of the mannerisms.  They will adapt quickly, but it is entirely possible that their gruff manners at first may upset a few people.  In any case, their ultimate goal is to train in the academy and become privy to the workings of the royal courts and provide a line of correspondence between the Machta and the Ryvan-Holme.[/ic]

[ooc]To Wensleydale:
If they are successful in becoming privy to the Machta's orders and such, I would appreciate it if you would drop me a pm every once in a while to let me know what Lynus and Thyrus tell the Ryvan-Holme, for that court would be the primary source of information to the rest of the world.[/ooc]

[ic=Grand Warden c'Mazni of Kashtu to Matriarch Jula of Yaffa]
Naturally we would not want to do anything to cause problems with your neighbors. But should a trader arrive with superior weapons to trade, she would surely be well-rewarded.[/ic]

Order scouts to search for alternative overland routes toward Jaffa. Upgrade defensive units in the oases as top priority.

Seek agreements with the Tarkad. We are willing to deal generously with them, so long as the cost is not excessive. At best, we engage them in some profitable trade (say, liquors from Celend in exchange for camels) as a start toward peaceful relations. At worst, we stall them until our fortifications are complete and we can deal from a position of greater strength.

[ic=to the King of Avardera]We, the Ryvan-Holme, are anxious to hear from you.  Our envoy presents you with a number of choice furs and polished stones and fine ales.  We thusly encourage exchanges of words by exchanging these favors for your favor.  It is thus how we understand you wish to be treated.   Correct us if we are mistaken.  Too may times in the past, we have tried to deal with you as though you were members of our people.  We have learned the lesson that this is not so.  We have also learned that the time for easy pickings is coming to an end, due to a strange and changing presence in the lands south of us and west of you, who do not even go by their sacred name anymore.  This makes us nervous, for those who will so readily refute the names they were given are those who are rash and bold.  We are assured that our blood is more than a match for them, but we also realize more of our blood, too much of our blood, would be spilled against them.  If they are friends of yours, please understand that we do not war with them.  Rather, we face change and see that you do as well.  We offer to change our relationship with you for the better.  We have one to watch, dare we not watch you?[/ic]

[ooc]Once they become privy, they'll know. For now though, they're not exactly considered totally trustworthy. :P[/ooc]

[ic=To the Free Captains]We do not turn upon our allies so easily, Shaadaan. Those of Inveran are our brothers, and shall remain so. I will consider your words, however.[/ic]

[ic=To Inveran]Hail to your words, brother. An Alliance to face the world seems wise at this time.[/ic]

[ic=Banner-Chief Usson to Captain Barracuda]
Your people have strange customs - seldom do we encounter those who do not bow to a single ruler.  If this is your way, then we will agree to cooperate with you and those among your people whose purpose is likewise to assist us in our glorious efforts.

The Agah, wise and prudent as He is, asks that you provide us with a list of those you have secured assistance from, that he may better coordinate our efforts.  Bearing this letter is a delegation of our representatives to remain with you on a more permanent basis, that our efforts might be more closely coordinated.[/ic]

[ic=Isedun to Captain Barracuda]
We do not take kindly to your suggestions.  Though we have refused to be bound to Inveran as merely another colony, they are our kinsmen, not our enemies - the idea that we would attack them now, when they are no threat to our independence, is outrageous.  Aristo was our great enemy, and now he is dead.  We will not assist you in shedding the blood of Inveran, least of all to further the machinations of the League and the ambition of the Auri.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Captain Puffin]
Freely give up our metals trade to you? Never!  You seem to forget that it is I, not you, who bargain from a position of strength today.  I have carefully considered the advice of my councilors, and I am willing to lift the blockade if - and only if - you renounce your share in the metals trade and pay restitution for all the damage your people have caused us.  In exchange, we will not trade in papyrus.[/ic]

[ic=King Meas III of Avardera to Aristo III of Inveran]
I have witnessed events of late with great alarm.  On the one hand, I note our positive relations with your people and see the destruction of the Auri, which has already fallen upon our fellow state of Durum.  On the other, I have no desire to set myself against the Mandrians, nor the League, whose leaders and people I respect.  I cannot give you my answer at this time, Lord of Inveran, but rest assured that I am considering this situation most carefully.[/ic]

[ic=High Conservator Amhidar of Dol to Aristo III of Inveran]
We do not fear the Auri, but neither do we wish to cross spears with them.  We who speak for the Earth wish no part in this conflict between you.[/ic]

[ic=Diplomatic Refusal]
The courts of Pinur, Dol, and Balan have refused to grant an audience to representatives of Inveran, and have sent no reply to their messages.[/ic]

[ic=King Meas III of Avardera to the Ryvan-Holme]
Your effort to make amends is most worthy and I readily forgive your past transgressions, so long as they remain in the past.  Your concerns with the lands south of us are justified; many times they have concerned me as well, and it is only with difficulty that my predecessors navigated the dark currents of war and peace.  A war approaches, perhaps larger than any we have seen before, and now is a better time than ever to bury the spear and find peace with our neighbors.

My fleet shall henceforth abide the presence of your vessels in our waters so long as they do no violence.  Please accept these gifts of our lands - wine, from the fruit of our valleys, fine wool from our hilltop pastures, and bowls and jewelry of copper from the highlands of Nargaq.[/ic]

[ooc]Out of curiosity, what did the Six Tribes say to our offer of relocation?[/ooc]

Quote from: Stargate525Out of curiosity, what did the Six Tribes say to our offer of relocation?

Their leaders largely balked at your proposal, as their entire intent was to seek your help in preserving their lands, not abandoning them for your territories.

Amikaligula:

QuotePaper is also allowed to be used by members of the Ryvan-Holme, though this is not common and is, in fact, a much contested notion.

Announcement: The deadline for orders is Friday.[/ooc]

Quote from: MithridatesTheir leaders largely balked at your proposal, as their entire intent was to seek your help in preserving their lands, not abandoning them for your territories.

Thanks, that's nice to know.
[ic=Lord Aristo III to Six Tribes Elders]
Esteemed Lords,

We understand your reluctance to relocate, as your homeland is no doubt valuable to you as ours is to us. We apologize for assuming that we could convince you to simply pick up and move. We wish it to be known that if any of your people wish to move into our nation, they are more than welcome to do so.

Unfortunately, most nations do not recognize your people, and so will attempt to conquer you to further their own goals. We, as your allies, do not wish to see this horrible event take place. Therefore, we propose the following agreement.

Join us as citizens of the Free State of Inveran. We are allies with Nargaq, and as Inveran, you need not fear attacks and oppression from Nargaq. Further, you will enjoy all that Inveran has to offer its citizens; exotic trade goods from foreign lands, comfort and protection, representation in the politics of Inveran, and prosperity. In return, we ask only that you do the duty of citizens; pay taxes and serve faithfully when the nation calls upon you; the former you have offered us under another name, and the latter you have already done bravely as an ally of Inveran.

Inveran will leave you alone, to govern your own lands as you see it. Your elders will be made members of the Aristocracy, so as to have equal status with the rest of Inveran Nobility and so that we may not oppress you once our generation is long dead. All we ask is that you allow us to appoint an Inveran Governor, to better facilitate communications between us. As a meritocracy, you will always have the right to replace him, should he prove incompetent.

I eagerly await your reply,
Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

Quote from: MithridatesAmikaligula:

Quote from: The Ryvan-Holme to King Meas III of AvarderaWe are pleased with your decision to allow our ships within your harbor and are making it clear to our people that this is not an invitation for a renewed raiding.  Unfortunately, we must, for the good of this new friendship, warn you that some of the captains may have thicker heads than others.  While we have taken great pains to exhaustively hunt down and eliminate those who would stand by this old way, we are wary about our seeming success.  As such, we propose that you be wary, also, of ships which do not either bear the blue-messenger-flame or the standard of the Ryvan-Holme.  Understand that this is not a threat or a flight from honor, but rather, a friendly warning to a foreseeable problem that may occur.  Of course we shall spare them no mercy for opposing our will.  If it does indeed become a problem, and should you wish it, we would be willing, though not anxious, to lend some of the Ryvan-Holme's elite guards to you.  But we are sure it will not come to that.

On to other matters:  We were rather more concerned about those to the east of you than to those to the south of you.  However, we recently sent a delegation to the south and have yet to receive word from them.  Should we suspect treachery?  We are rather unaware of the the situation which you fear in the south and would appreciate it if you were to brief us on it, as we have little contacts there.[/ic]

[ooc]wensleydale:  how goes the admissions into the academy and family reunion?[/ooc]

[ooc]Well, certainly by next update they will have become a normal enough part of Machta-In society that I can begin sending you things. :P[/ooc]

[ic=To the Machta-in, Ruthern, Nargaq, and Avardera]
Friends,

I have considered our position, and have come to the conclusion that defense is not enough. We must assemble an army with which to strike back at the Auri, once we perceive a weakness. I ask that you commit forces to this endeavor, which will be ready at a moment's notice to be taken to the Auri for an attack on their own ground.

Your Ally,
Aristo III[/ic]

[ic=Fleet Orders]
Lord Admiral,
Deploy our two most veteran units of galleys along our eastern border, to stand between the aisles and the land of the Auri. The third unit you are to allow to patrol Inveran waters, as is custom.

Keep all of these units in contact, as we may have immediate need of them as warships and transports.[/ic]  

[ic=The Ryvalnya to the Clans-Mothers of the Ryvan-Holme]It is bad enough that you hold funerals for Vrena Rylodyn even though she is not dead, merely having traveled beyond our realms into the Great North.  Worse is that your supposed funerals are not in grief but in celebration of this Great-Mother's death.  Do not expect mercy when she returns.  

However, it is not our sole purpose to chide you just for your lack of respect, stubborn children.  We also must chastise you for in-fighting!  Shame, shame, and more shame.  We are well aware of the arguments that take place within the great council on a day-to-day basis, but shame and dishonor to you who have been carrying this to the public councils!  The public councils are meant to be a demonstration on our unity and strength, not a display of our petty squabbles and dissent.  Can you not see the men, the war chiefs who still begrudge the unity of the clans, gathering like gulls over a shipwreck?  And all this over who will be the next to ascend to Great-Mother, who will be the next to control the fortress of Stravam?

We will immediately clear this up.  It is we who control Stravam, the Ryvalnya, those who have sworn to serve the Vrena Rylodyn even unto her absence from this realm.  We await her return and abide by her judgment and teachings so that when she does return, it is the fortress of Stravam that she will command in her full glory.  The Clan-Mother will of course be tolerated and welcomed here, but will not command here.  And thus we come to the Vrena Rylodyn's last orders to be made public:
Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar is to be the new Clan-Mother, as she bears the mark of the Passage, the rite that Vrena Rylodyn has created to determine the leader in her absence.  In the future, it is our most sacred duty to conduct the Passage to determine who shall navigate the great Ryvan-Holme, by Vrena Rylodyn's decree.[/ic]

[ic=Captain Barracuda to the Auri Delegates]Bah, Father Sea jests with us. The tides swing against us. Not only do many who were thought to stand against Inveran now side with them, the others give me no answer. We shall have to be circumspect. Take a message to the Agah, I have an idea. I do not believe we can win this battle with force, so we must use cleverness. We shall send a message to the Inveran, I will deliver it to Aristo myself, and convince him of our intentions, that we mean to send a delegation from the Auri to the Inveran, to "settle the the futures of our respective empires". Then, as agreed, I shall load my ship with Auri warriors, and make my way to Inveran. There, your men will be at the enemy's heart, and it should take no large effort to strike the head from the Inveran. I do not like, but we must remember, the undertow kills more than the wave. I await his word.[/ic]

[ic=Auri Delegates to Captain Barracuda]
The Agah sends word to us that He has rejected your plan.  One ship is not sufficient to convey our warriors - and even if one island fell to the Agah, other islands would remain and the ships of Inveran would still protect them.  How indeed would you withdraw our forces once Inveran realized your treachery?  The enlightened Agah states clearly that the fleet of Inveran must be overcome, and if you will not aid Him in this task then He has no further use for you.  We will find others who seek the downfall of Inveran if you do not wish the rewards we have offered - we have heard that a person known as the Grand Archon commands your fleets on occasion, and he may be willing to bring your fellow captains to our assistance if you are reluctant to do so.[/ic]

[ic=From Captain Barracuda to the Auri Delegates]
I think the Agah misses my point. However, I will not occupy more of his time. As I said, the tides turned. It is regrettable, but ultimately beyond my control. Were the great Agah to speak with the Archon, and reach an understanding, that would force my brothers to the table, to the furtherance of your plans. I wish him better tides with his efforts, and ask only that he not forget our people have more to share than ways of war. My brothers may not be fighters, but they are dealers in things not easily imagined. Though our meetings started with war, they need not end with it.[/ic]

 [ic=Captain Puffin to Matriarch Jula of Yaffa]
You do test me, highness. Strength has as many meanings as there are minds to think them. Tides can turn, and strength become weakness, and those who rely on it often slip in the turning. I make no arguments of strength, only equality. I come with another offer, we will not cease trading in metals, but offer you this: we shall buy from you. Instead of sending your ships abroad to trade in opposition to us, which we have seen hurts us both, we will buy directly from you, and sell the metal across our seas. We of course shall pay a tax on this arrangement to you, and offer you a portion of the profits, but request you not tax so highly that no profit is to be made. This way, you retain profits, we retain trading routes, and none are harmed. As to the reparations, My brothers are stalwart that we receive compensation for our losses as well. Do not fear you will be cheated, but we too mourn those lost in this conflict. WE shall make full restitutions, deducting our "restitutions" from the final bill. Finally, we are willing to cede our monopoly on papyrus. Will this arrangement be satisfactory?[/ic]


 [ic=From Captain Barracuda to Ryvan-Holme]
My northern Neighbors, it seems my brothers were remiss in attending to your needs. Allow me to apologize, and extend an introduction, I am Captain Barracuda, of The League of Freemen. Is there anything from the outside world, you'd be wanting? My brothers and I can get our hands on quite a thing or two if needed.[/ic]

 [ic]Captain Barracuda also sails to the Lands of the Pinur, Dol, Balan, and Ataman, and introduces the Leauge and makes offers of trade if desired, if possible.[/ic]
 
 [ooc]How do the Yaffans keep up this blockade? Do they have more warshpis than me? or is it fortresses on the banks?[/ooc]

[ic=Auri Delegates to Captain Barracuda]
You have dealt fairly with us and for this we cannot fault you, but we see no reason to continue this relationship if you decline our request.  The great Agah has no interest in cordial relations that do not further our great purpose.  We request that you return us to our home country.

As for our subject states, you are permitted to negotiate with them as you see fit; it is of no concern to us.  They may well be interested in what you claim your state has to offer.  We are not.

We imagine that you will be duly informed if the Archon, the Light providing, sees fit to assist us.  It is merely unfortunate for you that, if this occurs, you may well be required to provide a service that you would have been richly rewarded for had you embarked upon it of your own accord.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Captain Puffin]
I have consulted with my councilors and have decided that your proposal is acceptable, but to ensure that it is carried out with due diligence, the ships of your people shall be subject to search when passing through our waters.  Likewise, the mines of Beitar must be immediately transferred to us to ensure that nothing is extracted by other parties.

I propose that we submit our grievances with regard to reparations to a neutral arbiter, who can then determine who is deserving of what.[/ic]

QuoteCaptain Barracuda also sails to the Lands of the Pinur, Dol, Balan, and Ataman, and introduces the Leauge and makes offers of trade if desired, if possible.

How do the Yaffans keep up this blockade? Do they have more warshpis than me? or is it fortresses on the banks?[/quote]

Well, there's been no direct challenge - you haven't attacked them to try and force the issue.  They would have a home field advantage near their own native shores, but you don't know the real size of their fleet.  You could always order an attack to try to clear the strait by force, but this would probably end all negotiations.

[ooc]To AllWillFall2Me:  Where did this "Captain Barracuda"  come from?  As in, what is his homeport (or lacking that, birthport) and such.  The Ryvan-Holme's attitudes will be different for those of Mandrian descent.  Remember that many Andosens will still refuse written communications.[/ooc]

[ic=Within the Ryvan-Holme High Council chambers]"This Captain Barracuda is not a warrior.  I question how one can command a ship honorably without being a warrior, but he does offer-"

Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar raises her hand to silence the Vrena and talks over her, "Not now, sister.  We shall consider this matter within our private councils longer before we act rashly.  Vrena Syton, you have the floor."

"Let it be known that I serve Vrena Rylodyn in the Ryvalnya," Vrena Syton says as she takes the floor.  Nods of approval are directed at her from the Great-Mother and the Ryvalnya guard that line the perimeter of the hall.  "I have for months been aiding my sisters of the Ryvalnya in tracking down the secret meetings that the warriormen have been having, as per Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar's orders.  However, with all due respect, Great-Mother, these arrests have not ended the meetings but only driven them further underground for our eyes and ears.  My sisters of the Ryvalnya and myself have determined that there must be a more effective method.  And this is what we propose:   Before the old Ryvan-Holme Council hall was razed, it stood near the Grycham Rocks.  It was common practice for us to relax and bathe in the hot-egg-water near the steam vents which are near there.  A common pattern in these meetings of men is that they meet in bath houses.  If we were to construct a bathhouse there and in other places, we could construct them so that we are privy to the conversations within the bathhouse.  

'Sister, the bathhouse plan has its benefits, but surely anything that close to Grycham will inspire more rebellious thoughts.  Perhaps farther down from the hot springs, for there is more standing hot egg-water down there.'

'But isn't that the point of listening on men's conversations to cull out the rebels?  What better place to cull out these weak minded fools who would even consider opposing us than Grycham Rock?'

Vrena Syton once again demands attention by raising her hand as she stands in the middle of the floor.  'Sister, as I have mentioned before, the Great-Mother's plan of action in proactively wiping out these meetings is ineffective and even counterproductive in their means and successes.  Tact and delicacy shall prevail.  We no longer seek to wipe out these rebellions, for that seems to be impossible at the moment.  No, we must assess the possibilities of these rebellions and bring them out to the open before we once again act.  It may even be worth our while to allow them victories from time to time.  And when there are failures, let them think it was some fault of their own or, better yet, the will of the gods, lest they suspect where they meet is not secure.  Who knows, they may even be manipulated to our benefit if we conduct ourselves properly.'

A hubbub erupts around the chambers before she is finished speaking.  Yet all are silenced as the Great-Mother, Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar, rises from her chair and raises her clenched fists into the air.  Her glare is fixed on Vrena Syton

Quietly and coolly, she rebuts, 'Vrena, Syton, you forget your manners.  You, yourself, were most keen on using blades to end these rebellious thoughts, if I recall correctly, and I do.  Bad enough that the Ryvalnya make decisions behind my back and the backs of the Ryvan-Holme, but worse is that you boldly spit in my face, here, now.  I do not accept this.  While I agree that this new plan shall be enacted, I do not like the circumstances under which it was made.  Remember your courtesy, Vrena Syton, in the future.  And as to where to build the bathhouse, I think the easiest way to remedy the situation is to build public bathhouses and other such public houses where we can easily overhear the thoughts of our people in many places, not just Grycham Rock.  On that note, let Grycham Rock forever be the place of the gallows of justice and the grave of traitors.  The bathhouse may overlook it, though, to better loosen traitorous thoughts and tongues.  Speaking of openness to the public, I must ponder on the closedness of the private.  It has come to my attention that many of you are emulating Stravam in your home holds.  Why is this?  Who do you fortify against, Vrena Srenvar?'

A slight woman widens her eyes as her name is mentioned and glances around before replying, quietly and slowly, 'These'¦men, whi meet in secret council and plot against us'¦perhaps they may attack?  Our goat herds are plump and tempting, they must be protected.  And we do not emulate the might of Sravam, or if we do, only palely, for we have only enough resources to build a pale replica. Per-'

The Great-Mother interrupts, 'Then why bother?  The quality of your stonework seems fair, especially considering your limited resources.  I am sure your stone workers and stone would be put to better use in Stravam, which faces the real threat.  I also note that none of your men participate in the patrols that are based from there.  Perhaps if they were less involved in building that reeked of rebellion, they could be spared for more constructive activities?'

Vrena Srenvar holds the Great-Mother's gaze carefully for almost a full minute while she rubs over her fingers.  Finally, she accedes, 'Well, we surely can supply some stone and our knowledge of stone craft to Stravam, but I fear that we have but few men and our herds really must be protect-'

Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar waves her hand dismissively, 'You should be more concerned with the protection of Stravam and Greater Andos.  But you clan's blood has always been frail and defensive.  Perhaps some of your allies will supplement your lack of contribution to Stravam's defense?

There is a murmur of 'Aye, I shall shoulder the slack' from a few of the councilors.  Nodding in satisfaction, Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar continues, 'It should be our first duty to ensure the defense of Stravam, for the stronger the fortress is, the stronger Andos is.  We will all contribute as much as we can to its grandeur.'

'All very well and wise, Great-Mother,' a venerable old Vrena says as she rises, 'but you must remember your courtesy in addressing us.  We must decide this, not you alone.  The insult the Ryvalnya perpetrated was not directed just at you, but at all of us.  It is very similar in your decisions over us.  And, in this matter of resource management, it is entirely up to the individual hold.  I, for one, have no intention of ceasing to fortify my hold.  At the time of battle of Mother.  I also recall that your clan did not suffer as much as the majority of us during the times of raiding that preceded Grycham.'  At this point, she holds up her right hand and displays how her little finger end of it is hewn off.  'Those of us who remember this time and those of us who take heed of our elders wish to ensure that this is never the case again, especially those who were not as fortunate as your clan and had to rebuilt their hold.  I also am concerned the free reign you propose giving the rebels.  You are all so convinced of you cleverness and that you are so much smarter than the men.  Remember, these are the cunning ones, the ones who survived to sow dissent.  But such is the foolishness of youth, I suppose.  It does not matter to me, though, I will surely be dead before your lessons are learned.  I only hope these lessons to not come at too high a price for my clan.'

Supportive glances and head nods are exchanged among some of the Ryvan-Holme councilors while other and many of the Ryvalnya shift uncomfortably or glare.  Some of the Ryvalnya bear quite an aggressive stance in fact, and a few even begin to move to the old woman.

An elderly Ryvalnya guard steps forward to halt the others.  'Stop, she is honorable.  She sustained a blow meant for Vrena Rylodyn at Grycham Rock.  A place is reserved for her among us should she ever wish.  Her words must be honored, if not agreed with.'

'I grow tired, let us adjourn for today,' the great-mother declares.  'We have much to set in motion.'[/ic]

[ooc]  Orders:
1.)     Many of the Vrenas are fortifying their holds.
2.)     Stravam continues to be fortified and expanded
3.)     Stone working techniques continue to be honed
4.)     Public works, especially bathhouses, are being constructed with spy cubbies within them.  Artificial steam production may also begin.
5.)     Cults are infiltrated by the agents of the Ryvan-Holme and pro-ryvan-Holme propaganda is thusly spread.
6.)     Change in funeral rights:  traitors are to be entombed in the earth, chiefly at Grycham Rock, and everyone else will be set out to sea in a small boat and then set ablaze, as per the older custom.
7.)     'Hectates', or 'father-houses' are formed by groups of outlawed warrior men who continue to raid the settlements of other Andosens.  They exist primarily inland.[/ooc]

[ooc]To Amikaligula,

I like that you use narrative in your orders, but the solid blocks of text are becoming very, very annoying for me to read. Might I suggest that you use a doulbe enter instead of simply starting a new line?

It makes the paragraphs much more obvious, and is generally easier on the eyes. Even not in paragraph, breaking it up like this makes it easier to read.[/ooc]

[ooc=To Amikaligula]He's from Norpost, so south of Ruthern, North of Inveran. He's technically the "general", as such things go, for the League. [/ooc]

 [ic=From Captain Puffin to the Matriarch] I am delighted we could come to an accord. Let us select some neutral arbiter indeed. Shall we speak with Inveran? The Machta-In? The choice is yours.[/ic]

 [ooc]As the Auri aren't run by anybody, I'm just going to ask this here. Captain barracuda has considered the idea of double-crossing the Auri to the Inveran, as you know. Now, Stargate and I have determined a potential plan: Barracuda contacts Inveran about the growing tensions, and proposes Inveran lend ships to bring the Auri. The Inveran disguise themselves, and once the warriors are loaded, we sail for Inveran, and about halfway there, turn on the Auri in our midst. So, if Captain Barracuda claimed he had convinced the other captains to help him, would the Agah continue his deal?
(Small note, I'm going to be gone the rest of today, so if that's refused or accepted, or whatever, um, roll with it, i guess, as you did say orders are due today. Sorry for the trouble.)
Also, I updated my orders to teh first block I had them in, to make your life easier, Mithridates.[/ooc]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Captain Puffin]
Inveran has too much of a stake in local trade and politics to be a sufficiently neutral arbiter.  I propose we submit our dilemma to the Machta, whose country is prosperous, yet whose prosperity has not come through rivalry with others.[/ic]

AllWillFall2Me:
The Auri delegates have informed you in previous correspondence that the Agah wishes the fleet of Inveran to be overcome before any land attack.  Though he might be receptive to your suggestions now that you claim to speak for all the captains, he would doubtless want to have the Invernessi fleet destroyed before committing his troops to your cargo holds.

[ooc]Okay then, better plan.
We leave the Inveran ships as they are, but crew them with men that can pass as Free Cpatains. That the Captains have half of the Inveran Fleet is proof that they were handily defeated, no? That, and the fact you've got the former sailors of the ships now chained to the oars...[/ooc]

[ooc]Mithridates, when do you plan on updating?

I just want to make sure I have my stuff squared away by then.[/ooc]

Quote from: Mithridates[ooc]
Announcement: The deadline for orders is Friday.[/ooc]

Quote from: Stargate525[ooc]Okay then, better plan.
We leave the Inveran ships as they are, but crew them with men that can pass as Free Cpatains. That the Captains have half of the Inveran Fleet is proof that they were handily defeated, no? That, and the fact you've got the former sailors of the ships now chained to the oars...[/ooc]

The Auri possess a fleet of sorts, through their vassals of the Serpent Kingdoms.  I imagine their intent would be to send their fleet with yours, both to aid you against Inveran (which they know is powerful) and probably to ensure your good faith as allies (they're not stupid).  Whatever you planned would have to take into account that the Auri would likely send ships from Pinur and elsewhere to accompany you as soon as they were aware you were attacking.

Even if you did this as a surprise attack, keep in mind that keeping it a secret would be difficult, especially given that Inveran is a very open community, as is your own.  Auri agents or allies in the Serpent kingdoms could easily ask a League merchant, or a Yaffan merchant, or even a Machta merchant "hey, have you heard of Inveran's fleet getting destroyed?"  And of course, the answer would be "no."  The defeat of Inveran on the seas would be a momentous occasion, news from which would travel quickly.  Keeping something like that a secret strains credulity.

I'm not trying to automatically shoot you down or anything, but it should be remembered that the Auri don't trust you any more than you trust them.  They apparently want you to sign up and play by their rules, and Captain Barracuda's vacillation has clearly made the delegates and the Agah highly suspicious.

Future stuff like this should probably be handled through diplomacy as opposed to ooc between us.

[ooc]
The deadline for orders was friday, but as diplomacy is still going on today and some people are still planning on getting orders in, I'll delay it for a while.  If you have outstanding orders please get them in as soon as possible if you want to be in this update.[/ooc]

[ooc]Understood about the ic stuff, but since this is all ooc, It's difficult to bring it into ic.

The fact that these are so open cultures would make it that much easier to make it believable. we simply send out our fleets, then have a lone ship, with only a few men onboard, spread rumors of Inveran's fleet being destroyed in a foolish attempt on the Free Captains. These sailors are quickly rounded up and imprisoned.

This is all a setup. The Free Captains need merely not say anything, and normal spread of news will do the rest.  [/ooc]

Point taken.

Remember, the format here is you propose what you intend to do, and I'll give you the results.  You can tell me whatever plan you like, and I'll carry it out; I really shouldn't be discussing what the Auri are thinking any more than your DM should discuss what's on the goblin shaman's mind.  Go ahead and put your plan into action, and we'll see how it turns out. :)

[ic]It was a fine summer day when the Combined fleets of Inveran set out, purportedly to blockade the ports of Otahvy in retribution for slaughtering their citizens.

A mere week later, disaster struck. A lone galley, crewed by a half dozen men, landed on Inveran's shore. Despite the government's attempts to squash the story, the word got out; Inveran's entire fleet had been taken in a surprise attack by the Free Captains.

Oddly enough, the Government gave only a small reprimand to the Free Captains, closing Inveran Harbors until a settlement could be made.


The truth of the matter is secret. The Inveran fleet, now met up with those of Barracuda's, is sailing to meet the Auri army under the guise of captured ships, to ferry them across to Inveran. The Auri will, of course, be slaughtered some time on their way over. [/ic]

[ooc]
Should the Auri prove weak enough to have a chance of attack succeed, we rally all of our allies and assault their lands. [/ooc]  

[ic=A Walk on the Beach]The night air is chilly as Frostfall is within weeks.  Three Vrenas, accompanied by Ryvalnya guards bearing torches, stroll along a black sanded beach.  A few lonely lights still shine over the ridge that separates them from Rycham, the new home of the Ryvan-Home.  The smell of the sulfur springs of the Gyrcham Rocks grows stronger as they approach the bathhouse under construction.

After a long silence as the women make sure their voices won't carry to the town, the youngest, the Vrena Achyniv, speaks first, 'I have a bad feeling about these'¦Norpost traders, Great-Mother.  They are widespread by that mongrel captain's accounts.  Who knows what devils they deal with.'  She shudders and scoops up a handful of sea water as though to cleanse her hands.

The Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar replies, 'No, this trade will indeed be dangerous, sister, but that danger will be dealt with should it ever present its self.  No, the danger of sleeping with the mongrels is much less than sleeping with our pure countrymen.  For their purity is questionable.  They seem to be tainted by the same thoughts those witches whom Rylodyn fought were tainted with.  Perhaps she and her agents were not so successful in hunting those witches down as we had hoped'¦I certainly find the inhabitants of Krynen suspect'¦too many mongrels, too.  No matter, if a Ryvalnya force can be spared, I might remedy that, but I doubt that that will be necessary.  It is these Vrenas who get ready to defend themselves, who encourage their men to take up arms in preparation of some battle they foresee but do not warn us about whom make me nervous.  We must squash their defenses before it is too late and they feel that they can safely display their insolence in public.  But is it already too late?  Some of their fortifications are quite good.  Indeed, they already display their insolence in council.'

'Sister, you babble,' a woman of age with the Great-Mother gently chides.  The Vrena Chorsvay continues, 'And this talk of squashing their defenses will not solve the problem of their insolence.  It will only worsen it.  I assure you that not all who seek to defend themselves wish to be independent from you and the Ryvalnya.  I myself am fortifying my clan's hold.  This battle you do not foresee is a battle with these so called 'father-house' bandits.  No, I think tact over force is how this problem might be dealt with.  In fact, it can be a solution.  Many of the younger Vrenas do not respect or understand Rylodyn's wishes that you were to be the next Great-Mother.  They do not even give the Ryvalnya their proper respect in their private discussions of them.  This is what me must chide them on.  The incident of fortifications, on the other hand, must be given a lighter hand.  It is as with husbands:  Sometimes the more important battle is won through giving up a more trivial battle.  This battle over the fortifications is trivial, and, as you suspect so do I, unwinnable.  Allow them this courtesy and they may feel more courteous to you.  If you don't, some may feel that you do not understand their issues and may begin thinking more for themselves.'

'My fears are well grounded, sisters,' Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar says stubbornly, 'I will surely sleep better at night if they are solved.  And so I am back to your distrust of the Southern traders, Vrena Achyniv.  Both the problems with bandits and my fear of revolt will surely be assuaged greatly once we harness the secrets of this,' She remarks as she draws a bronze trinket from around her neck.  It has been sharpened to a blade on one side and she draws it across her arm.  A crimson flow appears and she presses it against her lips before continuing, 'Here, sisters, see for yourselves. How easily it cuts our soft flesh.  When we wield this, the future of Stravam will be cemented.  We will gain this.  And so, I reach my point in exchanging these words with you:  You must convince your allies that it is for the good of all Andos, for it is, that when I suggest that each and every clan gives up its right to trade with these Captains of the South and allows solely Stravam to trade in their place, it must go through.'


After an exchanging of nods, the women walk on in silence.  They are now walking up a path away from the beach into the grey and stinking rocks of Grycham.  The remnants of the settlement when the Ryvan-Holme met there is now a decrepit ghost world, forsaken aside from the occasional public execution.  But even then, no one lingers afterwards except those digging the graves and nothing is left behind, less a curse befalls the clan of whoever left it there.  It is an arduous trek lasting nearly an hour as it is now necessary to pass a ravine by foot where once there was a rope bridge bypassing it.  As the Vrenas and their guards near their destination, the Grycham Rock where the Vrena Rylodyn stood and proclaimed her victory, the glow of more torches is seen in the distance.  They resolve into a group of yet another group of Ryvalnya.  The torch lights reveal skulls with runes under them carved upon the rock where the Vrena Rylodyn stood, commemorating the death of those Ryvan-Holme councilors who razed the first Hall of the Ryvan-Holme.  Not just those who were killed at Grycham are there, but those who were hunted down as well.

A Ryvalnya warrior whom the others seem to defer to steps forward and strides to the Great-Mother.  She nods as though addressing an equal and proceeds, 'It is the Stra-Vrena-vras Ocylyn.'

'Show me,' Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar demands.

Nodding, the warrior pulls off the appropriate skull-stone, revealing a nook large enough for a body to fit in.

'Where is she!?' Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar exclaims.  'Those blasphemous witches must have taken her!  That ghastly witch will have no peace, she must have no release!  Her crimes should bar her from death!  Who was in charge of guarding this?  Was there anyone guarding this?;

Her frustrated scream punctures the night air and carries all the way down to that black sanded beach.[/ic]

[ic=To the Free Traders of Norpost]We accept your invitation of trading wares under the condition that you only trade in the town of Stravam and do not leave the quarters assigned to you.  Any ships straying from their course to stravam and back will be dealt with harshly.  It is our expectations that the strait which Stravam defends will be the only route of trade, and the use of any unexpected routes will be considered straying.

These terms stated, those who reside over Andos wish this enterprise prosperity.  You are free to sample the works of our fur workers and other craftspeople, who will be displayed in the quarters prepared for you in Stravam after Frostlift.  May the current of trade flow as swiftly as the devil-current.[/ic]

[ooc]Last Order for update:
Close all harbors but that of Stravam (the primary port, anyway) to foreign ships.[/ooc]

[ooc]
Announcement
We are getting a new player - this is starting to get complicated!  Remember to edit changes into previous orders so they're consistent and there aren't "multiple versions" of your stories and orders throughout the thread.

Also, try to include the outcomes of diplomacy in your ooc orders - if you decide to open your borders to somebody, it makes it a lot easier if you note that in your ooc orders so I don't have to re-read all diplomatic correspondence.

One final note: Please, please stop sending me PMs entitled "The World at Dawn."  I know that's the name of the game but I seriously have about a dozen PMs all titled the same thing.  Please, at least try to give me a clue in the title as to what your PM is about so I don't have to search every one you've sent me to find some brief mention of something or other.  I know your PM is about TWD; It's not like I get any other PMs. :)

Thanks![/ooc]

[ooc]Nvm, wasn't thinking.[/ooc]

[ooc]Welcome to the mysterious new player, may the bloos of your enemies water the fields of your great nation. Unless Inveran's your enemy, in which case prepare to bow before your new master. ;)

As for Orders, I'll try and remember to update my first post with an up-to-date order list. If I forget, take them in chronological order.[/ooc]

Without any objections, I'll attempt to update this weekend.

YAY!

I've begun the update, but it won't be done tonight.  Don't worry!

Feel free to take my orders as continuations of what was previously done.  I have no new orders.

The Years of Towering Stones
Year of the Comet 126-150

[spoiler=Ar-Auriban]
Diplomatic relations between the Auri and potential allies, including the Free Captains, did not go well.  Auri legates failed to bring together the broad anti-Inveran coalition that they had hoped for, and a series of successions within the Auri horde only complicated matters.  Agah Usadev died following the withdrawal of Auri legates from the League's boat-halls, and his only son was sickly and ruled the Auri for two uneventful years before passing away.  The clan elders then gave the mantle of leadership to Usadev's nephew, Asimad, in the year 130.  By this time, interest in Inveran had faded and relations with the League were hampered by distrust.  After the League's apparent defeat of the Inveran navy, all Asimad cared to offer was a force of Pinur soldiers; fifty Auri chariots had originally been allocated, but the noble riders refused, having a great fear of the open sea.  The Captains were uninterested in playing their hand just to slaughter some hapless Auri vassals without affecting the Agah's military in the least, and so decided to decline the offer.  Relations with the Auri finally ended and the invasion of Inveran was quietly shelved.

Asimad belonged to a different generation than his predecessors.  Save for his weakling predecessor, whose reign was forgotten quickly by most, Asimad was the first Agah to have been born in 'Ar-Auriban,' their newly conquered homeland.  Asimad took a much greater interest in the cultures of his people's adopted homeland, studying Invernessi languages at Isedun (where he founded an academy) and often perusing the archives of the Serpent states personally.  He was, however, still a warrior-king, and intended to expand his empire as his uncle had done.

Skirmishes in the Nargaq highlands proved ineffective; chariots were of little use in the wooded hills, and the Auri infantry was light and rather ineffective against heavily armored Nargaq clansmen.  Refugees fleeing eastward from the former Six Tribes, however, gave Asimad both a pretext and a reason for an invasion.  Proclaiming that elders of the Six Tribes had pleaded for his rulership to end their petty struggles and expel Nargaq and Invernessi invaders, the Auri horde moved west and invaded the river valleys of the Lost Lands.

Progress was rapid, and political circumstances favored the Auri.  The tribes were divided between loyalties to the Auri and Nargaq, and some preferred independence to both.  Inveran's influence had been severely curtailed and no contest was offered; though a few scattered groups proclaimed themselves 'citizens of Inveran,' no aid from the isles was forthcoming and this declaration only made them greater targets of the Auri.  In a series of small battles, the tribesmen that resisted were crushed.  Finally, Asimad swung northward with his best troops and attacked the Nargaq-allied tribes.

[spoiler=The Battle on the Meadows]
Attacker: Ar-Auriban (Agah Asimad), Tribal allies
Chariots (1 unit)
Composite Archers (1 unit)
Irregulars (Allies, 2 units)

Defender: Nargaq (Warchief Broken-tusk), Tribal allies
Swordsmen (1 unit)
Slingers (1 unit)
Marines (1 unit)
Irregulars (1 unit)
Irregulars (Allies, 1 unit)

Result: Ar-Auriban tactical victory, strategic draw.  The battle was largely fought on a riverside meadow in sparse woodland.  The Auri plan was simply to flush the clansmen out of hiding with their superior archers, and then scatter them with a chariot charge.  This proved difficult to do; the Nargaq were numerous and spread their forces over a large area, unwilling to commit to any one area where their army could be routed in a single charge.  Auri archers and Nargaq slingers skirmished for some time with losses on both sides.  At one point, the Nargaq's tribal allies led a charge, but were butchered by Auri chariotry.  In further fighting, the Auri were locally victorious, but were unable to deliver a killing blow.  Attempts to charge after the retreating clansmen with allied tribal fighters were repulsed by Nargaq swordsmen.  The Nargaq began to organize a retreat but were unable to lose their pursuers '" so the clans dispatched their warriors in canoes to go behind Auri lines and sack their baggage train, forcing the Agah to order a halt.  Though Nargaq suffered many more casualties and lost some of their recently conquered territory, they managed to extricate the bulk of their forces and keep the higher ground.[/spoiler]

The Agah was satisfied with this expansion of his realm, and spent the next 17 years fighting an abortive rebellion in Balan and otherwise ruling his empire.  The empire, however, was too large for one to rule effectively, and thus Asimad established a tradition of making his chosen successor the 'junior ruler' of the land, directly supervising a territory based around what was once Durum (which the Auri translated as 'Ar-Dauraban,' or 'the blue land').[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]
For a time, it looked like Inveran might be doomed '" the Auri had a grand alliance in the works to overcome their lack of sea power and finish off the beleaguered thalassocracy.  Inveran's army was decimated and its navy demoralized.  For a few years, a willing alliance had a window of opportunity to destroy the Dragonlord's realm once and for all '" but this never happened.  The alliance failed to materialize, and the final rejection of the Auri proposal by Avardera's wavering king and the indifference of Otahvy essentially closed the issue.  In a few years, with the rise of Asimad and the failure of the Auri-League alliance, Inveran was no longer truly in danger.

Aristo III focused on strengthening the core of his state; colonies had proven expensive and ultimately disastrous, and so lands were settled closer to home.  Attempts to do so further abroad were deflated by the hostility of Otahvy, who proved that their fleets, if not as advanced or numerous as those of Inveran, were still very capable of defending their native shores.

Though hegemony had been lost, Inveran remained prosperous, and the relaxation of trade taxes brought in new trade from Yaffa and the League.  The Dragonlord was able to richly fund his pet projects, though his attempt to bring some culture into the very technical and mathematical Helm was not very welcome.  The Academy fared better, though it became somewhat overshadowed by its counterpart in the Machta-In.

Though out of immediate danger, much ground has been lost to Yaffa and the League, who picked up the slack during Inveran's dark days.  An aggressive and ambitious Dragonlord could turn the tide '" or find new disaster.  The Mandrian bureaucracy, powerful as it is, has shown nothing but support for the Dragonlord in these times, perhaps feeling that only behind a united leadership can the island state survive the hostile world around it.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Isedun]
Isedun's importance dwindled during this time, though a new Auri-funded academy did at least stir the intellectual life of its upper classes.  The native leadership proved weak enough that, by the year 140, the Agah's heir was actively selecting the new Lord and playing power broker within the oligarchy.  By the end of this era, Isedun was little more than a semi-autonomous town within the Auri dominions.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Invernessi Machta-In]
The Machta-In continued to rise in this period, owing primarily to its extended period of peace.  Despite the overbearing influence of Kuregn in the region, their attempts to make a protectorate out of the isles were rebuffed and a military move never materialized.  The state was strengthened by the expansion of the navy, which surpassed that of Otahvy and provided a serious potential challenge to Inveran.

The construction of terraces was not easy or quick, but the practice began to yield dividends through the increased exploitation of marginal land for agriculture.  A comprehensive project of canal and terrace building created a great deal of new land for farmers, and it was all needed, as the Machta-In's population grew substantially.  The Machta tried to encourage the production of mineral wealth as well, but few wanted to abandon prosperous farms for questionable holes in the ground, and there was little to suggest that the land was worth mining anyway.  Some stone quarries were built, which helped the Machta's projects, but no other success in this area was reported.

This era of Invernessi history saw the triumph of Tumiir's philosophy and the almost total re-unification of the faith.  The Machta's acceptance of the new theology allowed the 'first calling' idea to eventually claim the land's top clergy.  Most Zakhites converted; some remain, but these are largely more radical elements who have little effect on the politics of the realm.  The Zakhite radicals were only further damaged by the murder of Tumiir in the year 142 by a religious zealot; the entire Zakhite movement was discredited, and many priests turned away from the creed after this shocking and brutal event.  One of the Machta's new temples was dedicated to this martyr of the faith.  It seemed the mission of the Order of the Hand, to advance enlightenment even at the cost of one's life, was quite true of the greatest theological mind of the era, and the Order gained converts even in the Academy of Inveran and elsewhere.  The Order's maxim of 'Knowledge Before Life' captured the imagination of many thinkers, and some came to the Machta-In to be part of the movement.

Though agriculture prospered and foodstuffs were exported elsewhere, trade remains at a fairly low level, as there is little to trade.  The unique things that the Invernessi do possess are only cultivated in small numbers as curiosities '" olives, tree fruits, and the liquor-berries of the northern island.  Farmers generally plant what will feed them in the coming year and think little of trade opportunities, and as such trade remains largely local and small-scale.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]
The religious state has survived in this period, and done a bit better with the relaxation of Inveran's trade restrictions.  In trade, however, it is outpaced easily by the League exclave, and in terms of agriculture it is beginning to take a back seat to the Machta-In.  The arrival of the Auri on the theocracy's doorstep does not bode well for the true believers.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
The clans of Nargaq have so far eluded destruction at the hands of the Auri, but they have in one sense or another lost every major engagement against the chariot riders.  Though they have worked hard at coming up with new weaponry to fight the Auri on even terms, this has not been very successful '" nobody really knows how Auri bows work, and it's likely to remain a secret so long as they remain in Auri hands.

The local supply of copper has certainly aided in Nargaq's defense, but the fall of the Six Tribes has cut off Nargaq from the route once taken by Yaffan merchants to bring the other crucial ingredient of bronze '" tin '" into the highlands.  Though Nargaq can still be reached through Avarderan territory, the Yaffans are not keen to go further when better trading opportunities exist, and thus the clans are beginning to find themselves short on bronze despite their great wealth of copper.  A new source or a new agreement with foreigners may be necessary to maintain the independence of the clans.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]
The kings of Otahvy contented themselves with expanding the local power of their realm.  The Sebians continued to resist in their mountain fastness, but most willingly joined the polity.  It seems no other Mandrian force exists to divide the loyalties of the people.  Abroad, however, Otahvy was still considered a barbarian realm, and foreigners want little to do with it.  Trade came in some small amount through Maducreon, but of growing importance is trade to the northeast with Andos.  Though this trade is still fairly minor, it seems promising, as the people of Andos do not seem to mind (or for that matter, know about) the executions that have besmirched the kingdom's reputation abroad.

It is uncertain how Otahvy will figure into the ever-changing politics of the sea; though they would seem like natural allies against Inveran, Otahvy and Ar-Auriban have yet to discover each other.  For their part, the Kings seem more interested in things closer to home.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Andos]
Far away from the troubles of the rest of the world, the Andosen people pursued their own agendas.  The normalization of relations with Avardera and the opening of communication with the Machta-In created an influx of new goods into Andosen society.  Though this trade was of rather scant importance to the Avarderans and Invernessi, it was something revolutionary to Andos, introducing their insular society to new plants, materials, and ideas.  Chief among these materials was bronze; other societies were happy to trade it, but the material alone does not come with instructions on how to produce it.  The admittedly poor metallurgical skill of Andosen craftsmen has made it difficult to understand the processes by which it is made.  Some direct assistance may be necessary.

Sailing was another idea more easily adopted.  Andosen catamarans made their own sails as soon as they were able, and though the science of open ships is not to the point of Inveran-type galleys, the northerners are making progress.  In the spirit of improving warfare, the warriors of Andos have discovered that the resins of the highland trees are useful for setting arrows alight, something that could be of use against enemy ships, but advances in archery are not forthcoming '" primarily because the trading partners of Andos are no more advanced themselves.

New plants were also adopted from the south '" olives, which yield a most useful oil, and liquor-berries of the Machta-In that are brewed to make an intoxicating beverage that the Invernessi claim has medicinal value.

The Vrenas of Andos began consolidating the gains made earlier in their lifetimes, building stone fortifications to protect their own holds.  The mightiest fortifications, however, were those of Stavram, the only trading port of the realm.  In its capacity as the door to all of Andos, the settlement flourished from small beginnings, even attracting other peoples from the northernmost tip of Andos '" which was discovered to be an island from their descriptions.  Elsewhere, 'sea walls' to protect against raiders, real or imagined, popped up everywhere that stone and able backs could be found.  The proliferation of fortifications is both beneficial and troubling, for private crenellations sometimes herald the demise of central authority.

The fortifications combined with the increased assertiveness of the Ryvan-Holme have done much to pacify the country, which once fought against itself as frequently as it fought against its neighbors.  The leadership, however, has made great strides to reveal once dearly held secrets to its people, and has improved its standing as a result.  Though some stability has been achieved, it may yet prove to have come at the expense of a powerful Ryvan-Holme.  To what extent good will, stability, and the occasional brutal suppression translates into real power over local magnates has not yet been established.

The power of the Ryvan-Holme is also doubtful further inland, where minor tribes coexist and sometimes collude with exiled warriors who make their living off raiding their countrymen.  These groups have proven difficult to quash, and have made significant inroads with other tribes farther north.  A particularly charismatic warrior, known for wearing antlers and calling himself the 'Hart-lord,' has caused significant problems for the people of the eastern coast.  His warriors, motivated by some strange cult, seem nearly impervious to fear.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]
In the year 129, the general-cum-despot of Kuregn died; the reigns of power were taken up by one of his more promising generals after a three year civil war.  Proclaiming himself Despot, Kotalar took an army southward and began a vicious campaign against the Atur.  Over 10 years, Kuregn suffered defeats and basked in victory, until a pitched battle at A'saha oasis smashed the leadership of six Atur tribes and laid the sahel bare to Kuregnite armies.  Kotalar had no mercy and scoured the desert of life, killing every Atur that his army caught.  Most tribes fled eastward, displacing their neighbors as they went and producing a storm of migration throughout the Ma'a.

Jemna, the rump state of the Beitaran Regency, engaged in a few raids against Celenite Beitar with few tangible results.  Prince Isaul proved an ineffective warlord, and his pretensions at the throne of Beitar remained unfulfilled and unacknowledged.  His son succeeded him at merely 8 years of age, making the idea of a monarchic resurgence in Beitar unlikely in the near future.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]
Pending an arbitration by the Machta, the Matriarch of Yaffa reluctantly agreed to lift the blockade as per mutual agreements.  The League was allowed to trade metal bought from Yaffan mines, but at the expense of their papyrus monopoly.  The Yaffan presence in Beitar, however, never truly recovered from the attack against them, and as such League dominance in papyrus continued (though it was not quite total).

Elsewhere, the Captains pushed at the boundaries of the known world.  In the southeast, a pair of particularly brash captains took the environment of conflict to heart and attacked the ships of Etropahan that tried to stop them; only a fraction of the League's sea forces crushed the foreigners' best war-boats.  The King of Etropahan relented, and agreed to give the westerners access to his ports, so long as they did not venture inland and desisted in their attacks.  Another captain attempted to find out where the whales were going to when they went out to sea; he found nothing but open ocean, though it was a miracle he returned alive in a galley, truly suitable only for coastal voyages.

The great Auri-Inveran war never came about, and there were few conflicts the League could truly fund.  The Atur were far too remote to be of any concern to the Captains, and while the League traders of Norpost were practically next door to the wars of the Auri, there was no profit to be made there '" the tribesmen had little to buy weapons with and were clearly on the losing side, while the Auri had no interest in buying weapons from technologically inferior states.  Funding the Jemnans would have gone directly against the interests of the League, for if Beitar were to fall to them, the League would most certainly be expelled as collaborators with the hated Celenites.

Trading contacts have been established in the Serpent kingdoms and elsewhere, though there is little out of the ordinary to report in that regard.  From the body of the whale, League fishermen have discovered a new substance they call 'grey amber,' an waxy deposit with a marvelous fragrance.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Kashtu]
The eastern Ma'a saw the continued survival of the Kashtu caravan-state, against all apparent odds.  Celend, normally intolerant of 'neutral' states on its borders, made no move against the oasis people despite their intransigence; most suspect that the Grand Archon found Kashtu useful as a buffer state between them and the more violent Atur.

The Wardens found dealing with those Atur to be no easy task.  The visit by Shipek of the Tarkad Atur nearly fell apart in tense negotiations involving the number of warriors he could bring, but eventually an accord was reached.  The Tarkad offered camels, as well as bitumen and turquoise; the Kashtu gave gifts of their precious oil, and agricultural products unavailable in the deep desert.  In those early years, this seemed to be enough for Shipek, whose interest was not limited to goods '" having seen the temples of the Kashtu himself, he was heard to say that any who construct such things must be a glorious and blessed people.

For nearly twenty years, peace reigned, more or less '" other tribes raided the caravan routes from time to time, but without the Tarkad these raids were easy to contain and could often be defeated.  The defeat of the Atur by Kuregn, however, send a tide of migration eastward across the desert as the Atur were systematically attacked and forced from their ancestral lands.  Each tribe moved east in turn, displacing any weaker tribes.  In the year 145, the Kashtu noticed that many new nomads were arriving, challenging the existing tribes and raiding Kashtu lands.  Even the Tarkad became mired in a regional power struggle among the Atur tribes, and the truce between Shipek's Atur and Kashtu began to break down under pressure from the west.

By this time, however, fortifications around Kashtu itself were complete, and no camel raid could truly alarm the city.  Raids elsewhere, however, proved more effective; though the Kashtu camelry might prevail in a single skirmish, there were always raiders in far more places than the Kashtu could be at one point in time.  Fortified outposts could only be so helpful; they were often sacked by raiders, and sometimes the forces of the Wardens had to abandon them because food caravans had been raided.  Weaponry smuggled in from Yaffa was helpful, but only to a certain extent.  The Atur grew more numerous every year and their politics more complex with every new tribe.  The Wardens were increasingly overwhelmed as the power of their ally began to decline.

The Wardens searched for new routes to Yaffa, but largely in vain '" the ways they found were far too long, and through uninhabited and desolate terrain, or rugged hills inhabited only by hostile Atur clans.  Yaffa's specialty has always been trade on the sea, and few Yaffan merchants wish to go any other way.

In the capital city, a network of irrigation dikes and projects was begun, but it remains largely ineffective; the Kashtu, desert wanderers by trade, simply lack the engineering expertise in their society to accomplish such a demanding project.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]
Save for Yaffan expansion along the coast, not much has changed in the East.  A revolt was put down in Balan with much bloodshed, and the rest of the Serpent Kingdoms toe the Auri line.  Tescha, as always, is distant from the affairs of its neighbors, though supposedly they are in contact with nomads further east of them, yet another band of foreigners from the steppes.[/spoiler]

[ooc]
Update posted... but no stats?
Yes, sorry, I spent all night on it but I've run out of time.  They, and the map, will hopefully be out tomorrow, with diplomacy to follow.  Thanks for your patience!

Edit: and once again, please feel free to correct any obvious errors.[/ooc]

The Machta-In

[ic]Despite the reluctance of the Invernessi to benefit from mining, the Machta does not give up. Neither does he seem to give up on uniting as much of the southern Inverness as is humanely possible. He sends out members of his new navy to search for, and possibly conquer (with no more than a little bloodshed if possible) new islands, particularly the larger ones to the north.

Furthermore, he continues to construct his fortifications and cultural capital. He orders that walls be built to defend the city from foreigners, and great food stores be incorporated into its many hills to hold food that will, if necessary, provide for the population of the central Machta-In.

He also requests that, to fittingly protect the interests of the Machta-In, a core of professional, permanent warriors, known as the Akh-Machta-Sha-Ran-Di-In, or 'The Weapons of the Machta's Lands', to enforce claims abroad and at home. Calls for designs of tough, yet relatively light protective equipment for these men have gone out amongst the academies of the Machta-In.

Furthermore, the naval forces and the military are undergoing a recruiting drive to attempt to further protect and defend the lands of the Machta's people.[/ic]

[ooc]Andos' spies have slowly become friends of the Machta, and occasionally at least discover a tidbit that can be sent back to their homelands. Apparently, the Machta has no designs on Andos at this point.[/ooc]

Quote from: MithridatesThe fortifications combined with the increased assertiveness of the Ryvan-Holme have done much to pacify the country, which once fought against itself as frequently as it fought against its neighbors. The leadership, however, has made great strides to reveal once dearly held secrets to its people, and has improved its standing as a result. Though some stability has been achieved, it may yet prove to have come at the expense of a powerful Ryvan-Holme. To what extent good will, stability, and the occasional brutal suppression translates into real power over local magnates has not yet been established.

I am not sure what those are, but I suspect this may be an inaccurate translation of the Ryvan-Holme's actions.  If you could clarify...

Just out of curiosity, did any of the six-tribes come over to Inveran's main land?

[ic]A ship arrives in Inveran, bearing several women of Sha'naa's family and a small honour guard.[/ic]

[ic=The Honoured Machta Sha'naa of the Inverness to his kinsman and brother-in-arms the Dragonlord of Inveran]Honoured Kinsman,
Inveran has gone through troubled times recently, as we of the Machta-In know. These women, my aunts, sisters, and other female relatives, are sent as a gift to your family, that the men of your close kin may be joined and married with them to create an unbreakable bond that spans this island chain. Together, as more than allies - blood kinsmen - our families, our nations, will be unstoppable.[/ic]

[ooc]Any cahnce on a quick resolution, Machta? I'd definitely like this barricade to be resolved out of my way.[/ooc]

[ic=From Inveran to the Machta-In]
Esteemed ally,

We of the Inverness do not engage in arranged marriages. Such things we see as an affront to the Dragon Saints' gift of love. We shall, however, gladly give them residence, and see if anything should by chance develop. [/ic]

[ic=The Machta's Throne Room]Sha'naa paces up and down the dais, raging and spitting occasionally in between his outbursts. "These 'brothers' of ours reject the gifts of my family?! Barbarians! Traitors!"
He calms himself, slowly.
"Then another way shall have to be found of uniting the Invernessi nations..."[/ic]

Quote from: AllWillFall2Me[ooc]Any cahnce on a quick resolution, Machta? I'd definitely like this barricade to be resolved out of my way.[/ooc]

What barricade now?

Quote from: amikaligulaI am not sure what those are, but I suspect this may be an inaccurate translation of the Ryvan-Holme's actions.  If you could clarify...

Certainly.

Quote4) In the past, the knowledge of when and where to plant particular crops were kept to the tribes, but now, by the dictates of the Ryvan-Holme, a serious attempt to archive and study these theories and traditions are under way.

I misinterpreted this passage to mean that these techniques were being spread, when in fact they were just being studied by the Ryvan-Holme.  Consider the section of the update in question redacted.

Update Continued

[spoiler=Current Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update6.png)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Current Units]
Army

Spearmen (Spr): Spearmen wield a short spear, and are usually equipped with a copper helmet, light armor (e.g. linen, hide, or leather), and a large hide or wooden shield. They are decent all-around troops that can handle most opponents adequately, but they don't excel at anything.
Bladesmen (Bld): These are usually younger and more agile warriors that serve as light infantry, fighting with some manner of bronze blade '" usually an axe, knife, or short sword '" and a hide or wicker shield. They wear little or no armor to preserve their mobility. Bladesmen are fast and flexible light troops who can ably accomplish tactical maneuvers and ambushes.
Swordsmen (Swd): The first truly heavy infantry, swordsmen wield bronze 'sickle-swords' to hew through enemy footmen. Equipped with shields, bronze helmets, and cloaks reinforced with bronze scales, swordsmen are excellent assault troops. What they lack in mobility they make up for in durability.
Archers (Arc): Archers carry a short bow, several sheaves of arrows, and little else. Their arrows are deadly, but inaccurate at long ranges, and can be blocked easily by shields and even light armor. They are often used to break up enemy formations and to assault or defend walled cities.
Composite Archers (CAr): The composite bow is a vast improvement over the old 'self bow.' Its composition of wood, horn, and sinew gives it nearly twice the range of a traditional bow with the same bow length, not to mention increased power to penetrate armor (though shields remain an effective defense). The animal glue involved in its construction, however, means that it can fall apart in humid or wet conditions.
Slingers (Sli): Slingers fire deadly lead bullets that significantly outrange bows, and can break bones even through shields and armor. These bullets are heavy, however, which limits the number that can be carried into battle. They make good battlefield skirmishers.
Camelry (Cam): Camels are odd-looking animals perfectly suited for desert combat. These warriors ride camels into battle, and carry a spear and small shield. They are perfect for raids in the wide, trackless deserts and steppes, but are ill-suited for warfare in temperate regions. The smell of camels is very disturbing to horses, and as a result these troops are put to good effect against chariots.
Chariots (Cha): The chariot is a fearsome new weapon of war that brings mobility to the battlefield. Each chariot carries a two-man crew, armored with bronze scale and equipped with a bow and a lance. From their mobile platform, the crew can rain down arrows on infantry formations or trample them if they break formation, or the warriors can dismount and fight on foot, ready to return to their chariot to retreat or chase the foe. For all their advantages, however, chariots are inoperable in rough or wet terrain.

Navy

Boats (Boa): These represent canoes, barges, and small boats primarily designed for rivers and day voyages over calm seas. These small vessels are quite handy, but very vulnerable to storms and ill-suited for warfare at sea.
Outrigger Canoes (OCa): Large canoes can be rendered more seaworthy by the addition of an outrigger, which stabilizes the hull. Outrigger canoes are advanced craft, driven by sail and oar, that are noticeably more seaworthy than galleys - but their smaller crews and lower structures make them not much better than regular boats at naval warfare.
Galleys (Gal): The galley is a round-bottomed ship with 20-40 oars and a single square-rigged mast. They are faster and more seaworthy than boats, but are unsuitable for open waters beyond sight of the coast. They have no weapons, combat being conducted by boarding an enemy ship.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]
Player: Stargate525
Government: Aristocratic Monarchy
Popularity: 6 [+1]
Dread: 2  [+1]
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 88% Dragon Saints, 12% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 12,000  [+1000]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 5  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: None
Navy: 3 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Machta-In]
Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 7
Dread: 0
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 92% Tumiiri Sadatism, 8% Zakhism
Fervor: 8
Population: 13,000  [+2,500]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 6
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 4  [+1]
Espionage: 2  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ruthern]
Player: Sir Vorpal
Government: Theocracy, with a new High Priest chosen every 7 years by an omen from Runethain.
Popularity: 5
Dread: 1
State Religion: Runethainism
Popular Religion: 90% Runethainism, 10% Animism
Fervor: 6
Population: 19,500  [+1,000]
Cities: Ruthern (C)
Prosperity: 5  [-1]
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 2 Spr
Navy: 1 Boa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 4
Dread: 3  [-1]
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 89% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 8% Runethainism, 3% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 4  [+1]
Population: 16,000  [+1000]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 1  [-1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Swd, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]
Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 7
Dread: 3
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 61% Mandrian Ditheism, 28% Mandrian Polytheism, 9% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 2% Runethainism
Fervor: 2
Population: 11,000  [+1500]
Cities: Nilburg (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3)  [+1]
Army: 1 Bld
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Andos]
Player: amikaligula
Government: Matriarchal Timocracy
Popularity: 5  [+1]
Dread: 3  [+1]
State Religion: Cult of Svyorn
Popular Religion: 18% Cult of Svyorn, 9% Other Cults, 63% Animism
Fervor: 3  [+1]
Population: 8,000  [+500]
Cities: Andos (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 2  [+1]
Advancement: Chalcolithic
Infrastructure: 1  [+1]
Espionage: 3
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, OCa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Bld
Navy: 1 OCa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League]
Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 5
Dread: 2
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 60% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 10% Runethainism, 14% Mandrian Polytheism, 16% Beitaran Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 15,000  [+1000]
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 6
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 5  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: None
Navy: 3 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Kashtu]
Player: snakefing
Government: Religious Monarchy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 2  [+1]
State Religion: Kashtu Polytheism
Popular Religion: 71% Kashtu Polytheism, 28% Animism, 1% Celenite Polytheism
Fervor: 6
Population: 7,000  [+500]
Cities: Kashtu (C)
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 3  [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2  [+1]
Espionage: 2  [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Cam, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 2 Cam
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[ic=Grand Archon Olos of Celend to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
Mighty and venerable Celend has seen your plight; if only your state had some ally in the region, all might be well.  You still have time to find one, if you bow before the Grand Archon as a tributary of Eternal Celend.  Petty kingdoms have risen and fallen in the Ma'a, but only Celend endures, as do all who acknowledge our preeminence.[/ic]

[ic=Asimad, Agah of All the Auri, to Ruthern and Norpost]
Tremble, for the Auri are upon you!  The foes of the Agah's Light are scattered before him.  See how cities from the tail of the Serpent to your very threshold open their gates to us, knowing well the wondrous power and incomparable destiny of the Auri.  See how the pitiful armies arrayed against the mighty chariot crumble and scatter to the winds.

Choose your course wisely.  Those who accept the Agah's Light and make proper respects to Him will surely be spared the fate of His enemies, and through His tutelage prosper in the new dawn.[/ic]

QuoteJust out of curiosity, did any of the six-tribes come over to Inveran's main land?

None of consequence.

[ic=Letter to Otahvy]
Venomous Maggots,

You have slaughtered our citizens, and scorn our demands for tribute. If it is war you seek, then war you shall have. We demand reparations for the slain in the form of two of your citizens, male and healthy, for each man slain. These men will be put to work in the fields and galley crews of Inveran, as payment for your cowardly deeds. Since we know not how many you killed, a total of three thousand slaves will be sufficient.

Failure to comply with this reasonable demand will be met swiftly, and with no mercy.
[/ic]

 [ic]Aristo finished the letter, sealed it, and gave it to the High Admiral. "This is essentially a declaration of war with Otahvy. You are ordered to decimate and destroy every Otahvy vessel, beginning one week after the delivery of this letter, immediately if they should attack."

"We are demanding three thousand of their men as reparation. If they actually comply, bring as many as one unit of galleys will hold, kill the remainder, and proceed with the destruction. If you can take their capital, they will quickly disintegrate."
[/ic]

 [ooc]FINAL ORDERS:
Military

*Completely and utterly destroy Otahvy, using all forces and led by Aristo.
*Raise two units of spearmen above the normal limit.
*Attempt to bring the other nations to our cause.
*Obtain slinger technology from the Machta-In

Social

*Allow Machta nobility to marry into the Aristocracy in a natural manner.
*Begin trading with Yaffa and Celend.
*Rebuild trding relations with the other nations.
*Exchange Cultural knowledge and beliefs with Arrania

Political

*Plant spies in Arriana, to keep an eye on their doings, and in Otahvy, to feed us information on their tactics and troops.

[/ooc]  

[ic LEtter to the people of nargaq from the high council] We are sorry to inform you of this great tradgedy, however we  must. Warchief Broken-tusk was terribly injured in the battle, he has now passed to the realm of rebirth and he will no longer be in this world. His cousin, Thorn-tusk, has become the new warchief. Give him the blessing of the ancestors! [/ic]

 [ic High council to inveran]You left us alone to fight the Auri when we have allied with you to help you defeat them! we will forgive you for this, but we need you to give us a trade route to the east. with the auri blocking our path we need another way. please relay our goods to trade to the yaffans and the tin in return to us.[/ic]

 [ooc]ORDERS
> Keep all diplomatic relations going smoothly. we do not need another enemy. the auri ar already more than enough
> Continue mining operations.
> Create traps for the auri to fall into as they trample over and destroy the serenity of our land
> Do not engage the enemy. create foxholes to fall back into in case they come. then fall behind enemy lines and desroy their supplies coming through.
> Attempt diplomatic relations with the far east. we may resettle there if forced from our homes.
> Explore the north-west sea.will there be land for us to resettle to in solitude?[/ooc]

Quote from: Wensleydale

Quote from: AllWillFall2Me[ooc]Any cahnce on a quick resolution, Machta? I'd definitely like this barricade to be resolved out of my way.[/ooc]

What barricade now?

The Yaffans and I had a tiff, they declared the strait blockaded, and we decided the Machta would serve as neutral arbiters.

 [ooc]So is the new guy the Auri? Or this Dauraban sub-sect? Ah, the suspense!In the interim...[/ooc]

 [ic=At the Captain's Meet]
"Water, as far as the eye could see, and farther than we ever dreamed! Brothers, this is our destiny! How can we claim to love Father Sea, if we abide only in his shallows? The depths and vastness are where we belong! Let us chase these whales as far as we can, to Father Sea's Breast if we must! Imagine the worlds we could find!"

"Remember the one we would desert. Some of us have land-bound families, brother. We cannot go sailing off with Father Sea and leave Mother to tend to our wives and children. Besides, from your own account your ship was nearly spun mast down by the waves out there. Perhap the whales are Father's favorite pet, and he made the blue vast for a pen. Go stealing from Father's pen, and you'll sink slower in a stone boat."

"What troubles me more than the blue waves is the red ones. Have you not been listening? Barracuda could find no war, but still the waves are froth with anger. The desert-dog Auri have announced at our front doors we must side with them or else, the Inveran and Otavhy need only a breeze to start the waves crashing, and where do we sail?"

"Where we please! What matter the squabbles of these land-born? Let us sail by, and sell in markets not run by swords."

"When waves are rough and seas unknown, the map's the only guide need shown. Let us plot our course for the while." [/ic]  


 [ooc]
ORDERS:
Political & financial
1.Find markets for whale products
2. Establish League supremacy in trade. Whether we sail up rivers to deliver metal to the Narqaq, brave Northern seas for Andosian , Avarderan, or Arannian goods, or search the southern seas for goods, we will be in every port, with the better deal.
3. Expand League dominance in information.
4. Research, test, and develop designs for ships ready for the True Sea.
5. Increase purchases of lumber, for future ship-building.

Military.
1. Send our galleys to the side of the Dragonlord.
2. Train our marines to be the hardiest in the world. All ships must now sail all seas. Our crews shall brave northern winters and southern summers, freeze and burn, until none fears anything the sea can throw at him.
3. Should we find whale-pups, we wish to train them. (War-whales=amazing.)
[/ooc]

No, he hasn't posted yet.

Edit: And Dauraban is just the territory given to the Agah's heir before his succession.

[ic=Reply to the Nargaq]
Esteemed Allies,

All of Inveran grieves at our inability to aid you. And inability it was; we have not kept an expeditionary force since the defeat in the North.

We will gladly convey your goods, as is fitting of allies.

Humbly submitted,
Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

[ooc]Oh. Send the Machta a message then! :P[/ooc]

[ic=An unsigned letter, marked only by the sign of the Machta-In, to the League of Free Captains]A while ago, a letter was sent marking a certain nation as a despot. A certain individual now sees that that is true. If you will lend your forces to reducing that nation's power... others will join you gladly.[/ic]

[ic=Letter to Machta-In]
Rejoice!

One of your women, whom you sent to our lands, has consented to marry Locundas, an esteemed member of the Aristocracy. We invite her relatives, and all the rulership of the Machta-In, to come and join in celebrating this happy event. May the bond of our two nations grow ever stronger.

Aristo III[/ic]

[ic=Letter to Machta-In]
Esteemed Ally,

The Otahvy, who despicably slaughtered our kinsmen, with no warning, with no escape, and for no cause but the pretense under which they invited us, have evaded retribution long enough! We ask that you aid us in their destruction; lend us your Army and Navy, bend it towards the goal of your brother, and the rewards shall be great. We may discuss this further at the marriage ceremony, should your lordship see fit to attend in person.

Looking forward to meeting in person,
Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]  

[ic=Letter to Yaffa and Celend]
Greetings from your neighbor in the North,

Until now, you have been served by sea trade only in the Free Captains and, although they are our allies and friends, this is not a good state of circumstances. Relying upon one nation alone for trade to others is, at best, unwise.

We offer you goods from the north and the West, including exotic items from Nargaq and Avardera. We offer you competition, which will lower your prices for all goods, and we offer you stability. We wish nothing in return but the honor of being allowed to place our ships in your harbors and trade with your citizens, whose honor and generosity are famed.

If we may, we also ask a small favor. Allow us to build churches to our Saints in your port cities; our sailors, far from their home, would be heartened by this piece of familiarity in your lands.

Awaiting your reply,
Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

[ic=A letter back to Aristo, from the honoured Machta Sha'naa]Great one,
Ah! A thanks to your lovers! Although I cannot attend in person, my favoured nephew and chosen heir-runner, Da'jaak, will come to see his cousin, or mayhap sister, married, along with many other members of my kin. Greatness to you!
Honoured Machta Sha'naa.[/ic]

[ic=A more formal reply]Great kinsmen,
We will lend as much of our forces as is possible to you, kinsman. However, know that we are attempting to consolidate our own territories currently, and are threatened by Kuregn and other despots.
The Honoured Machta Sha'naa.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Olos of Celend to Aristo III]
Mighty and venerable Celend is uninterested in your goods; competition is unnecessary when our vassals provide their due tribute.  As for your people, they will be welcomed in our harbors conditional upon your submission to great Celend as a tributary.  Anything short of that is not of interest to us.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Dragonlord Aristo III]
Your ships may travel freely in our lands so long as they trade neither metals nor papyrus.  If this guarantee is made, your merchants will be graciously permitted here.[/ic]

[ic=King Meas III of Avardera to Nargaq, Ruthern, Inveran, and Otahvy]
The Auri have issued me an ultimatum; I imagine that most of your kingdoms have also heard from them.  Nargaq, Inveran, and Durum all resisted them bravely - but one of those lands has now perished from the world, and the others have nothing to show but defeat after defeat.  Our people value the ancient lineage of my house, and I believe it would be better to placate this enemy while they are strong and regain our independence once they have been weakened by time and new powers.  Though I would like to retain the proud traditions of my ancestors and our peerless rulership, I see no reason to believe that any of you or I can stand against them.

I will soon give them word of my submission; know that it comes from no treachery or fondness for our mutual scourge, but rather out of necessity to save our royal line and protect our people from the tortures of war and decimation.  So far as I am able I will resist aiding the Auri against you.

I will not allow the Auri to use my fleet against my free neighbors, and thus I have decided to give my ships to another people, to be held in trust for my house's glorious return.  I have deliberated for a long time as to who I shall give them to, and reached a decision.  Inveran and Otahvy are home to noble peoples, but they quarrel like children; they will misuse my ships.  If he is willing, then, I bequeath them to the Machta, who has never shown aggression, under the condition that they be returned upon the demand of my successors, and that they remain in his care until that point.[/ic]

[ic=In the Otahvian town of Ghawn]"Brother," King Rodonso said wistfully, staring out to sea from his bedroom window.  The breeze was nice, cool.  "They called us 'venomous maggots.'  I am deeply insulted by what these Inverans are saying.  It is no wonder that the previous Puul and Rodonso had to execute the invaders.  Venomous maggots?  We didn't slaughter them: we executed them in a very civil fashion.  And we don't scorn their demands for tribute, we just ignore them.  Honestly, I don't see why they are getting so worked up.  I wish we could execute them too."

King Puul sat in his chair across the room, cold faced.  "I believe that they are irrational, these Inveran.  It is unfortunate, for they have bribed their way into friendship - even brotherhood - with the Invernessi of the southern islands and with Ruthern.  I was always rather fond of the people from Ruthern.  Perhaps we should send these people, the people from Ruthern and Invernessi, diplomats to explain Otahvy's ways and our actions.  They will find us just, and if not just, at least reasonable.  Certainly more so than the bloodthirsty Inveran."

Rodonso looked back and pulled out a small book.  "Look brother, a trader brought this in a couple days ago.  It's written on papyrus from the Free League.  It's a collection of the philosopher, Bith Veludo's work.  I have been reading it and I think we should make him into a prophet or something like that.  Everything he says makes so much sense.  We can call it the Canon of Veludo or something like that."

"Yes, what have you." Puul seemed disinterested. "Rather, I am curious: what plans have you regarding our expansion?  We have grown significantly over the past years and I believe we need to expand our horizons.  We have stagnated."

Rodonso looked back outside.  "Puul, Ghawn has grown only slightly, but it is a beautiful town.  I believe that we should make Ghawn into a fortification or sorts and put a lot of our military here.  We can even keep a large home here.  If Inveran attacks, I believe that we should fall back from Nilburg to here."

Puul raised his eyebrows.  "Why have you been considering these military matters?  That is my role."

"I don't know, it was just a thought.  I believe we have enough resources to expand the military.  I have heard of bladesmen from other lands that wear metal on their bodies.  Doesn't that sound odd?  It acts like a shield but they don't have to carry it around.  Also, you know how unstable our galleys are at sea?  Why don't we start working toward making galleys that can travel the sea.  That road to Andos is very treacherous for our traders, and I would like to make our galleys more seaworthy.  I think it would improve both our defense abroad and at home, as well as help with trade."

"Wow, you've given this some thought."  Puul smiled as his brother nodded.  "But what of matters at home?"

Rodonso left the window and paced.  "As I said, let us keep the capital at Nilburg but also have some sort of base for our army.  I want to increase the size of our army.  Our navy can hold its own, even if we could increase its size a bit.  No, I think we should concentrate on gaining size and bringing all of the Mandrian people to Otahvy.  We are a welcoming people, we have proven this, and there are few who won't join us.  I still say we continue expansion."

Puul pursed his lips.  "That really doesn't explain what you want done at home."

"Err, well, I suppose not."[/ic]
[ic=A Diplomat sent to Andos]Friends,

We, the people of Otahvy and your people, have been quickly increasing our trading relations.  We were hoping to endeavor further to ensure that our people can become closer, even at such a great distance.  We have seen some of your ships and goods and must say that we find it all very impressive.  

We look forward to becoming closer,

King Puul and King Rodonso of Otahvy
~with the blood and the sea our bodies shall be cleansed~[/ic]
[ic=Two message sent to Inveran]Name-Callers,

We are marginally irritated by your constant squabbling and demands.  Is the world really so bad?  Furthermore, your people really weren't slaughtered.  They were our people, on our lands.  You gave them to us.  Then when we killed them to prevent the spread of disease (a disease of rampant name-calling and lack of manners), you turn on us?  We are insulted and will continue to ignore your bullying.

I hope that you will soon come to your senses,
King Rodonso of Otahvy
~with the blood and the sea our bides shall be cleansed~

-------------------------------------------------

Rulers of Inveran,
Your insults are curt and shall be disregarded.  Continued contact with our people will only lead to more useless bloodshed on your side.  Do not continue upon the path your tread.
King Puul[/ic]
[ic=Furthermore]

*Messages are sent to Ruthern and Invernessi Machta-in, attempting to open better diplomatic talks.
*Puul, if he hears of the new special unit in Invernessi Machta-in, may be inspired to try it out as well.

[/ic]

Thanks for listening.

[ic=Reply to Celend] We are confused, please further explain this tributary status of which you speak.[/ic]

 [ic=Reply to Yaffa] Of course. You will, however allow us to purchase these materials? And does your restriction apply to Tin, or to all metals indiscriminately?[/ic]

 [ic=Reply to Otahvy]
Your Esteemed, High, Mighty, and Abominably Righteous Majesties,

You mistake us. We do not squabble, except over that which is rightfully ours. We did not give you our citizens; you asked to see our culture, and we complied. With our own, best citizens. At no time were these people refugees, merely adventurous missionaries, scholars, and thinkers. We did not send warships upon you, nor armies. Yet, as soon as the wind shifted, you mercilessly slaughter these peaceful people, still OUR people, with not so much as a word. Did you ask to have them sent away? No. Did you allow them to change? No. It was a wholesale slaughter of innocent worshipers of the Dragon Saints, an act of unspeakable hideousness and vulgarity.

Our laws demand justice, our people cry out for vengeance, and who am I to deny them? Our laws demand blood for blood. Comply with our reasonable request for justice, and we may yet salvage this relation.

Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

 [ic=To all Nations]
Be it known,

Otahvy has committed heinous, atrocious acts of evil. They ask us to send them information on our culture, in a seemingly honest wish to know our people. We comply, sending our best preachers, philosophers, and thinkers to them.

But these treacherous men; no sooner had our ships cleared the bay then they go amongst them, slaughtering our citizens in cold blood. They did not ask for us to remove them, they did not send any word whatsoever. Our attempts to determine their fate, and later retreive their bodies for a proper burial, were met with scorn, threats, and violence.

We attempted to resove this peacefully, asking for monetary repayment. We were ignored. We asked for repayment in servants, to be used for a time and returned. We were ignored.

We now must resort to violence. Otahvy must be punished; justice demands blood twofold repaid for blood spilt. Lend us your armies, your ships and your spears, so that we may punish otahvy as they so deserve.

Imploring Justice,
Aristo III[/ic]

 [ic=Royal Decree]
Be it known,

All able-bodied citizens of fighting age are requested to report to the nearest barracks. We shall arm ourselves for war, to repay the treacherous maggots that are Otahvy.

This is by no means a demand. However, all who volunteer shall be paid twice the wages of a normal laborer, fully equipped, and furthermore rewarded with half of a share of all land, plunder, and goods taken from Otahvy.

Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

 [ic=Letter to Machta-In]
We are raising an army for the coming war with Otahvy, if you would please allow us the knowledge of these slingers for use against them. As allies, nay, as blood-kin, this would only serve to strengthen our ties, and our power.[/ic]    

[ic=Celend to Inveran]
A tributary, of course, recognizes the suzerainty - that is to say, ultimate supremacy - of Celend, and pays proper respect through tribute or some other means agreed upon, and is in turn allowed to retain its autonomy and provided with favorable terms of trade and the protection of mighty Celend should the tributary come under attack.  The League of Freemen is one such tributary; they have benefitted greatly from our patronage and suffered little from the most reasonable tribute imposed upon them.[/ic]

[ic=Yaffa to Inveran]
You will be allowed to purchase any metals or papyrus from our own merchants when they are in your ports as usual, but they will be carried by our ships, and your ships may not carry these goods into our waters or beyond.  The restriction applies all metals traded by our merchants, that is to say bronze, copper, and tin.[/ic]

[ic=King Meas III of Avardera to Inveran and Otahvy]
I claim neutrality in this affair.  To fight each other while the Auri threaten us all is madness and I will take no part in it.  Otahvy's kings have committed murder, it is true, but so too did the Lord of Inveran lay waste to Mandrian shores, and carry off many hundreds of slaves whose children still live in the isles.  All your esteemed leaders should abandon this folly of hostility and war.[/ic]

[ic=Matriarch Jula of Yaffa to Inveran]
We have no love for pirates or their ilk, and while I cannot afford you assistance at present, the most holy Matriarchy commends your actions and denounces the barbarians who would betray the trust of civilized traders and common folk.[/ic]

Quote from: Letter to Machta-InWe are raising an army for the coming war with Otahvy, if you would please allow us the knowledge of these slingers for use against them. As allies, nay, as blood-kin, this would only serve to strengthen our ties, and our power.[/ic]

You can ask for another state to teach you a technology or technique, but this typically takes at least a turn to accomplish - it's not just about another state giving you some weapons, but showing your craftsmen how to make them, creating a stockpile, and training your people how to use something totally unfamiliar.  Slings are hard weapons to master - most slingers start practicing in their childhood - and they in particular won't be immediately ready for use as soon as you ask the Machta-In.  If you intend to attack this coming turn, you won't have them ready in time.

[ooc]
I'm trying to teach myself excel, and in so doing I made this little thing for the statistician in all of us.  This is chart of all states in the game up to this point; each has been given a "composite power score," the product of a super-secret formula that weights military units, technologies, metallurgical advancement, and espionage.  Don't take it too seriously, because this score is just for fun and doesn't mean anything, and remember - there's more to the game than military power!

Edit: There's a reason I didn't put the Auri, Celend, or Kuregn on here - by my meaningless, but still entertaining metric, they wouldn't fit on the scale (at 8.68, 8.44, and 8.24 respectively).[/ooc]

[spoiler=Composite Power Chart]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/power.png)[/spoiler]

[ic=From King Rodonso of Otahvy to King Meas III of Avardera]Blessed King Meas III,

We honor your neutrality since we, too, have tried so hard to remain neutral in these affairs.  All we want is for our people to be happy and for the seas to be freely traded on.  We wished knowledge and prosperity, and it was only through Inveran's vicious actions against my people that we were forced into taking action.  We did not attack Inveran and we have since-forth shown no hostility.  We respect your need to be neutral and, even if all of the Mandrians of Otahvy are martyred by the uncompromising men of Inveran, we will die knowing that you shed no blood for a cause not your own.  Thank you for not giving us that guilt, and we hope that, in neutrality, you shall continue to prosper.

King Rodonso
~ with the blood and the sea our bodies shall be cleansed ~[/ic]
[ic=From Otahvy to Iveran]Your Inveran Imbecility,

We are appalled that something that happened so many decades ago you are still so angry about.  Furthermore, we are unsure as to what your "just" demands are.  Thus far we have heard none.  Please let us know when you formulate some.  

The subject of your vengeance,
King Rodonso
~ with the blood and the sea our bodies shall be cleansed ~[/ic]

[ic=To the Machta-In, delivered by a Free Captain]
Honored One, we, the League of Freemen, in concord with the Matriarch of Yaffa, do submit ourselves to your arbitration in determining reparations necessary in our conflict. A shipping "accident" led to a Yaffan ship sinking a League ship, taking all hands. Outrage at the incident spurred a riot composed of Leaguemen, who burned and destroyed much of the Yaffan quarter of former Beitar. These are the facts, what reparations should be delivered.[/ic]
 [ic]"And congratulations on the pending wedding. Man needs woman, and woman man to be complete."[/ic]
 

 [ic]All league Captains declare themselves unaffiliated in the Otavhy-Inveran conflict. The League will take no side for now.[/ic]

 [ic=From the Free Captain of norpost to Azimad]
Greetings, Great Sun. It has been a long time since our peoples talked. It may surprise you, but I remember it well. You see, in times past I was the one called Captain Barracuda. My age prevents me such silly titles or plots now, but I of course welcome the Auri to our lands. I am sending with this letter a sample of "grey amber", a new delight we've found from the ocean. I do hope no one has given you something similar, I should be most put out.[/ic]

Quote from: Mishun, Grand Warden of Kashtu, to the Tarkad AturThese invaders threaten both our ancestral lands. The gods have given our priests a sign that the people of the Ma'a should be united against those who threaten us, but we must start by conquering these invaders who cause nothing but chaos and seek lands that are not rightfully theirs. We must ally ourselves to drive them out and re-establish the rightful order.

[ic=Inveran to Celend]
Very well. And you will allow us to remove ourselves from this arrangement peacefully at any time? In such a case, we agree to the terms, provided you aid us in the war with Otahvy, be it in troops, financial support, or technology.[/ic]

[ic=Inveran to Yaffa]
So you are saying that we must go down in a ship, purchase your papyrus, then take both your ship and our back to our homeland? This seems a bit annoying, but we shall comply. We welcome trade with your peoples.

In regards to the dispute with Otahvy, any aid you may supply will be helpful, be it money, relaxed trading regulation, ar anything else. [/ic]

[ic=Inveran to Otahvy]
You know well enough what our demands were; two of your citizens for every one of ours that was slain, in other words three thousand men. This is more than reasonable, considering you may give us any of the people you wish, but you killed out best.

As for the age of the crime, it is still a crime. Like gold, crime does not age or loose its luster with the ravages of time, but unlike gold, it is loathsome and detestable. Your people still cry out; there are children who will not know their grandfather, widows still greiving the loss of their husbands. We are sick of your stalling tactics, and now you have backed us into a corner. We have no choice but to exact our vengeance with force.[/ic]

[ooc]
Orders for Kashtu
(New orders will be edited in here as events proceed.)

Recruit and train new units of foot soldiers for defense (Arc and Bld), to free up camelry to pursue raiders. Try to organize some militia units as well.

Seek alliances among the Atur, and send priests to teach them honor.

Send a delegation of priests and traders to coastal ports of Celend, to seek new markets.

Priests continue to study the ways of water and stone, to improve architecture and infrastructure.
[/ooc]

[ic=A letter returning to Inveran]Noble Kinsman,
It appears that at present, we have no craftsmen available to teach you such things. Once we do, of course, you will be the first to know.[/ic]

[ic=A reply to the Captains and Yaffa]Great ones,
It seems that you have equalised the conflict by your own hands. To the Captains, one ship is equally as prized as a city-quarter, and to the Yaffans, a city-quarter as prized as a ship. Those involved in the riots on both sides should be fined heavily, and such money as is gathered split between both nations.[/ic]

[ic=From Otahvy to Inveran]Vicious Fool.

If we are to use your logic, then the Mandrian people demand 10,000 of your own citizens to accommodate for their loss.  We have no intentions, as even one of your mind can likely presume, of sending our beloved people over to your rather cruel custody.  

We will, however, consider sending you 3,000 of our citizens in return for your head, the heads of all of your family, and all nobility in Inveran.  In fact, we'll even give you tribute for 100 years in return for this.

It would be funny enough to warrant it.

King Puul[/ic]
[ooc]Mithridates, can you describe the areas around Otahvy?  King Puul means business now, and he is willing to take whatever strides necessary to bring the rest of the surrounding Mandrian tribes, as far as he can go, into Otahvy.  He is willing to offer them much, but I do not know if there are 300 outlying Mandrian tribe-folk or 30,000.  If not, that's fine.[/ooc]

[ic=Inveran to Otahvy]
Who is name-calling now?

As to your assertions that the people along the coast were yours, we have no evidence but your word. Given your conduct with our citizens, we know that is not worth the bilge in the bottom of a ship. Did you cry out then? No. In fact, you did nothing to mention or bring it to our attention until it was beneficial to you. We, unlike you, have tried to make deals these past years, but were unsucessful, resorting to violence as our last means of justice.

Your citizens need not even die. Merely serve as labor for a time, then be returned. We beleive it is a perfectly fair deal considering what you took. Unfortunately, the time for words is over. YOu lost your chance to deal. Instead of three thousand, you shall all feel the wrath of Inveran.

Aristo III[/ic]

[ic]
"Ready a Galley; I am going to Otahvy." Aristo said, putting on his royal robes for the wedding.

"My Lord...?" An advisor said, curiosity in his voice.

"Not now, but after the wedding. I will lead our men into battel against these... people, myself. We shall see how Otahvy's insignificant boats compare to the might of Inveran, led by her Lord."[/ic]

 

[spoiler=Arannia]Name: Arannia
Location: Along the coast north of Dauraban

Government: Council of four whom help guide the leader. (The Leader posistion is passed down to the son of the current leader.) The council consists of a Tactician, a Civilian Representative, a Royal adviser, and an Economist (Adviser?) (not sure what they should be called)

Religion: The people of arannia have no religion or gods, instead they have dedicated themselves to things such as alchemy, architecture, etc...

Culture: I will break this down into multiple sections below.

Education: The people of arannia have long believed that education is important to all people from any background and so they offer a free education to all young people from ages 6-12 but many leave around the age of 10 to get hands on experience. Since no advanced education schools are officially established the only way to further education is through ones own experience.

Art: The people of arannia have always had great artists among them, usually they work in pairs with the architects. (The artists overseeing the detailing of buildings.) Most artists are women as they are encouraged not to work after marriage so some of them spend their free time doing art to sell at the market.

Music: The people of arannia find music to be a wonderful way of conveying how one feels and telling stories. Music has been around even before they had discovered how to read or write. (will cover more on this later)

Sports: The people of arannia don't have a "sport" but they do have sparring competitions which they hold about once a month. These competitions are also used to find whom is the strongest of them, that person is then usually trained further in fighting by a military trainer. (unless they don't accept the training)

Millitary: The Arannia military is largely focused on defense, tactics, and stealth. The millitary consists largely of Spearmen, Bladesmen, and Composite archers. The other troops this millitary trains are Swordsmen, and slingers. (more in depth on the troops below)

Spearmen: The Arannian spearmen are trained to be the best defensive units they can be, they are trained to use their own version of the phalanx formation which makes them very formidable in combat. (will go more in depth with said phalanx formation at a later time)

Bladesmen: Bladesmen in arrania are usually used in small four to eight man squads to flank the enemy whilst they are being assaulted by both swordsmen and archers. Bladesmen are also usually the most eligible to become part of arranias elite unit.

Composite Archers: The archers of arannia are used as support for bladesmen and spearmen. They can be found in the center or back of almost every phalanx where they give support fire and also provide cover in case a retreat is nescicary. The composite archers also carry a sword that is hidden underneath their quivers so they look vurnerable to ground troops thus luring them in close enough for the archers to dispatch them with swords.

Swordsmen/Slingers: Will cover these later.
------------------------ Military ends here.-----------------------

Naval: The people of arannia have always used the sea for many things such as fishing, exploring, and trading. They have a moderate amount of various boats, each boat serving a purpose. For fishing they use either Galleys or Barges both of which they also find suitable for trading. -Will update here later.


-Will probably write more later today.-[/spoiler]

 [note=orders]
~Send Letters from Leader Dek Lakrail to all trading nations requesting to form a friendly trading relation.

~Alchemists are to further research how to prevent/cure common ailments caused by brush (like poison ivy) and other natural things troops are likely to come across during expeditions. Also try and make them in liquid form so they can easily be applied.

~Send a scouting group of about 20 bladesmen to discover further north. Send with enough supplies to last them 3-4 weeks. (so about a 1 1/2 - 2 weeks in and out

~Military generals are to develop a way to make shields stronger and better defending against slingers

Sorry for not having an inro, i have to stay off the computer most of today and i can only get on a few minutes here and there.[/note]

[ic=Strava Hycaryt, High Captain Commander of the noble Ryvalnya guards, the guardians of Stravam and the blood of Andos, to the Great Chieftain brothers, Puul and Rodonso]I will be direct.  The Ryvan-Holme no longer has any say on who enters Andosian waters, so I have detained your messenger here, in Stravam, for it is we, the Ryvalnya, who  say who trades with Andos.  That said, I propose this offer, one that I can guarantee  will be offered to no one else nor by anybody else:  I want the knowledge of metal-working.  You want trade.  I control Stravam.  You have metal-workers.  I wish you to provide us with metal-workers who are willing to train our own craftsman in the secrets of Bronze to give us, the Ryvalnya, weapons and knowledge superior to our countrymen.  In return, we will provide you with soil in Stravam, an honor few Andosians, even, have.  There is a Stronghouse near the old outer wall of Stravam that a formerly powerful Clan built.  This Clan, however, is in the decline, as the Vrena Rylodyn did not favor them with her blessings, obviously for crimes of theirs which we do not know about.  We have so far stayed the blades of justice from their throats, but we are more than willing to spill the remaining Clan's heart's blood with our first batch of Bronze knives.  Once that nest of cursed souls is cleaned up, the Stronghouse shall be yours.[/ic]

[ic=Within the Ryvan-Holme's High Council] Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar ticked her fingers off in impatience.  The attempt to implement a crop exchange across the Clans in an attempt to yield more crops was not going well.  She chided herself internally for not foreseeing this problem.  The lands of the Clan and what was planted on them is one of the few decisions that the Vrenas make directly, and, as such, are held onto with zeal.  Had Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar had any talent in it herself rather than feeling the necessity to transfer the responsibility onto her niece, she would have never made the mistake of issuing direct orders on what was to be plated where, as the very idea of doing so would have seemed monstrous long before the explosion of rage that resulted when she brought it up today.  She pressed her hands against her temples in a weak attempt to quell her rising headache.  It would now take months, if not years, to convince the Vrenas that they should plant according to the will of the Ryvan-Holme now that so many of their backs were against the wall.  Biting her tongue, she waited for the shouting to die down.


The Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar rose and raised her new, ornate staff over her head before slamming it on the floor and bellowing, 'Silence!'


It took some time for the room to comply but when it finally did, she continued, in a weary voice, 'Let us move on to a different matter.  Though, it is not entirely unrelated.  The ways which we determined the best places to plant our crops in your lands, the determinations which ought to be at least considered during the next crop-sowing-'  The room once again erupted in voices.


The Great-Mother slammed her staff into the floor again and all but screamed, 'SILENCE!'  Once she regained her breathe, she went on, 'The method, I feel, is a good starting point for the study of other things.  What word we are getting from our men in Machta-In speaks of an 'academy' where the men there do little else but discuss'¦concepts.'


A bawdy voice chimes in, 'Sitting around, what a surprise about those southerners.'
Another quips, 'What a surprise, men sitting around.'


The Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar smiles, sensing a change in the mood.  Cheerily, she replies, 'Yes, but they do, reportedly, make progress and I see where such a place could exist in our own society.  More so, I see where we could use progress.  Of course, none of the foolish 'philosophy' you may have heard of.  But a systematic way of looking at things will greatly benefit us, I am sure.'


After much discussion, surprisingly, the majority of the Vrenas are receptive to this idea and those who oppose it are not extremely verbal about it.  But the question of 'Where?' arises.  Many of the Vrenas begin harping on the benefits of their lands or complaining about all the extra mouths to feed that such an establishment would entail.


This lasts for another day before the Great-Mother, with an ever-increasing headache, after much deliberation within smaller councils and within her own skull, silences the room again.


'It has been pointed out that Rycham cannot support this new 'academy', as it can barely support our convocation,' she says picking at a too lean piece of rabbit.  'It has also been pointed out,' she ticks off on her hand, 'That for one reason or another, it would be unfair to place it  founding another settlement.  And I think, with this possible threat of this 'Hart-Lord' and these 'Hectate' bandits, we should be concentrating on the defending the lands we already possess rather than founding new settlements.  As such, I propose we found it in Kynam, a neutral settlement which is close to where the Hart-Lord strikes at, so it will also enable us to experiment with new weapons and fortifications on a realistic level.'


This is met, more or less, with general agreement.  But a woman cries out, 'But why not in Stravam?'  To this the Great-Mother smiles and nods.


She entwines her fingers over her abdomen and smirks.  She replies, 'How naive of you.  Stravam is not neutral, the Ryvalnya have made it very clear to us that it is their territory.  We must keep this Academy out of their hands, for it is none of their business.'


At this, she stands up and strides up to one of the concealed alcoves where the Ryvalnya guards are usually stationed and kicks the tapestry back, revealing it to be empty.  'Oh, did I mention that I forgot to let them know that we would reconvene at this time?  How unfortunate that these thick, thick doors to these chambers has a bar over it now and over the summer I had the space in between the walls stuffed with straw and the spy-annexes filled with sand.  Aha, I even think there was one residing in one when It was done.  But anyway, I assure you, sisters, that this room is now secure for today.  Whatever you say in here will not reach the ears of the Ryvalnya.  As such, I will say this:'


'While I respect the Ryvalnya's sacred duty to determine the next Great-Mother, there are certain factions within the cult who will do so, I believe, not for the good of Andos and according to the sacred trials which I had to pass and which were prescribed by Rylodyn, but, rather, for the good of their ambitions.  They are indeed too ambitious.  As such, I think we should set up a second, farcical academy within Stravam and keep the true one, in Kryham, unacknowledged to the Ryvalnya.  Moreover, I intend to contact the Machta-In and learn from them.  If they agree, we shall refer to them as 'husbands' and they will 'disappear' into the wilds behind Kryham in transit to their respective new Mother Houses.  My allies and I have established some reliable messengers who will speak what we want them to speak but tell the Ryvalnya that they are saying something else.  Is this all agreed upon?'


The murmuring of assent is unanimous.  Furtive glances are passed around, with the unstated understanding that THIS, the 21 women gathered there on that day, is the true Grand Council, for it is obvious that this day had been carefully chosen.  None of the Vrenas gathered there had any loyalties to the Ryvalnya cult and were all well-known for having at least a shred of true wisdom and insight.


Satisfied, the Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar sits back down.  Relief in her voice, she says, 'And now for a less pressing matter.  It has been hard to find those brave enough to lie to the Ryvalnya.  Truly it has, with the screams of those who they 'question' being heard across the town and the rumors of them speaking louder and farther than even those anguished cries.  But the success I have had, surprisingly, has not come from those ignorant to them, but from those most well acquainted with them.'  She clears her throat and shifts a bit uncomfortably before continuing, 'Well, indeed, they have little to lose.  You see, the Ryvalnya cult has no room for family life, as we well know if we have had any Clan members who have renounced their own blood to join the cult.  However, like most warriors, these warriors have'¦appetites, as indeed and blood-roaring warrior should.  They do so less honorably, though.  You see, these perfectly healthy, and full-blooded Andosens, much of the time, are cast off into collective houses by their mothers so that their mothers may resume their warrior lifestyle.  Now, the girls are often entered into the cult and trained to fight from birth, as they should be, simply without the knowledge of t=who birthed them.  The boys however'¦they are the ones who end up in the collective houses and I do not care to relate what they are often used for.  But those who survive are indeed, without exception, exceptionally tough.  And I feel that they will make great weapons to use against the Ryvalnya should the time ever come when we must'¦put our feet down.'[/ic]

[ic=Reply letter to Arannia]
Greetings and salutations,

We regret that our expedition missed you when we were exploring your waters, else we would have become friends sooner. We welcome new trading partners, your ships are welcome to our waters, as you so graciously invited ours to yours.

We would also, if you wish it, greatly enjoy exchanging cultures and knowledge. Our people thirst for the exotic and the unknown, and I believe you will have ample supply of both.

Peace and prosperity,
Dragonlord Aristo III[/ic]

[ic=The Ryvan-Holme to the Machta-In]We are greatly impressed with this "academy" of yours and would like to emulate it.  We are setting aside materials to construct it even as we send out this message.  We would greatly appreciate it if you would lend us some of your scholars.  Many warm beds await them at their choosing.  Especially of interest is those who have knowledge of metal-work.  Of little interest, however, are your "philosophers", as, here in the north, we do not have time to sit around and do nothing but think.  Though, teachers of different ways of approaching problems will be tolerated.   We are willing to pay a price, of course, but we hope that your good will and treating your people to this "hospitality" that they insist on as best as we can will be sufficient, as we fear there is little that we have that you desire.[/ic]

[ic=Ryvan-Holme to Arrania]So you are the scamps who have been infringing in our fishing grounds more and more often?  Likely that we have been raiding you as well.  Do these sheep now presume to baa to the wolves that they are strong?  We hope not.  Stay out of our fishing waters unless you plan to trade in the great port of Stravam and continue to take what little blood we take from you in stride and we shall not have to bare our fangs.
Ever graciously, even to those of strange blood, the Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar, Great-Mother of the assembled Clans of the Ryvan-Holme, speaking with and for her fellow Vrenas of the Ryvan-Holme.[/ic]

Towel-Ninja
Most of that looks fine, but generally I assign you with what military technologies you start out with, and you can work on developing the more advanced ones.  Swordsmen, Composite Archers, and Galleys are fairly advanced technologies that you may or may not start out with yet (but you shouldn't assume that you do).

Describing a 'special unit,' like archers with swords too, is fine, though you shouldn't expect them to be that way immediately '" they'll start out the same as normal archers, and might remain that way for a while.  As I said at the beginning of the thread, if you describe special units in your stories and work on their training and development in your orders, you'll probably get a special tech for them eventually.  Usage can also help develop units '" if your archers end up seeing a lot of melee combat they will develop that ability faster, so don't expect a lot of new military advances if you're at peace all the time.  Military advancement generally comes much faster through use than through straight research.  (Just don't expect special units to be way better than anything else.  The motto of TWD's combat system is 'under the right circumstances, any unit can beat any other unit.')

The idea is not to describe a special unit because you think it'll kick ass, but because you feel that it goes along well with your culture and society.  What defines the Byzantines, for instance, better than their Cataphracts?  Make units come alive as part of your stories and integral parts of your society and they'll be 'real units' a lot faster.  Fighting battles helps too.

Quote from: Asimad, Agah of All the Auri, to NorpostWater-master,
I have no recollection of you, but my councilors inform me you had dealings with my predecessors before my own time.  Unfortunate indeed that you and they came to no accord, but times and considerations change.  Like the rising and setting sun, history moves in cycles, and it may be that once again our holy calling brings us to the shores in search of new lands to settle.  For now, however, I do not see our great purpose on those wave-swept shores.

Your gift is most appreciated; indeed, we have not seen its like, and already I think it may find a use among us, for lofty scents that purify the mind and ignite the senses are prized among my people.

These are my words '" Into your settlement, 'Norpost' as you have it, I shall appoint an Emissary to remain in your court.  To him, you shall give one tallow-urn full of this grey amber each year; and should he ask it of you, you will close your port to our enemies, who are not numerous, but still stubborn and unenlightened.  I will endeavor not to put undue strain on your livelihoods in this way, for I am aware of your curious custom of living as peddlers on the sea.  Furthermore, your city shall host dignitaries of the Auri when present, and quarter our warriors and steeds when asked.

In return, Ar-Auriban shall be opened to you, and you may travel and trade within the Realm of Light as you see fit to do, as may all who share your banner.

Blessed under the Light of Dawn,
Asimad, son of Asus
Conquerer of Cities, Rider of Chariots
Agah of All the Auri
High King of the Serpent Kingdoms
Lord of Isedun[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon of Celend to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
Mighty and venerable Celend has no nation as its equal, and will not deign to barter with the desert-dwellers as equals.  Celend showers gifts only upon those who pay due respect and tribute, acknowledging the greatness of the Realm of the Archons.  Prostrate yourself before us, or be turned away.[/ic]

[ic=Shipan, son of Shipek, of the Tarkad Atur to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
I agree!  The Ammar has not yet returned and does not call for unity of the tribes '" and until the day he does, I will never surrender my ancestral lands to interlopers of whatever clan or speech.  You are worthy warriors and we will ride with you.  Let us spill their blood and seize their camels as our own![/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon of Celend to Inveran]
A tributary of mighty and venerable Celend shall be defended from all adversaries so long as they are loyal and true, but great Celend will not thrust itself into your petty aggressions with barbarian tribes.  If they threaten your shores we will act, but the might of Celend does not move for a meaningless quest for trivial honor in forsaken lands.[/ic]

[ic=Yaffa to Inveran]
We merely mean that only our merchants shall trade metals and papyrus, so if you wish these things our merchants shall make their way to your ports and trade with you there; these things may only be traded by our merchants when in our waters.

Otahvy is distant to us and our ships sail there infrequently.  I possess no leverage in this regard.  If you require weapons, however, our merchants will trade them to you, as they will to any who can pay.[/ic]

[ic=The Machta-In to the Ryvan-Home]Great ones,
Your treachery in removing the hand of one of our scholars is not forgotten. You are not, and will not, be our ally until you give suitable compensation for that act. We will not give you our greatest technologies for nothing.[/ic]

[ooc]Towel-Ninja
[spoiler=quote part 1]Most of that looks fine, but generally I assign you with what military technologies you start out with, and you can work on developing the more advanced ones.  Swordsmen, Composite Archers, and Galleys are fairly advanced technologies that you may or may not start out with yet (but you shouldn't assume that you do).[/spoiler]
Sorry, i was completely clear on these rules (maybe i should read them insted of glance next time.) I am at fault because i did assume, so I would be very thankfull if you could come up with a list of troops i have access to that way i can come up with more details on them.

[spoiler=quote part 2]Describing a 'special unit,' like archers with swords too, is fine, though you shouldn't expect them to be that way immediately '" they'll start out the same as normal archers, and might remain that way for a while.  As I said at the beginning of the thread, if you describe special units in your stories and work on their training and development in your orders, you'll probably get a special tech for them eventually.  Usage can also help develop units '" if your archers end up seeing a lot of melee combat they will develop that ability faster, so don't expect a lot of new military advances if you're at peace all the time.  Military advancement generally comes much faster through use than through straight research.  (Just don't expect special units to be way better than anything else.  The motto of TWD's combat system is 'under the right circumstances, any unit can beat any other unit.')[/spoiler]
I didn't want the archers to be special but i was envisioning them having this as part of the military training that they receive.
I didn't want my troops to be better then anyones, when i was saying trained to be the best i was saying the best ever just the best they can offer in arannia.
I do agree with the combat rule because that is how it is in real life, the battle field is everchanging and can give favor to either side at any moment in time.

[spoiler=quote part 3]The idea is not to describe a special unit because you think it'll kick ass, but because you feel that it goes along well with your culture and society.  What defines the Byzantines, for instance, better than their Cataphracts?  Make units come alive as part of your stories and integral parts of your society and they'll be 'real units' a lot faster.  Fighting battles helps too.[/spoiler]

I didn't just do that because i thought they would kick ass, i did it because to me they are part of arannia, they are what i envision the military force being like. Arannia is focused mainly on Knowledge and Military. So i figured describing them that way made them fit in with arannia. I hope to fight some battles here soon so maybe my troops will become how i envision them.[/ooc]

[note]Redoing orders[/note]

~Send Letters from Leader Dek Lakrail to all trading nations requesting to form a friendly trading relation. Also have the messengers gather information on the worlds happenings right now and don't go to any countries believed to be hostile.

~Alchemists are to further research how to prevent/cure common ailments caused by brush (like poison ivy) and other natural things troops are likely to come across during expeditions. Also try and make them in liquid form so they can easily be applied. They are also to develop something that will generate a big enough distraction that a unit of phalanx using spearmen will have more of a chance to successfully  retreat from combat unacompanied by other troops.

~Send a scouting group of about 20 bladesmen, 5 alchemists, 2 of the best cartographers and a few strong civilians to carry supplies that are required for the expedition to discover further north. Send with enough supplies to last them atleast 2 months and a max of about 2 1/2 months. (depending on how they ration out supplies) If the expedition finds enough wild game and water that they feel they could carry on they are encouraged to do so but they are to send 1 civilian accompanied by 2 bladesmen with a Map of what has been discovered and a scroll detailing discoveries made thus far also please include samples of plants that are discovered. Also the expedition must return within six months, if they do not then they will be assumed dead.
(Civilians are to be compensated with Cloth, Food and Animals from the royal farm. If the civilian does not return alive then they're family will be compensated 2 fold insted of said civilian.)   -Sorry that is in one big paragraph but im tired and trying to get this all out as fast as possible

~Military generals are to develop a way to make shields stronger and better defending against slingers, Further the training of the archers melee combat abilities, also they are to focus on generating an elite fighting force out of the most Agile, Strong, and Quick-witted troops arannia can offer. (preferably ones that have seen combat in their lives.)

i must go to sleep so tommorow i will post the rest of my updated orders. if any of this is not ok then im sorry in advance, i swear ill get the hang of things soon.

Towel_Ninja - Generally, I assign these things in the first update that you're here for (that is to say, this next update).  You can always count on having Bld, Arc, Boa, and Spr, but anything else is discretionary.

Everything else is fine for now, the stuff I wrote on special units was really aimed at everyone, not just you, so everybody understands how that works. Everything will become clearer with the coming update.

[ic=Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar to the Machta-In]  What treachery do you speak of?  We are most annoyed that you presume we are not just.  The scholar who took the name of Ortvy Rykce-Svait (I do not know if this was his name in your Clan or not, but I know it is the name he died with, as an old man) committed a crime and was punished.  We do not decry the loss of our men at your hands, for they paid for whatever crimes they committed, whether or not those would be crimes in our own glorious culture being irrelevant.  I suggest that, in the future, you leave slurs and implications against the Justice of the Ryvan-Holme out of your correspondence with us.  It was only by shear luck that this message reached my sensible ears alone.  otherwise, your accusations would have been met with great passion and little reason.  

That said, and hopefully cleared(though if it is not, I again suggest you at least be silent or more courteous of it), I, personally, did not expect your good-will to stretch as far as sharing the secrets of metal-working.  So I have begun allocating resources to be traded.  unfortunately, I am stretched thin in doing so as I do not know what you want.  What is your price?  And, should you still insist on this ridiculous "compensation", simply include that in the price, simply do not antagonize us further by calling it "compensation", though I hope that my explanation will bury this incessant insistence.[/ic]

[ic=Mishun, Grand Warden to First Hierarch Balash]
Take wagon loads of fine incense, turquoise, and exotic fruits to the court of Celend. Glin Marzac will travel along with a few soldiers and some additional trade goods.

The men of Celend are vain and foolish, valuing gifts and honeyed words above true friendship. Nevertheless, they are numerous like the fleas of the sand, and we can not afford to antagonize them now. If it is gifts and fine words that they want, we will give them that. For now. Tell him the gifts are in tribute to his manifest excellence or something such.

Inform the Grand Archon that due to the recent incursions of raiders, we are having difficulty protecting the trade caravans. Suggest that they send out some additional troops to help. Appeal to their vanity and greed, which the seem to have much of.

Glin Marzac will be seeking out new trading opportunities. Take advantage of this opportunity to seek out scholars and craftsmen, to learn what you may. I will provide you with a few talents of gold to purchase tools or goods that are of interest. I have heard they have a thing called papyrus which interests me.
[/ic]

[ic=Mishun, Grand Warden of Kashtu, to the Tarkad Atur]
Truly the Tarkad are the strongest and swiftest of the people of the sands. To celebrate the victories that will surely be ours, I offer you stone and workmen to build a temple in honor of the Hoohsih, god of the sands, in a location of your choosing.

May Anwu bless our endeavor,
May Hoohsih give us strength,
May Mishwa guide us to our foes,
May the blood of our enemies water the sands.
[/ic]

[ic=Blessing given before the combined war band]
Today the people of the sand and the people of the waters ride together. Combined, our strength gives honor to the gods, that we may reap our foes like wheat before the sickle.

In honor and strength, we ride!
[/ic]

[ooc]Final Orders:

1.)  Construct an academy near a sheltered and secluded bay in the area of Krynam as well as a facility for constructing ships in the said bay.  This facility will specialize in developing shipwright technology.

2.)  Construct another academy in Krynam itself and fortify the town. The academy here will be specialized in fortification and developing more accurate arrows.  These techniques will be experimented with while defending the outlying  villages of Krynam.

3.)  Built an academy within Stravam.  Any decisions on what is to be studied as determined by the Ryvan-Holme while Ryvalnya guards are present will be imitated here, but it is mostly a facade.  Because it is in the domain of the Ryvalnya, though, they will pursue their own agenda through it, whether it is to further their own research or to hamper the Ryvan-Holme's research.

4.)  Throughout the Andos, both as an official academic program and as an individual Vrena's encouraged program throughout their lands, different types of wood and bow shapes are being experimented with.  The aim is to increase accuracy and, especially, range, so that in defense and battle with the high-land raiders (especially the forces of the Hart-Lord), the fortified areas may be used most effectively and the enemy forces may be thinned.

5.)  Buildings in towns, especially public buildings, are favoring building at least their lower stories out of stone as fortification.

6.)  Many of Motherhouses with a Vrena representing them on the Ryvan-Holme are taking other Motherhouse which do not under their wing and representing them as well in the Ryvan-Holme.  Thus, new terminology is arising.  A Motherhouse is a household with a Vrena on the Ryvan-Holme and, without exception, has at least one stronghold in their place of origin.  There are only 42 of these, as strictly mandated by tradition.  The Greathouses, which are often in possession of a stronghold, are the one that, while powerful, rely on a Motherhouse to be heard in the Ryvan-Holme as Clan-masters rather than commoners.  Their leaders are still often referred to as Vrenas

7.)  The west coast clans are moving further inland into the highlands, or "Hartlas", as it is known in their tongue.  Most of these are attempting to establish their own Greathouse, for the Vrenas of the Motherhouses have promised them rewards for hunting down and exterminating the raiders.  This is of course but a small part of the hardships facing those who are pioneering inland, but it is producing some fine warriors.

8.)  The Ryvalnya are attempting to spread the control of Stravam northwards and  wish to subjugate those of the north coast.  As such, they are sending patrols and making raids up that ways.

9.)  Tanneries are arising around Krynam, as trapping is good in that area.  It is moving towards becoming a center of leather working.

10.)  The Ryvalnya and their weapon-smiths in Stravam are experimenting with spears of different lengths and styles, as the terrain in which the Ryvalnya fight is getting more varied and it has occurred to them that the style of spear currently used has its limitations in certain terrains.

11.) The northern-most Vrenas on the west coast are feeling ambitious and are sending expeditions to the north-west coast and the north-central coast in much the same way that their domains are moving inland, except that there are more representatives of the Motherhouse than usual.

12.)  The Otahvy are to be given sanctuary should they need it by the Ryvalnya in return for Bronze-working knowledge

13.)  Under the command of Greatmother Vrena Alshyvan Sytvar and with cooperation from the majority of the Ryvan-Holme, a military campaign against the Hart-Lord will be waged based from Krynam.
[/ooc]

[spoiler=quote]

Quote from: MithridatesTowel_Ninja - Generally, I assign these things in the first update that you're here for (that is to say, this next update).  You can always count on having Bld, Arc, Boa, and Spr, but anything else is discretionary.

Everything else is fine for now, the stuff I wrote on special units was really aimed at everyone, not just you, so everybody understands how that works. Everything will become clearer with the coming update.

[/spoiler]

Thanks for clearing that up, i was kinda feeling singled out >.< may i ask how often an update is posted (to lazy to read through and see xD)

Usually once per week.

Also, Inveran would like a reply from your esteemed nation...

[ic= Reply to Inveran] Hello new friend,
I regret to hear that we had a chance of meeting sooner and were unable to. I thank you on behalf of my entire nation for returning our kind welcome, and trade.

Yes, I do wish to someday exchange culture and knowledge of arannia with inveran. My people to thirst for the exotic and unknown, so it seems that our countries can get along quite well.

Peace and prosperity,
Dek Lakrail [/ic]

 [ic= Reply to Andos]
So quick to put down and deny the sheep? We were attempting to develop a friendly relation with one of our closest neighbors but, it seems you do not welcome us as kindly as we had hoped. We kindly request that we form and keep a peaceful trading relation but, you shall no longer spill the blood of any arannian or this attempt at a friendly relation shall never again happen.

We hope you choose wisely.
Dek Lakrail[/ic]

[ic=Reply to Arrania]
Friend,

We are glad that you have allowed us to exchange cultures with you. We must ask, however, that you send our citizens back in one piece. Believe it or not, we have had trouble of this nature before. See, our ships come already, loaded with examples of our culture. These boats will await a similar expedition from you or, will return empty, and Inveran shall wait for a more convenient time to learn of your culture.

Dragonlord Aristo III


(This message is delivered by the ship captain, who is indeed carrying large amounts of philosphers, mathematicians, and religious leaders.) [/ic]

[ic=Reply to Inveran] Friend and ally,
I to am glad that we can share the culture of our to wonderful countries and i strongly ensure you that all citizens will be returned with all body parts intact.

I welcome you citizens with some of the best hospitality except i am sorry to say this but, i do regret to say that i must not let your religious leaders venture through the city until i am promised that they will not attempt to convert my citizens from they're agnostic beliefs against they're will.

I have sent back with this fine vessel of yours, groups of Alchemists, Astrologers, Philosophers, Artists, and Architects. Each of these groups shall be accompanied by one of our leading civilians in each of these fields, they will also carry with them an example of what they can do and the equipment they use so your country can replicate said equipment.

One more thing, i have also sent one of our Military Tacticians that will share some of our military tactics only if you are willing to do the same.

Dek Lakrail [/ic]

[ooc]
(the part about religion im talking about is how the christians would send people in to other countries and pretty much brain wash them. just being caucious xD)[/ooc]

[ic=Reply to Arrania]
Esteemed friend,

Of course our people would not force your people to do anything. I do hope, however, that you will not begrudge us any willing converts that our people may take?

Your tacticians are appreciated, and we promise to reciprocate. However, we are currently embroiled in a war, so our tacticians are, obviously, engaged upon the fields and waters. May we use your men and their tactics, foreign to our enemies, to gain an advantage? In exchange, we promise not only to give you our tactics, which yours will no doubt acquire some of, but our designs for galleys as well.

Aristo III[/ic]

[ic= Reply to Inveran]Friend and Ally,

Willing converts are fine as we arannians believe in free will and we allow our civilians to believe what they like.

I was not aware you were in a war or i would have offered earlier, I will allow you to use some of our military forces but i must keep some to defend our lands as i have received a not so friendly letter from andos so i am weary of them.

However, i shall send Half of our spearmen who use a phalanx tactic to hold most any position for atleast a 2 nights without aid, A third of both my archers and bladesmen shall also be sent, both of which excell as a backing force for the spearmen, they also are very useful for stealth attacks as i train them for such things.

 I will also send slingers whom are also useful when used with spearmen. As for tacticians i will send my head tactician who is one of my council and i will send his two finest men.

I once again thank you for your friendly and most kind acceptence of my countries friendship.

Dek Lakrail, friend and ally[/ic]

[ooc]messed that up atfrist lol[/ooc]

[ic=Inveran to Arrania]
Joyous day!

Verily your people are great! Never have our people met such generous and hospitable people! Surely you are of us, descendant from the Dragon Master himself! May you and your lineage thrive and prosper!

Aristo[/ic]

[ic=To Inveran]Joyous day, kinsmen, we have freed our soldiers from their duties to aid you in this battle.

Let us go forth with you to destroy these heretical enemies of all Invernessi![/ic]

[ic= Arannia to Inveran]Yes a most joyous day indeed

I thank you for the honor of saying that we too descend from the great Dragon Master. I also thank you for saying such high words of our hospitality and generosity, i must say that you also are the most hospitable and kind people i have met to this date.

Thank you(again) for this blessing and may your lineage thrive, prosper and live on to carry the the country Inveran to higher levels of greatness then it has already achieved.

Also if at anypoint in the war you require more military assistance all that need be done is ask and i myself shall accompany your men on the battle field with the entire army of arannia!

Dek[/ic]

[ic=Shipan of the Tarkad Atur to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
My people live on camel-back, never staying in a single place long and wandering as our noble ancestors did.  We have no use for an edifice of stone that cannot travel with us.  Hold your celebrations until we have truly won, and then there will be camels and treasure enough for us all; it invites bad fortune to give congratulations before the blood is spilled.[/ic]

[ic=From The Free-Captains, to The Dragonlord] We simple sailors have decided, given the ill-conduct of our Otavhy brethren, that you are in the right in this affair. As we sailed with you to rid that land of pirates, we sail again to rid it of tyrants. If possible, we shall meet at the state wedding betwixt your princeling and the Machta's girl, and sail with you to the Otavhian shore.[/ic]

[ooc]To Arannia:
Your messengers are scoffed at when they bear the words of the state of Arriana by the Ryvalnya and are simply denied audience with any of the Vrenas over such matters.  The harbors at Stravam are still open to your ships and the Ryvan-Holme's promise of a safe harbor at Stravam still holds, for your ships as well as others.  As far as the raiding is concerned, it neither increases nor decreases.  It is still much less than it was a generation or two ago, but it is still a way of life for some Andosians.  Any crafts obviously not intended for trading which are found across the strait that Stravam guards or about three days sail from it will be attacked, however, as Andos considers this her territory as well.[/ooc]

[ooc]Are we going to get an update this weekend? I'm really looking forward to seeing the outcome of this war.[/ooc]

Edit: Everyone seems to have given orders, so if it's satisfactory with you guys I can begin the update.

[ooc]Verily, your update doth satisfy the Dragonlord. ;) [/ooc]

I just realized it's a bit odd to ask the Machta-In for Slinger technology when you already have it and they don't...

[ooc]The Machta doth verily agree to thine most humble and gracious of offers, noble and deific one.[/ooc]

Beat that, Stargate. :P

[ooc]Well then... I got confused...[/ooc]

[ooc]
With no objections, I'll start the update today, but it won't be posted today - so if anyone has new orders, there's still time.

Rolling Edit: Almost done.  Update will be finished tomorrow.[/ooc]

Well, not quite.  I need another day for this.

The Years of Shining Spears
Year of the Comet 151-175

The early years of this age saw battles that made the battles of the Auri look like mere skirmishes.  The largest land battle and the largest sea battle ever recorded took place within the first few years; astounding victories and terrible betrayals brought down great powers and brought lesser states onto the path of ascendance.

[spoiler=The Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update7.png)[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ar-Auriban]
The Agah Asimad set out with his armies again in the year 153 to yet again subdue another people for the glory of the Light.  His army set out for Nargaq, with the intent to crush the city of Nargaq and destroy any further will of the clansmen to resist.  

[spoiler=The Siege of Nargaq, Years 160-162]
Attackers: Ar-Auriban (Suthol), Tribal auxiliaries
1 Chariots
2 Composite Archers
1 Bladesmen
2 Irregulars (allies)

Defenders: Nargaq (Chieftain Thorn-tusk)
1 Swordsmen
1 Slingers
3 Irregulars

The Auri forces '" led by one of the Agah's generals, Suthol '" were unopposed by any army in their advance northward, though the clansmen did not make it easy for them.  The Nargaq were natives to the land, and had hollowed out secret ways and abandoned mines years before.  The Nargaq would consistently ambush the invaders, especially at night; this proved to be an effective strategy that forced the Auri to move cautiously and cost them troops and supplies continuously.  When the Auri reached the city of Nargaq itself, they were low on supplies and discouraged.  The Nargaq had built extensive fortifications around their meeting-city, and the Auri were forced to lay siege.  This siege continued for nearly two years; the Auri would send troops out to lay waste to the countryside and take any supplies that could be found, and in return the clansmen would make patrols 'disappear' and raid the Auri supply trains.  By the year 162, it became clear to the Suthol that the siege was not winnable.  The Auri troops were starving on half-rations, while the residents of Nargaq were comfortably supplied from tunnels that went under the very feet of the besiegers.  Every attempt to scale the wall was beaten back by Nargaq swordsmen.  Suthol and his mighty force withdrew, but not before unleashing a day-long barrage of flaming arrows into the city.  These arrows quickly whipped up a firestorm which consumed practically every building not made of stone and killed many.  Suthol bitterly turned back, his retreat hounded by vengeful clansmen.[/spoiler]

The Agah already began planning a new attack, but was called away by two serious rebellions.  One was in Pinur, whose collaborationist king had been overthrown; the other was by the Agah's own cousin and heir, who ruled Dauraban.  The Agah first dealt with his heir, who had levied many native peoples into an impressively large force, but lacked many chariots and good bronze weaponry to equip them.  At a pitched battle just east of Isedun, the Agah's cousin was defeated and executed.

The Agah then went south, laying siege to Pinur in the year 173.  As of the winter of the year 175, that siege continues, with little hope for the defenders.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]
An impressive coalition was assembled by the Dragonlord Aristo III to bring war to the shores of Otahvy for the second time in the history of his state.  The collapse of the Auri attempts to take Inveran, apparently, made Aristo feel free enough to resume the old quarrel between his dynasty and the lords of Mandra.  The fleet assembled by the Invernessi and the League Captains was truly impressive '" the most advanced fleet ever seen, and far larger than any fleet ever assembled before.  The Celenite-League invasion force that brought down Beitar was dwarfed by comparison.  The combined attackers outnumbered the Otahvy fleet 8 to 1.

[spoiler=The Battle of the Four Fleets, Year 159]
Attackers: Free State of Inveran (Dragonlord Aristo III), Southern Invernessi Machta-In (Admiral Samaa), League of Freemen (Captain Amand)
Galleys (Inveran, 3 units)
Galleys (Machta-In, 2 units)
Galleys (League, 3 units)

Defenders: Otahvy (King Puul)
Galleys (1 unit)

King Puul realized that his people were in dire straits, and that the crucial stage of the war would have to be fought on land '" it was simply not possible for their fleet to defeat so many enemy ships.  The soldiers, however '" indeed, most of the population '" was determined in the face of almost certain defeat.  The monarchy was viewed even by those Mandrians outside its borders as the only thing standing between them and another disaster.  As word spread of the coming of the three fleets, volunteers from other villages and even warriors from the mountains came to fight against the Invernessi.  The crews of the fleet demanded that they get their chance to fight the hated enemy, and the King relented.

The allied fleets were delayed for some time by a storm, but when the weather cleared they proceeded toward the great cove overlooked by the harbors of Nilburg and Maducreon.  Waiting for them was the fleet of Otahvy, which had attempted to minimize its extreme disadvantage by fighting over a comparatively narrow bottleneck at the entrance of the cove.  Even at this point, however, the Mandrians did not have nearly enough ships to cover this distance.  Captain Willem proposed that the League take one flank and the Machta's forces take the other, and thus surround and destroy the Mandrians.  The Dragonlord agreed and ordered his ships forward, certain of victory.

The battle that followed was one for the epics '" both for the battle itself, and the staggering betrayal that preceded it.  The spies of Inveran, taken from the more loyal members of Inveran's own Mandrian population, had provided detailed reports of the forces of Otahvy.  They were unaware, however, that they had sailed into a trap.  The Captains and Machta had been in secret communication with the Kings of Otahvy.  When the Dragonlord's fleet advanced, the Captains and the Machta's fleet attacked them from both sides.

Aristo was now outnumbered two to one.  In a straight fight, Inveran might have stood a chance; its ships were more advanced and maneuverable, and its crews were the most proficient, rivaled only by the Free Captains.  This time, however, the Invernessi were taken by surprise, surrounded, confused, and in unknown waters.  Most of the Dragonlord's ships thought that Otahvy had somehow attacked with hidden ships, and were unaware of the treachery until actually boarded by their 'allies.'  The system of command was nonexistent, and the cohesion of the fleet collapsed almost instantly.

Though shaken and surrounded, the sailors of Inveran fought with all their skill and resolve.  To their credit, few ships surrendered; most fought until their crews were slain or their ships had been reduced to burned-out hulks.  The fleet never stood any real chance despite their bravery, as even their escape was blocked by League ships held in 'reserve.'  Any hope of retreat was lost when the Dragonlord's pennant, perched atop his flagship, fell; he had been struck by an arrow and fell into the sea, never to be seen again.  With him died what seemed like the last hope for an Invernessi imperial resurgence.[/spoiler]

The consequences for Inveran were devastating; only two ships returned from the great fleet, telling of the total loss of Inveran's ships and its great leader, along with nearly all of its professional soldiers.  Hundreds of volunteers had boarded the fleet, as per the Dragonlord's urging, thinking they would find easy plunder, and hardly any had returned.  Fully two thirds of Inveran's men of military age were wiped out in a single disastrous day.  Despair spread quickly through Inveran, and it was anticipated that an invasion would soon follow now that the isles were defenseless.  The blow, however, never fell.

The sudden attack on Mandra had dismayed the Mandrian portion of Inveran's population.  Though they considered themselves loyal to Inveran, they resented what they saw as a pointless and gratuitous attack on their ancestral homeland.  The defeat and death of the Dragonlord gave Mavda, the head of the Mandrian-dominated bureaucracy and the deceased ruler's Most High Councillor, the chance to do what he had plotted since he had heard of the Dragonlord's departure.  Declaring publicly that the defeat had proven the failure of the Aristocracy and their clear disfavor in the eyes of the gods, Mavda and his armed followers stormed the Dragon's Palace.  The Dragonlord's heir, however, was in Ilneress, and retained power there '" without a fleet, the Most High Councillor could not assert his power farther abroad.

The remainder of this period was spent frantically consolidating local power; the remnants of the state were in too much disarray to properly govern, and the population too depleted to raise more than a trivial army.  Inveran's sudden enemies seemingly had no desire to end the state's existence entirely, though the outlook for Inveran in the long run looks grim '" the Machta-In, once the backward, provincial neighbor, now stands triumphant and in control of the waves, and a Mandrian ruler sits on the Dragonlord's throne.

Player: Stargate525
Government: Aristocratic Monarchy
Popularity: 4 [-2]
Dread: 0 [-2]
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 98% Dragon Saints, 2% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 5 [+1]
Population: 4,500 [-7500]
Cities: Ilneress (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 3 [-2]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 1 [-1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 1 (1) [-2]
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Machta-In]
The victory of the Machta at the Battle of Four Fleets was a tremendous gain in strategic terms, but somewhat of a wash at home.  Though as usual, people hailed the victory of their leader, the outright betrayal of the Dragonlord (who, despite any of his faults, was still an Invernessi) soured the victory for many.  The power of the Machta was undisputed, but his honor had been called into question.

The Order of the Hand, which had come into some serious political influence, defied the Machta and generally denounced the ruler's actions.  They reasoned that knowledge and truth were really the only things worthy of sacrificing one's life, and wanted no part of a war waged (in their view) for ambition alone.  Relations were strained for some time, but eventually the Order and the Machta were reconciled; the Machta argued that a united Inverness would encourage the spread of ideas, and gave lavish funding to the Order and cultural institutions throughout the realm.

The flourishing of the Order and the victory of the Machta lend themselves to something of an Invernessi golden age '" at least, for the southern Invernessi.  New granaries were built to hold the fruits of Invernessi agriculture, and a great mud-brick wall constructed around the capital city that dwarfed the previous one.  The granaries were valuable in particular, as the collapse of the Free State of Inveran led to critical food shortages in the northern Inverness, and Machta-In merchants were able to sell excess grain at impressive prices.

The growing power of merchants and philosophers at times threatened the Machta, who was unused to any kind of contestation of his power from such quarters of society.  The new ideas and new profits of these new classes often chafed at the reigns of the Machta and the dedicated clergy.  An alliance between thinkers and traders, however, never materialized '" they were divided by the Machta's radical new course of militarization, which was generally opposed by the Order (which generally saw knowledge, not land or ambition, as worth dying for) but supported by the merchants that stood to gain from the Machta-In's expansion.  The island off the coast of Ruthern, uninhabited save for a few religious hermits, was settled during this time.  The Akh-Machta-Sha-Ran-Di-In, formed to advance the Machta's might, were formed but remained largely ceremonial, as there are simply no enemies on land to fight '" Kuregn has not bothered with the isles in a century, and the Machta's great battles have so far been fought at sea.  For their part, the students of the academies seem far more interested in abstruse metaphysical meanderings than something as mundane as designing new armor.  Such a task hardly seems suited for lofty minds.

Experience in battle with Otahvy and against Inveran, as well as trade links with both, has given the Machta-In a new technology (Sli).

Player: Wensleydale
Government: Decentralized Monarchy
Popularity: 6 [-1]
Dread: 3 [+3]
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 93% Tumiiri Sadatism, 6% Zakhism, 1% Runethainism
Fervor: 7 [-1]
Population: 15,000 [+2,000]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 6
Trade: 3 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 4
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 4 (4) [+1]
Army: 1 Spr, 1 Bld
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
In the face of an Auri siege, the clans had survived.  Again the Nargaq had staved off total defeat, but again at a great cost.  Western Nargaq lay in ruins and the capital was a smoldering heap.  Casualties among the Auri were heavy, but most were Suthol's tribal allies, not actual Auri soldiers.  Many Nargaq abandoned their war-torn lands in the west and took their families deeper into the highlands, where it was assumed the Auri would not be able to reach easily.  Though in the absence of the Agah, considerable lands were retaken by the clans, these lands had been largely depopulated in the last 50 years of war.  Few wished to return to them only to be displaced again when the Auri returned.

The leadership of the clans was secure, as a sort of 'siege mentality' existed; only united leadership kept the clans from succumbing as the Six Tribes did.  It is doubtful, however, if this will be enough in the future.  Though Nargaq's copper supplies were safe in the highlands, the fall of Inveran and the return of piracy to the seas constricted the flow of tin to almost nothing, and many Nargaq warriors were forced to replace broken or worn weapons and armor with inferior copper.  The Nargaq are a strong and determined people, but decades of warfare has worn them down.  The only bright spot in this low point is perhaps that the Nargaq have benefited from many of the weapons that the Auri abandoned on the field.

The Nargaq have learned a new military technology (CAr).

Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans; Raven, Wolf, Fox, Bass, Otter. The Raven elder makes the final decision if there is a tie in votes.
Popularity: 5 [+1]
Dread: 3
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 90% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 5% Runethainism, 1% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 5 [+1]
Population: 16,000
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 3 [-1]
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2 [-1]
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, CAr, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Swd, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]
Otahvy was miraculously spared from the grim specter of defeat and destruction at the Battle of Four Fleets, and came out of the war better for it.  Its modern navy had fought and won a major engagement for the first time.  The prospect of invasion had only served to further crystallize support for the Dual Monarchy; though in reality the battle had been won only because of the treachery of Inveran's 'allies,' most Mandrians credited their own rulers with the feat, saying variously that King Puul's reputation, King Rodonso's persuasion, or simply divine will manifested through the Kings had defeated the Invernessi.  The Battle of Four Fleets, in the minds of many Mandrians, ended a chapter that had begun with the first invasion of Inveran '" and began a new glorious chapter of their own history.  The yearly parade for King Puul was, needless to say, much larger that year.

The expansion of the Kingdom was thus rapid during these years, though the mountain tribes still refused their advances.  Trade with other powers increased as well, partially because of Inveran's fall.  For most Mandrians, however, life did not change in these years.  New overlords brought little in the way of new ideas or projects; a new sense of unity was palpable, but for the most part villagers lived as they always had.  Before, this was not a problem '" Mandrians knew no other way.  The increase of trade, however, exposed coastal Mandrians to new goods and luxuries that they had never seen before and could not get for themselves.  They heard stories of the richness of the Inverness and the wealth of the Captains, and looked upon the relative poverty of their own land with some shame.

Unable to barter for these things, many Mandrians turned to that other way to procure things you desire '" piracy.  The destruction of Inveran's fleet created a vacuum that was readily exploited by Mandrian sailors eager for foreign goods at reasonable prices (that is to say, free).  The fleet of the Machta-In was too concerned with local expansion and the fleet of the League too far-flung to effectively stop them, and so the grand tradition of Mandrian piracy took off again.  Initially focused on commerce raiding, the pirates turned eventually to armed raids against coastal settlements, especially in Ruthern and Kuregn where no significant navies existed to stop them.  As welcome allies in the battle against Inveran, League and Machta-In merchants and villages were marginally safer, but this did not protect them entirely from the greedier pirates.

The state itself did derive a few benefits from this '" corsairs settled new islands and discovered others.  In the year 174, a sudden and powerful storm (not actually very uncommon for northern Mandra) blew a corsair flotilla off course and far to the north, where a new land was sighted.  Thinking the pirates to be important dignitaries from a foreign land, the people of 'Baktash' showered them with gifts.  Camels came bearing incense in marble bowls, strange foods never tasted before, fine bronze swords '" and pile upon pile of shining gold.  A rarity almost unheard of in the known world, and never even seen before by most Mandrians, this bright metal was possessed by the Baktashi in great quantities.  The corsairs returned with tales of a rich land and enough wealth to quit piracy forever.  The tales of a 'golden paradise,' however, may yet inspire a new wave of piracy '" northwards.  Only the great difficulties of successfully navigating the coast of Mandra stand in the way of a figurative and literal 'golden age' of piracy.

Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity: 9 [+2]
Dread: 3
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 66% Mandrian Ditheism, 26% Mandrian Polytheism, 7% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 1% Runethainism
Fervor: 3 [+1]
Population: 12,000 [+1000]
Cities: Nilburg (C)
Prosperity: 2
Trade: 3 [+2]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Andos]
The inhabitants of the north again concentrated their efforts inward in these years, as the Ryvalnya, the academies of the Ryvan-Holme, and the Vrenas themselves experimented with new weapons and techniques.  These developments were not revolutionary, but certainly helpful.  Skirmishes between the various houses of Andos and the men of the Hartlas, as well as the northern tribal peoples, were common in these years, and any edge was treasured.  While the southerners struggled far away in large, set piece battles with hundreds or thousands of men, the Andosen developed a new kind of warfare '" small warrior bands carrying spears and bows, often using hardened leather as a new kind of light armor, and utilizing ambush techniques.  Such tactics might have been out of place against the large armies of the south, but in the high wilderness of the Hartlas the soldiers of Andos took the fight to the highland raiders very effectively.  The success of the clans forced brigand leaders like the Hart-lord to move northward, establishing ties of necessity with the northern tribespeople who felt threatened by the Ryvalnya.  A new alliance called the 'Vyssur' (in the dialect of the northerners, 'brotherhood') formed from several northern tribes, bandits, and Andosen exiles.  It thwarted attempts by the Ryvalnya to overrun the northern domains for a time, partially because the Ryvan-Holme are understandably reluctant to share their developments with the masters of Stavram.

The concentration of foreign trade in Stavram, however, strengthened the hand of the Ryvalnya quite a bit.  Foreign merchants, though still not terribly common, were happy to trade bronze weapons knowing that the Andosen would pay dearly for them.  Most of these weapons went into the hands of the Ryvalnya, who by the year 170 had an impressive cache of armament.  A series of renewed attacks against the Vyssur deprived them of half their territory.  Bronze axes, swords, and spear-heads were simply not something the beleaguered northerners could easily deal with.  Though obvious, it bears mention that the northerners were not the only ones concerned over the growing dominance of the Ryvalnya in bronze weaponry.

The opening of the highlands to settlement has strengthened and empowered many clan-masters, many of whom desire to live and rule more independently there, while exercising influence in the lowlands through trade rather than status '" highland timber has come into much demand, through the flurry of construction and boat-building encouraged by Andosen potentates.

The Ryvan-Holme's attempts to build better ships through centralized study have been less than fully successful; save for some attempts to further waterproof vessels with leather that have shown a bit of promise, little has been achieved.  The Andosen are practiced sailors and boatbuilders, but their boats have already been under continuous development over hundreds of years, and the styles of foreign galleys are not easily re-invented, considering the lack of mathematical and engineering knowledge in Andos.

Andosen navigators explored the seas in their sturdy canoes, but few other people were found '" only scattered tribes roaming the shores.  In the year 172, land was sighted to the west, and a most peculiar discovery was made.  A city of considerable size lay in tumbled ruins by the shore, its mud-brick buildings little more than grassy hillocks, and its stone-paved roads nearly obscured by tall grasses.  All around, a hilly plain stretches into the distance, with a dark, looming mountain range on the horizon.  Of the original inhabitants, there were no traces, and the Andosen navigators quickly left (considering the place a bad omen in itself).

Player: amikaligula
Government: Matriarchal Timocracy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 3
State Religion: Cult of Svyorn
Popular Religion: 22% Cult of Svyorn, 11% Other Cults, 67% Animism
Fervor: 3
Population: 9,000 [+1000]
Cities: Andos (C), Stavram
Prosperity: 3 [+1]
Trade: 3 [+1]
Advancement: Chalcolithic
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 3
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, OCa
Forces: 2 (3) [+1]
Army: 1 Bld
Navy: 1 OCa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Arannia]
From the east came the people of Arannia in these years.  Where did they come from?  Perhaps they are refugees from the west, another people displaced by the likes of the Auri, perhaps even the tribe that forced the Auri themselves to flee westward.  Such things are only truly known by the Arannians themselves.  In the year 157, this band of a few thousand whose fathers had come over the mountains to the east built a city '" as, if they were fleeing some enemy, it was clear at the water's edge that they could flee no farther.

The people of Andos in particular noticed the strange customs of these new people.  They worked bronze like southerners, but spoke an entirely different language.  They seemed ambivalent at best about the spirits, unlike the southerners with their pantheon of gods.  They had what the Andosen fishermen described as a curious interest in natural philosophy, as they had men they called 'alchemists' among them who mixed unguents and philters together for a wide variety of supposed cures and powers (such as, usefully, a rather recent paste that proved helpful against the rash-causing plants of the highlands).  The fishermen gained little from this, but did notice the rather more impressive stone buildings made by these newcomers, and informed their compatriots back home of these shapes while their own homeland was busy with new works of stone itself.

Scouts from Arannia looked up and down their coastline nestled close to the mountains; they found the coastal plain to be a rugged but fair place, where the land rapidly undulated between broad, grassy plains studded with low trees and deep river gorges filled with greenery that flew fitfully from the mountains' sides to the sea beyond.  Much farther north, opposite the Andosen stronghold of Stavram, was a thick highland forest that seemed as if untouched by human hand.

These years were uneventful for the Arannians; the Auri showed no concern for them, assuming they were even aware of their northern neighbors.  Traders from other lands occasionally encountered them on the way north to Stavram, but these routes were by no means common ones, and foreign ships '" save Andosen fishing boats '" remained an uncommon sight.  One wonders how this relatively small community will fare in a expansive and dangerous land.

Player: Towel_Ninja
Government: Tetrarchy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 0
State Religion: None
Popular Religion: 16% Animism
Fervor: 0
Population: 4,500
Cities: Arannia (C)
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 1
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr, 1 Arc
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]
In a generation, two great defeats were handed to the Atur, by Kuregn and by Kashtu [see below].  Some Auri tribes moved southwest, and a few went 'beyond the great gap,' the bleak desert pass that crosses into unknown territory in the far west.  There, beyond the grasp of their enemies, they await the return of the Ammar and their return to glory.  Others, seeking the protection of foreigners, have made themselves mercenaries of Celend or Jemna.

Kuregn's great general-despot Kotalar, who brought Kuregn to new heights, made his last campaign against Yaffa.  He stormed into their lands from the west, backed by Atur mercenaries and his own crack troops, only to be murdered by an unknown assassin in his tent.  His army retreated back to Kuregn and Yaffa was spared.

It was thought that Kotalar's death would plunge Kuregn into chaos, but this has not happened yet.  His army, loyal to him past the grave, has proclaimed his infant daughter and only child, Koura, as 'Despotissa.'  Never before has a female been Despot, let alone a female child, but as Kotalar's only issue she is the favorite of the army.  With the iron hand of military rule, the 'Infant's legions' have kept a strong grip on Kotalar's empire.  Kotalar always sought to create a cult of personality around himself, and since his death it has become a powerful faith of its own; his soldiers worship him as a god, and see his death as his ascension to true godhood.  Men motivated by such faith are difficult foes and questionable friends.

Jemna remains in its own petty turmoils, and no serious effort was made to reclaim the lands of Beitar.  Perhaps the gods have finally ended the story of this ancient kingdom.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]
The onerous label of 'betrayer' affected the Captains little, compared to the Machta '"the Freemen had little love for Inveran in the first place, and the fall of an important naval power only aided them.  Unlike the Machta, the Captains had never truly enjoyed cordial relations with Inveran, and in fact had come very close to being their enemies during the abortive Auri attempt to invade the Inverness.  The Captains had acted opportunistically against a potential rival when the moment presented itself, and the world has come to expect nothing else of them.

The destruction of Inveran's fleet and the collapse of its mercantile dominions was good for League merchants, and the next few years were excellent '" until Mandrian piracy, rejuvenated by Inveran's loss, began to claim ship after ship.  Most Mandrians appreciated the efforts of the League in defeating Inveran, and Maducreon remained inviolate, but corsairs are not typically so honorable.  The loss of nearly a third of the world's warships (that is to say, most of Inveran's share) also made piracy a great deal easier.

In the south, where Mandrian influence was minimal, League merchants did well.  The papyrus of Beitar was still bitterly contested by League and Yaffan traders, but the League also possessed its own reserve in the marshes south of Tescha, which the Yaffans had no access to.  Trade with Etropahan increased dramatically, and a new crop '" rice '" was introduced from the east; it has proven especially suited to those same wetlands south of Tescha.  From Etropahan also came colored glass beads, and a method of glazing pottery with glass to create exquisite works of art.

As for whales, they continued to be useful for their meat, tallow, and 'grey amber,' which was prized by many (save the Etropahai, who clearly knew of the substance already, though they did not come across it as often).  A large portion of this went to satisfying the demands of the Auri, whose presence in Norpost was useful to traders but taxing on the Captains' grey amber supply.  The whales proved difficult to catch, however, and while techniques improved gradually the huge beasts remained a trying quarry for even the best ships.  Several fishing boats every year were destroyed by whales, either inadvertently or purposefully.  Whale-hunters have become widely known as daring risk-takers, perhaps with more bravado than sense.  The Captains' idea of training whales to do their bidding, however, remains a flight of fancy; nobody knows how a whale might be captured alive, let alone trained, and sightings of whale young are superbly rare.  Galleys are simply not fit for the long-term voyages required to seek the beasts where they live, out in the deep waters.

Experience in battle with Otahvy and against Inveran, as well as trade links with both, has given the League a new technology (Sli).

The presence of the Auri in Norpost has given the Free Captains access to Horses, but without chariots this is something of an empty acquisition.

Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 5
Dread: 3 [+1]
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 62% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 8% Runethainism, 14% Mandrian Polytheism, 16% Beitaran Polytheism
Fervor: 3 [-1]
Population: 16,000 [+1000]
Cities: Hartport (C)
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 7 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 5
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (4) [+1]
Army: None
Navy: 3 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Kashtu]
It was plain to see in the year 151 that the primary duty of the Grand Warden was to head off the flagrant transgressions into Kashtu land by displaced Atur tribes.  To this end, the Wardens trained a corps of archers for defending their walls and fortifications, and began training and arming the common citizens to act as a militia.  Certainly these men could not stand up to the warriors of the sands, to whom fighting was as natural as breathing, but perhaps they would prove themselves useful in support.

More importantly, an alliance with the Tarkad Atur was formed, who had also felt threatened by the roaming Atur tribes from the west.  For four years, the struggle for the eastern Ma'a went poorly for the Tarkad Atur and their civilized allies.  Kashtu and the Tarkad were continually on the defensive against a flood of small raids.  Kashtu's perimeters were so continually overwhelmed as to be useless, and trade ground to a halt.  The Tarkad were forced into Kashtu territory simply to find grazing land.

The situation seemed ripe for the loose alliance that had formed between the Uktar, Shuppak, and Ulkush tribes, once residents of the central Ma'a.  They coveted the Kashtu oases and had no particular love for the Tarkad.  Deciding that the time was right to topple Kashtu once and for all, the tribes combined their warriors and rode with a mighty host up the caravan routes.

[spoiler=The Battle of Ashu'un, Year 154]
Attackers: Kashtu (Grand Warden Mishun), Tarkad Atur (Shipan), Empire of Celend (Archon Ipaudo)
Camelry (2 units, Kashtu)
Camelry (2 units, Tarkad)
Archers (1 unit, Kashtu)
Spearmen (1 unit, Celend)
Irregulars (2 units, Kashtu)
Irregulars (1 unit, Celend)

Defenders: Uktar Atur (Yibban), Shuppak Atur (Nezuch'har), Ulkush Atur (Oruk)
Camelry (7 units)
Irregulars (2 units)

They were met at the oasis of Ashu'un by the full might of the Kashtu and Tarkad, led by the Grand Warden and Shipan themselves.  The defenders also counted among them a troop of soldiers who had arrived from Celend in the previous year '" spearmen and a gaggle of poorly trained skirmishers, likely levied from the Grand Archon's border provinces.

It was an awesome sight '" all together, over six thousand men took the field, nearly equal to the entire population of the Kashtu state.  The ranks and their brightly colored pennants seemed to go on forever.  As of the 175th Year of the Comet, it was the largest known battle in history '" and not a man in either army had ever fought in more than a skirmish or raid before.  As such, tactics were relatively simplistic.  The classic Atur strategy has always been to skirmish with one's youths, slaves, and lesser troops, and then follow with a charge of camelry.  In this, they did not disappoint.

The Atur have always thought the bow to be the weapon of a coward, but the Kashtu had no such compunctions.  When the Atur skirmishers approached in a mob of more than a thousand, the Grand Warden sent forth his archers.  The arrows met no resistance against skirmishers wearing no armor, and often no more than a loincloth.  It was later said (perhaps with some exaggeration) that each volley killed a hundred men.

Impatient at their losses, the Atur camelry sounded their ram horns and charged as one great mass.  Their skirmishers barely had time to get out of their way.  Kashtu and the Tarkad counter-charged with their own camels, and a chaotic camel melee of more than two thousand men and their steeds swirled in the middle of the field.  The Kashtu and Tarkad camelry were outnumbered, but the battle turned as the Kashtu militia and Celenite infantry joined the fight.  The chaos lasted for hours until the remaining Atur finally despaired and fled.  Exhausted, with darkness setting in, the Kashtu and their allies did not pursue.[/spoiler]

The losses among the Kashtu and their allies were heavy, and at first the mood of the Grand Warden as dour '" Shipan was mortally wounded, a Warden was slain, and many Kashtu warriors were dead on the field.  So many had died that the battle was more commonly known as the 'Battle of Red Sand.'  The break of morning, however, revealed that the battle had totally annihilated three entire Atur tribes; two Atur chieftains had been slain and the third, Nezuch'har, was captured.  The tribes were utterly devastated, with each having lost the lion's share of their warriors; they almost immediately ceased to exist as independent entities.

The battle at Ashu'un changed the balance of power in the eastern Ma'a enormously.  The Kashtu, long snubbed as soft weaklings by the Atur, finally received some respect; only the Despot of Kuregn had ever managed to deal such a crushing blow to the Atur.  Though border skirmishes continued, no other organized threat to Kashtu emerged in the rest of this period.  Celend, too, took notice, and immediately withdrew its troops after the battle; though in the minds of the Archons Kashtu had triumphed over 'only' a horde of savages, a state capable of such violence was certainly one to be wary of.  The Grand Archon continued to receive the gifts of the Wardens and call them his loyal vassals, but the building of new fortifications between the Celenite heartlands and the near Ma'a did not escape the notice of the Grand Warden.

The victory was also an important victory for the Kashtu faith, which found many converts among the Tarkad and elsewhere; surely, went the reasoning, the gods of the victors must be strong indeed.  The Wardens took advantage of this by making their priests ambassadors, and their ambassadors priests; the seeds of faith were sown wherever diplomacy could be opened.

The Tarkad, denuded of much of their leadership, became progressively less autonomous and more of a semi-nomadic subsection of the Kashtu people.  Though uninterested in city life, Tarkad clans '" whom were now largely co-religionists with the Kashtu '" remained in Kashtu lands, increasingly trading, communicating, and intermarrying with the locals.  Though they retain a chieftain and still refer to their ties to Kashtu as those of 'alliance,' it is generally understood that the Grand Warden is the superior of the Tarkad chief, not his equal.

Progress on canals and infrastructure continued to be slow; despite a substantial increase in the labor force (most of the Atur non-combatants and camp followers were enslaved after the battle), expertise continued to be lacking.  Improvements have been made, but they are at this point rudimentary; the capital's immediate environs are well-watered, but not much beyond that has been affected by the Grand Warden's grand designs.  The slow progress is doubly unfortunate given that Kashtu's population has gotten to the point where its water supplies are sorely strained '" only so many people can live around any given source of water.

Player: snakefing
Government: Religious Monarchy
Popularity: 6 [+1]
Dread: 4 [+2]
State Religion: Kashtu Polytheism
Popular Religion: 79% Kashtu Polytheism, 20% Animism, 1% Celenite Polytheism
Fervor: 6
Population: 9,500 [+2500]
Cities: Kashtu (C)
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Cam, Boa
Forces: 2 (3) [+1]
Army: 1 Cam, 1 Arc
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]
It was reported that the Teschans have defeated a nomadic steppe people, and from them have begun using their own chariots.  The Teschan royal line has enjoyed a series of good rulers who have expanded this remote kingdom while keeping its isolationist tendencies strong.[/spoiler]

As always, I've probably made a mistake or two, so do correct me if you see something terribly amiss.

Go to it!

One question, what happened to the Arannian men that Towel_ninja sent me? The envoys we exchanged, or, you know, anything else we did.

Quote from: Stargate525One question, what happened to the Arannian men that Towel_ninja sent me? The envoys we exchanged, or, you know, anything else we did.

Towel_Ninja's military orders were generally a little out of whack because they far exceeded the amount of troops I assigned him, so they had to be cut back.  I accordingly gave the orders in his orders post highest priority (specifically, exploration).

If it's any consolation, it wouldn't have affected the outcome.

The envoys were exchanged, I just didn't have anything specific to report in regards to the exchange.  Prolonged cultural contact might be more helpful.  The Arannian envoys, however, were in the capital, so they're in the hands of the Mandrian bureaucratic coup anyway.

[ic=Strava Hycaryt, High Captain Commander of the noble Ryvalnya, guardians of Stravam and of the Blood, to the Great Chieftan brothers, Puul and Rodonso]Note:  The messenger presents two ornately carved and decorated bronze spears.  They have simplistic designs with an uncut gem or two set in the haft but are obviously more intended for function than merely ornaments.

News of your victory has reached my ears.  The long distance the wind must travel over delayed my catching the whiff of this battle, I am sure.  From the accounts I hear from the Low-bloods, whom you refer to as Madrians, I believe, your warriors fought with great skill and courage.  The Ryvalnya's hearths and beds are welcome to any of your warriors or their commanders.[/ic]

[ic=Vrena Hosayav of the Greathouse Chorbovaid, Guardians of the Akstavyav Seal, to Dek Lakrail and his people]While in the settlement of Krynam, I encountered some fishers who had recently been amongst your people.  I am most interested in your outlook and ideas and wish to exchange some of ours as well.  It has been Greathouse Chorbovaid's great fortune to harbor three single-spirited children.  They have all been trained as chroniclers, but we require but one in our hold.  As such, we shall send one to your hold should you send us some of your thinkers and chroniclers and the like.  Be wary of the Ryvalnya.  I and my Clan look forward to our engagements.[/ic]
[ic=Vrena Hosayav of the Greathouse Chorbovaid, Guardians of the Akstavyav Seal, to the Machta and his people]Greathouse Chorbavaid has always seen the wisdom of the Revered Rylodyn in bearing the children of your people, however it might diminish our blood, and the wisdom of exchanging our peoples' ideas.  In the interest of furthering her goal, I graciously offer the hospitality of my hearth.  It has been Greathouse Chorbovaid's great fortune to harbor three single-spirited children.  They have all been trained as chroniclers, but we require but one in our hold.  As such, we shall send one to your hold should you send us some of your thinkers and chroniclers and the like.  They will be welcome at my hearth.  I have a sizable hold in Stravam and would be willing to trade for this, of course.[/ic]

[ic=Pashwar Haq, Far Seer of the People of Baktash, to Otahvy]
The Seers' Council predicted the coming of your people, though the details were unclear to us.  Accordingly, the Padsha directed that we prepare gifts, which we have bestowed upon your emissaries.  The Council and the Padsha offer you our honorable friendship.

We see rough storms all around us and bloodshed on the water, and this gives us unease.  The seers say that blood has flown where the waves tread, and that a great mast has been broken.  The coming of your emissaries brought many strange visions to us and we are anxious to see what they mean.  Bid your emissaries return, that they may tell us of your realm and what lies beyond.

May good omens precede you.[/ic]

[ic=Reply to Vrena Hosayav]
I am glad to hear of your great fortune neighbor. I am also pleased to accept this generous proposal that you have so graciously offered. I however, request some form of proof that this chronicler is worth more then a single one of my thinkers.

Also, to show that I and my people would like to have a friendly relation with you and your people i have sent one of our finest pieces of art from my home with this messenger as a sort of peace offering. I do hope you accept.

Dek Lakrail, Leader of Arannia. [/ic]  [note= The Painting]The painting shows a beautiful view of the capital of arannia from a mountain side. it was painted by the finest artist arannia has seen to date. It is a priceless one of a kind painting that has been with arannia for many years.(hope i described it as well as i invisioned it) [/note]

[ooc]Sorry i still wasnt very clear on the rules, i will try to understand better in the future.[/ooc]

[ic]The Machta sends his fleets to consolidate the new lands of the Machta-In. He also makes a proclamation of 'New Peace' for all Southmen and Northmen both.

Otherwise, orders are continued. Sha'naa commands his surveyors to attempt to find some new form of metal or animal on the Machta's new conquests that shows that conquest brings new knowledge for his scholars. He also announces his reasons for the betrayal, citing scorning of marriage-gifts and diplomatic attempts at peace, growth without thought for the Machta-In, and attempts to assassinate the Machta. He displays three severed ears, the traditional punishment for murderers and attempted murderers before their execution.
He informs his people of these assassins' deaths at the hands of his son and himself, who were giving reverence to the Triunes when they were attacked by hired killers wearing the marks of Inveran.[/ic]

[ic=The Machta to Mandrian Inveran]Greetings, High One. We of the Machta-In, among others, are responsible for your rise to power. We would like you to become our protectorate, in that you will be protected, helped and defended by ourselves in exchange for acknowledgement of the Machta as your ruler. You, and afterwards whoever your people chose, would of course rule you in truth.[/ic]

[ic]"How could this HAPPEN?!" Lindus shouts at the room in general, "Attacks from within and without, is there no one whom we can trust?!"

"My Lord, surely..." One advisor squeaks out.

"No. No. We shall re-organize ourselves. Out of these ashes will come a glorious phoenix. and in any case, revenge is a dish best served cold."[/ic]

[ic=Excerpt from a history book]
The blow Inveran was dealt was crushing. However, under the rule of Lindus the Wise, Inveran began a massive re-structuring of its infrastructure and its politics.

Since the Aristocracy was the cause of the civil war, Lindus abolished its power in the government, and began a campaign to completely restructure the government. The Dragonlord still reigned supreme, but below him were Drakka, who controlled large sections of the nation, and elected the new Dragonlord when he died. Below them were Wvyrms, who elected the Drakka who was over them when he died, and controlled sub-sections of the Drakka's land. Wvyrms were elected by the people that they ruled.

He codified and standardized the law system, and installed a circuit of impartial judges to decide on cases of law. Lindus also set out to build infrastructure, Commissioning private boats and docks to be built expressly for the purpose of ferrying people from one island to another. So also did he endeavor to build roads, wide and paved, to all large towns on every island. He commisioned the construction of schools and universities, and required children to attend at least some years. To finance these projects, he turned them over to the Drakka, former members of the Aristocracy, to build with their own wealth as part and parcel of their position.[/ic]

Following the great Battle of Red Sands, Grand Warden Mishun expanded the temple to Hoohsih, god of the desert, in honor of the fallen, and especially the great sacrifice made by Shipun Tarkad of the people of the sands. This, combined with aggressive conversion efforts, brought the Tarkad more firmly into the Kashtu influence, although they remained nominally separate.

In the years of relative peace that followed, the population of the kingdom exploded. Trade routes that had been disrupted were reopened. Grand Warden Mishun became concerned about the ability of Kashtu to feed itself. The primitive canals and dikes built around the city helped, but they were in need of constant repair and maintenance. The methods were not successfully adopted elsewhere. Mishun persuaded the Grand Hiererarch to send some scholar-priests to Celend, to learn techniques of agriculture and building that might be applicable; while other scholars continued to work on ways to improve the existing infrastructure. This required continued peace with Celend, so during this time Kashtu continued to send "gifts" to the Archons of Celend. For insurance, he attempted to cultivate closer trade relations with Celenite nobles in the border areas.

In his declining years, Mishun broke with precedent somewhat, by arranging for his son Ashar to become a Hierarch of Anwu, and instead tapped Warden Karar to succeed him as Grand Warden. Karar had been a young camel rider at the Battle of Red Sands, fighting along side his two brothers. Both brothers died in battle, and Karar himself was injured.

As Grand Warden, Karar was determined to avoid a repeat of this cataclysmic battle. He instituted a program to systematically scout and map the surrounding lands, and to track the nearby Atur tribes. Having observed the Celend units in battle, Karar made a point to study Celenite tactics. This he put to use not only to improve Kashtu units, but also to prepare defense in case Celend were to attack. Karar was suspicious of Celend, and chafed at the tributes; but the trade was so important that he felt unable to stop them.

Ashar went on to become Grand Hierarch. His father's decision to choose another for Grand Warden proved to be a good one, for Ashar was more of a scholar and bureaucrat than a charismatic leader. Ashar managed the temple well, and he continued efforts to convert the desert folk and expand his influence. He also pursued some scholarly exchanges with Celend, although this brought him into some conflict with Karar's policy toward Celend.

[ooc]Orders for Kashtu

Rebuild military strength. Improve discipline, weapons, and tactics.
Continue scouting and mapping surrounding regions. Religious outreach to surrounding tribes where appropriate. Gather information on Kuregn activities, especially by paying other tribes to infiltrate and report.
Re-establish and expand trade. Cultivate trade with new partners, such as Freeman League. Also expand relations with Celenite border provinces.
Cultural exchange with Celend, as part of the tribute process. Some priests may seek to study in Celenite academies or seminaries (whatever they have). Artisans to study craft and artistic techniques.
Investigate surrounding hills for any valuable mineral resources - ores, dyes and pigments, or semi-precious stones.
Seek to develop skills in animal-based products from our herds. Wool or leather as appropriate.
Research and use new crafts and arts to upgrade the main temple.

[/ooc]

[ic=]People of arannia i come here to you today to anounce a most important happening, my son has come of age and will now be working directly with me so that he may take the throne in years to come. We will be holding a great festival in the center of town to find a suitable bride for him. The festival shall require that all men who attend ware a mask that covers most of the face, to conceal the identity of my son whom shall also be waring a mask. We ask that if you have food enough to spare in six months time that you bring it to my home so that we may have enough food for all people.[/ic]

 [ic= Letter to Vrena Hosayav]
Greetings neighbor,

I have sent this letter to announce that my son has come of proper age to rule and marry, and so we shall be holding a great festival in 6 months time to find a suitable bride for him. We invite you and your people to join us in this festival, all that we require is that all men have a mask on that conceals most of the face.  I hope to see you there.

Dek Lakrail [/ic]  

 [ic= Letter to Lindus the Wise]
Greetings friend,

I am sorry to hear of the betrayel and defeat that befell you and your people, I wish that i could have been of more assistance to you.. If there is anything i can do to help you in these times of need then please let me know.

I would also like to announce that my son has come of proper age to rule and marry, and so we shall be holding a great festival in 6 months time to find a suitable bride for him. We invite you and your people to join us in this festival, all that we require is that all men have a mask on that conceals most of the face.  I hope to see you there friend.

Dek Lakrail[/ic]

[ic=To Arrania]Esteemed friend,

All of Inveran thanks you for your condolences, but we deem revenge beyond us at present, and wish not to sacrifice your men on a fool's errand.

As to your gracious invitation, I am afraid that I cannot accept in person, but my sons Pindus and Nitius, shall attend on my behalf. Accompanying them will be their sisters, as well as a large contingent of people who wish to see your land.

In peace,
Lindus
[/ic]

[ic]"This is an opportunity," Lindus said, signing the letter, "Go quickly, send a boat ahead of the delegation with a spy. Tell him to discover the costume of the Prince, and relay that information to my daughters. They shall attempt to woo the prince, and with any luck, there will be a marriage before the end of this party."[/ic]

[ic=Mavda of Inveran to the Machta]
While we acknowledge your great power in these waters, we have not thrown off the yoke of one Invernessi state in order to acquire another.  I bow in humble respect before you, but as the rulers of Mandra, the Kings of Otahvy are the only suzerains I will recognize.  I am most willing to sign favorable trade agreements to cement our friendship.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to the Grand Warden of Kashtu]
Mighty and venerable Celend congratulates you for your well fought and well deserved victory.

We desire a complement of your warriors to assist us in a necessary foreign campaign.  They will be compensated richly as mercenaries of the empire, and we will endeavor to recall them immediately if your realm is seriously threatened.  Accepting this request would do much to better your standing among the Archons and endear yourselves to Eternal Celend.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to the League]
We have received supplication from the dethroned lord of Inveran, who has acknowledged mighty and venerable Celend as his suzerain in exchange for our assistance in reclaiming his throne from the Mandrian rebels.

You, loyal vassal, are thus required to render unto our service a fleet of ships to augment our forces, to be made ready for sail immediately.

We realize that this places you in the awkward situation of aiding a state you have recently attacked, but be assured that - as a tributary of Celend - the lord of Inveran will not pursue vengeance against you, or he will suffer our wrath.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to the Machta]
The lord of Inveran has given us his supplication and is presently under the protection of mighty and venerable Celend.  End your aggression presently, and we will leave you in peace.  Continue, and you will be utterly annihilated.

Since your people's war with Kuregn, the monarch of that empire has always coveted your lands.  It is by the threat of our presence that their hand is stayed.  It would be most unwise to defy our will.

The Archons look forward to continued peaceful relations with your people.[/ic]

[ic=Asimad, Agah of All the Auri, to the League]
Greetings seafarers,
The Light dictates that those who flaunt its will and wallow in darkness must be brought to heel.  I now lay siege to Pinur with my multitudinous hordes, but the Serpent cannot be tamed by armies that walk on land.  Send to us a fleet to blockade Pinur and crush the hopes of these rebels, and you will be richly rewarded.  You need not even fight, for they have no fleet; merely your presence is needed.

The Light willing, I look forward to your positive reply.

With regards to Norpost and my ban on trade with the enemies of the Auri - it has reached my ears that the stubborn Invernessi have been humbled and their cities taken.  They have received their just rewards through the ways of the Light; we alone are not messengers of the righteous will, for it works through all things.  They do not concern us any longer.  Treat them as you see fit.
[/ic]

[ic=To Celend]Great Archon,
We will cease our attacks on Inveran. For now. Would your great and venerable nation be interested in trading with the Machta-In?[/ic]

[ic=To The Mandrians]Then prepare to be annihilated. Allies of Otahvy though we may be, we will not stand for their immigrant kinsmen controling an Invernessi homeland.[/ic]

[ic=To Inveran]Esteemed Wise One,
Traitors though we may seem, to your father in particular, it was only he with whom we had a grievance. As a token of our wishes for peace in the Inverness, we plan to restore you to your lost throne. Enemies of Inveran we may have been, but having immigrants from far-off lands usurping Invernessi homelands cannot be allowed.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to the Machta]
The Archons of mighty and venerable Celend are glad that you have seen reason.  We have no opposition in principle to your ships trading at our ports, but our new tributary has not been pleased with your actions of late.  Perhaps if you were to extend a suitable gesture of remorse - for instance, by returning the lord of Inveran to his throne, and paying him some suitable restitution - we would be willing to overlook previous unfortunate events and allow your traders free passage in our waters.[/ic]

[ic=Mavda of Inveran to the Machta and the Dragonlord]
I cannot stand against the entire sea, and I will not subject my people to more torment and war.  I see that I am beaten.  I will peacefully leave Inveran and return this island to the Invernessi if the fleet of Otahvy is allowed to take all willing Mandrians of Inveran to Mandra.[/ic]

[ic=To Mavda of Inveran]Then it is done. I hope for more peaceful relations with you in the future. If you will submit the island to us as the arbiters in this, we will pass it along to Inveran once a treaty is refounded.[/ic]

[ic=From The Free Captains to Lindus The Wise]
What strange waves are these, heh? Here we stand, having struck down your father for supposed tyranny, at the request of our allies, and now we sail to your aid, fellow servants under the boot of Celend. If it mean anything, we had no quarrel with your father, in fact, we shall tell you a secret: Long ago, when the Auri threatened your people with war, We claimed ourselves their ally, against thy father. But, unbeknownst to the Desert Sun, we had spoken with your father, and planned to drown his foes in treachery. It strikes us now that such treachery is what laid him low. Father Sea does enjoy when the ebb matches the flow. Let it be known that we shall fight to let you regain what was once your father's.[/ic]
 [ic]This message is delivered by the Captain of one of the two galleys sent to aid Inveran.[/ic]

[ic=Mavda of Inveran to the Machta]
We accept.  As soon as all those willing are aboard Otahvy ships, I will leave the city open to the Invernessi.  It is with a heavy heart that I leave the place of my birth, but I believe this arrangement to be for the best.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to Kashtu]
It appears your aid is no longer necessary.  Please ignore our previous request.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to Inveran, the Machta-In, the League of Freemen, and Otahvy]
The Archons find it in the best interest of mighty and venerable Celend to find peace on the waves, and we believe it to be in the best interest of your states as well.  We wish to convene a council of the leaders of our states at the city of Inveran to manage its transition back to Invernessi hands and to conclude a formal treaty of peace between us.[/ic]

----
Doublepost
----

[ic=To The Archon]It is agreed. We seek favourable terms to all sides now that Inveran's overly-expansive wings have been clipped and its despotical leader is dead.[/ic]

[ic=To Machta and the Free Captains]
Esteemed rulers,

You wished to remove my father from power. That is your excuse. My father was an old man, and would have expired in due time, but you, in your impatience, not only assassinate him, but his entire army, and proceed to ravage his kingdom? What kind of diplomacy is this? One of traitors, oath-breakers, and deceivers.

I was indeed my father's son, and was privvy to his secrets. With the Machta, we were blood kin, and the wedding bed of your own relative, our sister by marriage, had not yet grown cold before you slay your own kinsman. Oathbreakers and Cowards I declare you! Being kin, had you but talked with him, instead of agreeing to the attack, you may very well have stayed his hand. As for scorning marriage gifts and attempts at peace, I would like to point out that not only did we do what was right by our law, you got what you wanted! But your impatience, yet again, undid you. For assassination, know that we did no such thing, and you are either a liar, or are being manipulated.

And you, Free Captains, are no better! Indeed I knew of your alliance against the Auri, and know this; our people could have been friends, indeed like unto kinsman. We were never hostile to you, and again, instead of using words, you resort to base instincts and violence. Shame be to you, for what good it does. I daresay another black mark will hardly make a difference.

We value honor and integrity in our leaders, and valuing you as we did, would have listened to claims against my father. But now, you have lost that trust, which took lifetimes to build.

I will not, and can not, reply with force, as my conscience demands. Instead, I rebuke you, and say further that until proper penance is made for your woeful doings, that you are dead to Inveran, dieing the death of traitors. I shall still receive you at the council, but unless penance is paid then, you shall not gaze upon this face, nor that of an Inveran Banner, until either you or I lie subject at the other's feet.

Dragonlord Lindus the Wise
[/ic]

[ic= To all other nations]
Venerable rulers,

There is to be a Council at Inveran, to sign peace between us and those who have betrayed us. There is no bad blood between us, and as a sign of this, I humbly request your best soldiers, scholars, athletes, and poets to come to the city. We shall hold a festival, for all nations, in peace and friendship. There will be grand tournaments and competitions, and I sincerely hope that you take this offer to perhaps bring a closer bond between all of our peoples.

In friendship,
Dragonlord Lindus the Wise[/ic]

[ic=To Inveran]Then Mandrian Inveran will remain ours, most certainly. By beggaring your cripped economy to Celend you have set yourself up to beggar your entire nation further. Even if you were to return to glory, Celend will demand tribute and your entire country will collapse. Know this now, and be warned, as we have experience with these things.[/ic]

[/b]
[ic=To Celend]Grand Archon Orman of Celend,

It is always with pleasure that we Otahvians speak of peace.  If our numerous and mighty nations may come to some accord, it will be a great triumph of diplomacy, especially for Celend, as your holy nation has organized it.  I, King Rodonso, will be attending in person.  

I wish to warn you, however, that part of my fleet will be accompanying me as well, under the command of my brother, King Puul.  We mean no conflict by it; rather, we send our galleys to assist the peoples of Mandrian Inveran in coming to a safer land.  This is also all in good peace and hope that it can be seen as such.  We only come to help our brothers and you have my word, as King Rodonso of Otahvy, and that of my brother, King Puul of Otahvy, that no blood shall be shed.

That aside, I greatly look forward to the convening of this council.  We shall meet in Inveran.

King Rodonso of Otahvy
with blood and sea our bodies shall be cleansed[/ic]
[ic=To Andos]Strava Hycaryt, High Captain Commander of the noble Ryvalnya, Guardians of Stravam and of the Blood,

Your gifts were received and are greatly appreciated.  They are well-made and beautiful, a combination rarely seen.  We extend the same welcoming offer to your noble people, and hope that we may continue to grow together.  We send to you gifts, in both our sacred dyes and some wealth we were newly fated to discover.

To our friendship,

King Rodonso
with blood and sea our bodies shall be cleansed[/ic]
[ic=To Baktash]The emissaries of Otahvy sent to Baktash will be led by a man known as Guulo, a man in his middle years who served valiantly during the Battle of Four Fleets.  They shall be dressed flippantly and in full, decorative warpaint.  Large feathers and bones are used in decorative displays on their clothes, rib bones along the sleeves and outfitted in our finest blades.  Not an ounce of bare skin shall be left showing.  They shall be our brightest and most dangerous men, cold yet charming, and of great loyalty to Otahvy.  They are to present themselves to Pashwar Haq, or whomever they deem to have the most authority, and report the following message.  Afterwards, they are to imbed themselves in their society, letting the people Baktash know everything there is to know about the lands south of them.  They shall hold nothing back.  Despite this, their message should be vague as to the power of Otahvy.  While there, they should learn well of Baktash without showing excessive amounts of interest. They shall offer the Baktash nothing of value, but any knowledge they request.

Pashwar Haq --

We come representing the land of Otahvy, home of the Mandrian Gods, our Kings, the red King Puul and the blue King Rodonso.  They have received your tribute and are pleased.  We arrive in your lands to fulfill your wishes, as we know of the far away lands and can tell you much of the world outside your borders.  In exchange we require nothing save your continued pleasures.  Rather, we come to tell you of the Battle of Four Fleets, in which Otahvy stood alone against three others, eight times our number of ships, and took the day.  We come to tell you of the blood that has spilled upon the seas and the fervor in which Otahvy has cleansed this blood clean, purifying the sea and letting peace reign in the lands of the Mandrian people.  We come to tell you of the red and the blue, of the balance given to us by our Kings and the radiance that has filled the land of Otahvy and all those who are allies of our noble state.  But this is not all we come to tell you, for Otahvy is not the only land with power -- there are still others.  And we shall discuss this all, with time.

My name is Captain Guulo, Vo, of Nilburg, the capital of Otahvy.  I have been sent to speak for my Kings, a task I do so humbly.  I am among the lowest of my people; calling me average would be giving me more credit than I am worth.  Nonetheless, on Otahvy's behalf, I ask you to grant me and my men time here to help you, teach you, and become friends.  As is the way of our noble Otahvian kings, King Puul and King Rodonso.[/ic]
[ic=To Mavda of Mandrian Inveran]Mavda,

It is with great pride that we accept you and your people into Otahvy, the true home of the Mandrian people.  You shall be made welcome, and you, Mavda, will be made a lord in Otahvy.  We invite you and your people to settle as you like, and integrate with our society.  I am sure you will find Otahvy accommodating, especially after having suffered so long at the hands of the Inveran.  You have our respect.

King Puul will be leading the expedition to Inveran presently, and hopes that your people will find all arrangements to your liking.

King Rodonso
with blood and sea our bodies shall be cleansed[/ic]
[ic=To the League]Our Dearest Friends, the Free Captains '"

We will be attending the Council for peace in the reduced state of Inveran and wished to know if you, as our greatest allies, would too be attending.  If this is so, it would be preferable for our two delegations to meet together and, perhaps, help insure that the people of Inveran and those of Celend do nothing suspicious. In numbers, and with powerful allies, nobody can touch us.

King Rodonso,
with blood and sea our bodies shall be cleansed[/ic]
[/b]

[ic=In Nilburg, Capital of Otahvy]'Quite the excitement we've had, eh brother?' King Rodonso said, lazing in his thrown.  He had grown old, the freckles growing large and clinging to his wrinkling skin.  His brother Puul looked older, though it was perhaps the stern face that had worn more on Puul's skin.  

'Indeed' was all Puul said.

'I believe that our trip to Inveran will be our last voyage.  We are to be replaced by a new Puul and Rodonso within the decade, or so the elders whisper.  The God Kings can only become so old before they are reborn anew, right?'

Puul slowly turned his head toward his brother, who he had spent the past four decades ruling with.  'Utholu,' he said dryly.  Rodonso jolted upright '" his brother had not used Rodonso's birth name in decades.  Rodonso and Puul, upon becoming the kings, were to forget their birth names and fully become Rodonso and Puul.  That was as per the training of the elders.  It had worked for centuries.  Hearing his birth name, one he had given up a lifetime ago, left him wide-eyed.  'Utholu, when we retire from our positions, are we to become normal citizens and watch the new Puul and Rodonso rule?  What if they fail?  What if they squander all that we have worked so hard to build?  I have sacrificed too much of my life to be the harsh and vicious King Puul the red.  I have led our men in many battles and ordered the deaths of many.  What of these new kings?  Will we even meet them?'

'Brother,' Rodonso said, unwilling to use Puul's birth name in return.  He dropped his voice to a whisper. 'I have heard whispers, and whispers they shall remain, that when we retire we shall join the elders and help train the new kings.  In this role you may continue helping to shape our nation.  Do not fret, brother.'

Puul took a breath, regaining his composure.  He was glad for the night, when they could be alone and unwatched.  'What are you to do in Inveran?'

'Inveran invited all nations to participate in festivities, competitions, and other such things to bring us all closer together.  My delegation I have forbidden from taking part in such frivolous things.  Inveran tried to destroy us, and we shall have no part in their games.  Despite this, I truly do hope for peace.'

Puul nodded.  'And hopefully things will calm down when our fellow Mandrians are rescued from Inveran and brought to their homeland.  It is odd that we are sending a fleet to bring them here while also sending you to Inveran to discuss peace.  May the fates let this not prove troublesome, and the weather not prove disastrous.'

'What do you think of this Mavda fellow?'

Puul cupped his head in his hands.  'Mavda seems like an intelligent individual.  It would seem wise to make him into some sort of lord or allow him to act as an advisor for us.  He will do well here, and it would be a pity to see him just disappear.'

'I agree.  Mavda will certainly continue to act as a leader of his people.  On a different subject, what are your goals with Baktash?'

'I have decreed terrible pains for any Mandrian who is caught partaking in piracy in the north.  Baktash could be too useful for the entire nation to be squandered to the wealth of a few.  I will take pains to ensure that Baktash becomes enamored with us and wills to us all of their knowledge and wealth.  If things go sour, I will lift the ban on piracy and allow them to raid Baktash to their hearts content.'

'It's odd how we use piracy as a means of getting our way.'

Puul laughed.  'True.  Few nations, however, have quite so many pirates living in their own nation.'

'I don't see why we don't hire these pirates to work for us specifically.  They can continue doing as they will, but we can assist them.  More often then not, the pirates are allegiant to us anyways.  We help them out, give them some direction, and they give us a small spitting of their shares.'

'Yes, but you should be the first to realize that any pirate caught attacking an allies vessel that has our crest on it could be seen as an act of war.  That would be quite problem since our pirates are quite independent.'

'You're quite right.'

'Of course I am.' Puul smiled as he said it, and Rodonso just shook his head.[/ic]
[ooc]Styles of Otahvy
The clothing in Otahvy is typically bright and full of powerful colors.  The dyes and paints here are used to cover people from head to toe, especially when in foreign lands or going into battle.  Bones and feathers are used often as decoration.  While some may see this as barbaric, the people of Otahvy see this as strong and highly decorative.  

Names in Otahvy
Every person has a given name which is designed to be completely unique at birth.  However, each person is given a letter following their name to distinguish their family.  There are 57 letters in Otahvy, so there are obviously more families than letters.  Many families will all share the same letter, though this has no meaning.  It is simply an additional piece of the name.  Hence, when Guulo introduced himself, he introduced himself as Guulo, Vo, of Otahvy.  Vo is the letter of his family name.  [/ooc]

[ic]"I respectfully ask your Lordship what ,in the name of the saints, he is doing." Lindus' advisor, Albon, asked, "After the betrayal we cannot afford such extravagances! What will happen to our economy..."

"Our economy, Albon, will flourish." Lindus says, examining the blueprints laid out on the table, a stadium, by the looks of it, "I never told them they would be here without cost, although Inveran will house the leadership for free. They are nobility, man! They go nowhere without entourages and entire villages following them about. These people have to eat, sleep, be entertained, and for that, they will have to spend money."

"Money we do not yet have," Albon points out.

"No matter. We shall use credit; spend the money now, pay it back after the festivities. That, and we shall sell the land the Mandrians are leaving to citizens, raise money that way. So too is this an opportunity. Prepare loyal members of the family; tell them to get acquainted with members of the entourages of the other nobles. They are not to tell of their noble birth. Instead, they must attain jobs with the group, and get passage back to the capitals."

"My Lord, you intend to..."

"No, I shall not kill them. They will be the tips of the spear, the beginnings of an intelligence network. Betrayers or no, they have to coordinate such things, and if they do, we shall make sure we hear about it."[/ic]

[ic BULLETIN POSTED IN ALL VILLAGES AND CITIES, FROM ELDERS AND MILITARY LEADERS]ALL ABLE BODIED MEN ARE TO REPORT TO THE CLOSEST BARRACKS TO BEGIN TRAINING AS A SOLDIER. IF WE DO NOT DRIVE THE AURI BACK ONCE AND FOR ALL, THEY WILL KEEP COMING RELENTLESSLY. WE MUST NOW STRIKE BACK![/ic]

 [ic From elders and military leaders to all nations on friendly or semi-friendly terms with NArgaq]People of the world,
the Auri are a constant threat to us. they are continuing to attack us and will stop at nothing to destroy us. However they will not stop at us. THey continually hunger for power and land and will attack any who do not surrender immediately. They are a nigh invincible force, however, currently, they are not. Our scouts have reported that they are occupied with constant uprisings and rebellions. If we strike now, in great force, we may have a chance. Good peoples, we beg of you to help us in this war. The fate of the world may, in fact, rest in this war against the Auri. Please, send us troops for a all out attack, or help attack them from the south. IF WE DO NOT ATTACK NOW, THEY MAY NEVER BE DEFEATED![/ic]


 [ooc]ORDERS
> Train men
> Rebuild Nargaq
> Continue to make foxholes, traps, or anything that may be useful in defending against the Auri
> Continue to mine and increase the area which our tunnels cover.[/ooc]

[ic=Mavda of Inveran to King Rodonso]
You have my thanks for your generosity, as well as the thanks of my people.  I do, however, have some concerns I must share with you.  The first is that our people will have nothing in Mandra; our lands must be abandoned, and the civil officials will no longer have their positions.  In your generosity, perhaps you could aid us so we are not beggars in our grandfathers' homeland.

The second is that our people know little of the homeland; I speak Mandrian and follow the faith of my ancestors, but many learned only Invernessi from birth and worship the gods of the islanders.  I fear that we shall be treated as Invernessi, and persecuted like the Invernessi who perished at your hands.  Will you protect us from this fate?[/ic]

[ic=Grand Warden Katar of Kashtu to the merchants of the League of Freemen]Greetings from the people of Anwu and Hoohsih, to the free men of the sea. We seek to trade our goods - incense, oils, and turquoise - for yours. Our folk know little of the sea, so we propose to meet at a port of Celend for mutual inspection and exchange. We are particularly interested in the tools and crafts of far lands.
[/ic]

[ic=To Mavda of Mandrian Inveran]Mavda --

Any Mandrian who feels that Otahvy is not a safe place for them is welcome to stay in Inveran and continue worshipping the false gods therein; however, I, King Rodonso, will work toward ensuring that your people are not harmed.  If you would find it suitable, you may all settle near each other, further to the north of Otahvy.  You will act as Otahvy citizens under the rule of my brother and I, but it will allow your people to continue to live together as you have done and have the same town leaders as you have done.  I will not entertain any notion that treats you as a full-blooded Inveran; what you are is a Mandrian that has been led astray by the wicked ways of the Inverans.  You will be treated as Mandrians by me and my brother, and we will do all we can to have our people treat you as fellow Mandrians as well.  That said, failing to make friends here would be a shame.  After we have done our part, your people must not antagonize the true Mandrian Otahvians.  If my people dislike you, there is only so much that can be done.

King Rodonso
with blood and sea our bodies shall be cleansed[/ic]

[ic=Mavda of Inveran to King Rodonso]
Gracious Lord,
I did not mean to suggest that we would try to insulate ourselves from our fellows, nor that we wish to be treated as Invernessi; I am sure most will be happy to live side by side with their relations.  We do not ask that every Mandrian treat us immediately as their own; we know that is not something you can provide.

I am leaving Inveran out of concern for safety above all.  We do not hate the Invernessi, but I fear my actions have jeopardized our future in Inveran.  After deposing him, I do not think the Dragonlord will treat us well.  He will be forever suspicious of every Mandrian in his country.  What I am asking of you is simply that your noble majesties will not persecute my people if they follow the Invernessi faith, for they too are Mandrians, and mean no subversion against you.[/ic]

[ic=To Mavda of Inveran]Mavda,

Your words are well picked and logical, your thoughts persuasive.  I find what you say to be in the best interest of all of Otahvy and the Mandrian people.  You and your people will not be persecuted by my brother and I nor any of those under us, as far as we have the power to control.  On that, you have my word.

King Rodonso[/ic]

[ic=The Captains' Assembly, under King Puul and King Rodonso]Twelve men set at the table, each with a plate and mug in front of them.  At one end of the rectangular table sat King Puul, in full majestic garb and glowering.  Across from him, at the other end, sat King Rodonso, merrily making small talk with those around him.  Each of the ten men in-between, five on either side of the table, sat enjoying their meals and each other's company.  It was rare that the top ten Otahvian captains all came together at one table.  Many stories yet were left untold.

Rodonso and Puul finally locked eyes, and, as though by magic, all conversation at the table vanished.  King Puul sat straight in his chair, holding his mug in his hand and swirling the dark liquid within.  "I see that you are all in good health, and we hope only for this to continue.  You captains have long been the grain of the Mandrians, no matter what path you take.  Hitro, Lee, you lead the fishing expeditions, bringing back the best fish on the market.  Belket, Olp, you are one of the top leaders of our fleets.  Rivrin, Dru, you have proven yourself to be our best explorer time and time again.  Cralp, Ix, you are so consistently away, leading long and dangerous but quite fruitful merchanting expeditions that I was quite pleased to hear that you would be here for this.  All of you have something that you are good at, something that makes you true Otahvian captains.  Even you, Moruth, Yil, who is replacing Guulo, Vo, within our navy, you are a true captain."

The men nodded at these compliments, and none contested them.  

Rodonso took over, and all of the necks at the table pivoted to watch the other king.  "Of course, you are aware that a Captain's Assembly is only called when we have great need for you.  This is such a time.  I am sure that you allegiance to Otahvy, and your fellow Mandrians, will follow through and support us in this time of great expansion.  This is not as the time of the Battle of Four Fleets, the last time that we convened.  This time, Devestation does not stand at our doors.  No, if everything goes accordingly, Otahvy will be able to cement itself in the world and ensure that we do not face any perils in the future as dire as the Battle of Four Fleets."  Rodonso took a hearty sip from his mug, wiping the excess from his mouth.

"Five of you will be traveling with me," Puul said.  "You will be leading the expedition that will take Rodonso and myself to Inveran.  One of you will stay with Rodonso in Inveran during the Council for Peace.  The rest of you will assist in the transportation of the Mandrians from Inveran in moving them to Otahvy."

"Three of you, headed by Rivrin, Dru, will take to exploring the northwest.  You have no doubt heard of Baktash by now, but we must understand the coastlines.  You will dedicate the next few years of your life to exploring the seas north and west of here, following the coastline until you reach Baktash.  All of your supplies will be paid for, and your men paid in Otahvian wealth."

"Piolk, Mo," Puul said, looking at a heavy man with a drooping face, "you are as much king of the pirates as we are kings of the Mandrians.  We ask you to prove your loyalty to Otahvy and ensure that no piracy occurs in Baktash."

"Why?" Piolk said, his words full of breath. "They have wealth to spare.  Isn't it fair for us to take some?"

"No, we mustn't alienate them.  The Baktashi must be our allies and willingly give us their wealth and assistance.  They think of us as Gods still.  There is no reason to prove that false."

Piolk muttered and settled in his chair.  "If not Baktash, where?"

"You know where our enemies stand.  Feel free to continue pirating Inveran, Kureign, Yaffa, any of those nations that we do not have strong dealings with.  They bring us nothing, so let your pirates take it."

Piolk seemed satisfied with that answer.

Rodonso took back the lead.  "Finally, Oltup, Kuu, you are to go to the League of Free Captains and become their friend.  You are familiar with them already, due to your dealings with them in the past.  They have long been our allies and I want only for that to continue.  There is no secret motive in this.  Just," Rodonso smiled, "be yourself.  You're charming enough."

Oltop returned the smile with a tilt of his head.

"Now, gentlemen," Rodonso continued, "feel free to enjoy your meals.  Have more if that suits your bellies.  You are doing us a great service; this is the least we can do."[/ic]

[ic=In regards to the ball held by the Arranians]As the news spread from the fisher folk to the higher circles like wildfire, despite the Ryvalnya's disinterest and dismissals, a steady trickle of Andosens flows into the harbors.  Many of them make temporary settlements along the coast to support themselves.  There are but three Vrenas present and the all-but-named successors to the current Vrenas of Greathouses Chorbovaid and Frychna, as far as "nobility" goes, though many male and female warriors of great standing (depending upon how aware they are of the Andosen culture, the Arranians may recognize that many have almost if not greater standings than a few of the "nobles".) are also in attendance.[/ic]

[ic=In regards to Inveran's invitation]Excited about the prospects of competing with arms and showing off their developing skills with bow and spear, as well as bragging about individual victories in the battles over the Hartlas, many warriors are drawn to the festival aspect of the council.  The Chronicler Atrusthva, offered to but not accepted by the Machta-In, of Greathouse Chorbovaid accompanies Vrena Horsayev's daughter, Archevyalysa, as well as a few other less notable Vrenas' daughters (six in total).  A delegation of Ryvalnya also arrive, under command of Spear-Mistress Torchavyn, one of Strava Hycart's favored officers.[/ic]

[ic=At the docks of Inveran]As the Ryvalnya ships catch sight of Chorbovaid's banner in the harbor as they enter it in the early morning, a cry rings out from the warriors.  Runners who had been waiting at the mouth of the harbor for days waiting for the arrival of the Ryvalnya set out to tell their Clanguards.  As the Andosens are roused from their camps, the sailors still on their ships get ready for battle and move into postion to flank the Ryvalnya ships.  Cries are exchanged between and within both sides of the engagement.  Bows are drawn.  As armed Andosens march down the streets towards the harbor, some of them still drunk and all of them loud, armed Inveranessi fill the doorways of their homes and the city guards appear to investigate the ruckus.  However, it becomes obvious that the tense focus of the other Andosens is on the incoming Ryvalnya.  Surprisingly, despite the raucous insults hurled between the sailors of the two naval forces, Spear-Mistress Torchavyn reluctantly orders her warriors to stand down and the ships arrive without any bloodshed.

As the Ryvalnya disembark, however, Spear-Mistress Torchavyn and her most elite warriors stride toward the group of warriors with the Chorbovaids' markings.  She eyes them up and down and is obvioulsy disconcerted for a moment over whom to adress, before the Chronicler Atrusthvasteps up.

She addresses him, "Interesting to see you here, eunuch.  Very interesting indeed.  So interesting, in fact, that I shall have to immediately send word to the Strava of this development.  It seems some serpents managed to slip past our grip.  I certainly heard no mention of such a party stopping at Stravam and alerting us of this trip, as is required by our laws.  And I am sure that it would have been remarked to me that one such as you, who rarely leave the comforting hearth of their Motherhouse, was passing through Stravam on this arduous trip hadd they, in fact, complied with the law."

Chronicler Atrusthva smiles and pipes in a surprisingly high-pitched voice, "I must say that I am suire that many of ther Vrenas and the Ryvan-Holme, certainly, will be quite irate to find that you kept the news of this from their ears.  as far as the issue of law, I am sure  that only applies to those who pass through Stravam.  As we did not, and, rather, braved the Eastern Gulf, unlike so many cowards who cling so tightly to the old ways..." At this, he passes a disapproving eye along the party of the Ryvalnya.

The warrior snorted, "Pfw, The old ways are what define us and our Blood and you had best remember that, eunuch, before I cull you out of it.  It is the old ways and sacred customs that define-"

Atrusthva interupts her as he explodes into laughter.  "You fool, aha, you sordid, wretched fool.  You do not even recognize my contempt?  You, who claims to cling to the old ways so rigidly, do not even know them.  I saw you stumble over the issue of authority here.  I am a Chronicler, as these runes all over my body state.  If only you knew a thing about a Motherhouse, you sordid bastard of the Ryvalnya, you would know your place.  Aha, dismissing me, what gall!  Eunuch you call me, as though that were derogatory, aha!  What a fool.  I am unbound by my flesh, my contribution to my Clan's lifeblood is much more significant than my puny flesh.  But you do not know this, as you only contribute to your lifeblood, She-without-a-Clan.  Where does you blood flow?  doen the gutter of-"

She erupts, her face red, her knuckles white around her spear haft.  "My Clan is the Ryvalnya, you soft- Ah!  What contempt, telling me of the old ways!  I'll have you blood, what have you to say of my blood!   Do you even know how to hold a spear?  No matter, you have shed all your honor, and I kill you armed or unarmed, for the ways of Rylodyn cares not whether the traitors of the Blood are armed or not, for they re always armed with their poisonous tongues!  Wicked tongues!  I follow the old ways of Rylodyn more than you ever will, you, you-"

"Fpaw, awawah!  Your insolent tongue betrays you again and again, Ryvalnya!  What old ways do you speak of?  The New Way, the fool's way is what you speak of.  Hell with the Ryvalnya.  Rylodyn would be disgraced by what it is now.  Guardians of the Blood by my tongue;s forked tip!  Ha!  Your ingorance bores me and grates me.  Had you come to me in search of enlightenment, as you should have, you bastard Motherless, I would have done so, but you now sicken me so.  Remove me from her presence and make sure here and her stinking mongrels camp nowhere near us, sister"  He says the last to his sister, Archevyalysa.

At this he turns on his heels and storms off with most of the other Andosens, though a few warrioirs, who now only outnumber the Ryvalnya two to one, remain to watch against them.

By noon, the Ryvalnya have completely disembarked and unloaded and two of their ships make their way back to Andos with six of the other Andosen ships in pursuit.[/ic]

[ic=Vrena Hosayav of the Greathouse Chorbovaid, Guardians of the Akstavyav Seal, to Dek Lakrail and his people]Your ignorance over the Chronicler shall be forgiven.  However, I am not sure how to explain his worth in your terms.  To begin with, I shall discuss "hospitality".  This is a foreign concept to us, though we believe you have it in your culture.  The idea of providing people with food and shelter when they have not striven to do so fof themselves and their blood is not even considered, normally.  Make no mistake, it is not easy living here.  One must hunt and work for survival.  We can but afford to keep one full grown man in the House, normally, who does not work the fields or the blade, and that is the chronicler.  He is most valuable in ways that others can never be, however.  He not only retains our blood, he retains our Clan's history, our land's history, the knowledge of Andos.  He knows the songs and runes of our blood, our most sacred treasures.  He is essential for any alliance, any sharing of blood, for before blood can truely be shared, memory must be shared.  A Vrena, our most sacred daughters, can go nowhere not sanctified by a Chronicler, by our oldest and most closely held traditions.[/ic]

[ooc]Amikaligula: Small thing, but the festival/tournament is being held in newly retaken Inveran.[/ooc]

[ic=Notice given to all attending Inveran Festivities]
Please note that no military forces shall be allowed armed inside the city unless participating in one of the events. Similarly, all naval units shall remain in the harbor with skeleton crew, and under Inveran guard.

Hostilities will not be tolerated at this event, and any violence shown will not be tolerated. The criminals shall be flogged, imprisoned for the remainder of the events, and sent home. In the event of a death, the perpetrator shall be executed. There are NO EXCEPTIONS.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to (Invernessi) Inveran]
We have received word that you have invited even the barbarians of the northern hinterlands to this meeting in Inveran.  You test my good will - such savages will make a mockery of serious proceedings and deliberations.  I do not pretend to know why you have striven to invite faraway degenerates who could not read an agreement, let alone write one.

I will abide this annoyance so long as you take personal responsibility for these beasts - should they disrupt decorum it will be on your head.[/ic]

[ic=Reply to Celend]
Esteemed Archon,

I have invited all nations, including those of the far north, to the festivities being held around the council. Whether they decide to take part in diplomacy with other nations while there is, quite frankly, none of your business. Given also that this is being held on Inveran's sovereign ground, I am free to invite who I wish.

You may wish to re-think your assumptions of these people, Archon. 'Twas thinking such as that on my father's part that sees Inveran's navy in ruin, and the Auri's in removing the Six Tribes Nations.

I will say this. They are my guests. This is my Council. You will brook no aggression to anyone here, and issues of perceived slight you may keep to yourself. One of the reasons I invited them was so that your Highness would not simply arbitrate and make a mockery of serious proceedings and deliberations. Inveran is your vassal, bound to your service, but we will not be your lap-dog to order about how we conduct diplomacy and who we count as friends.

Dragonlord Lindus the Wise   [/ic]

[ic=An apology from Chronicler Atrusthva in person to the honorable Dragonlord Lindus the Wise]Although his manners in general are uncouth and peasant-ish, he still carries an air of refinement and courtesan mannerisms about him.  His bow is unpracticed and awkward looking, but used more or less appropriately and in such a manner that it still conveys respect.

I apologize for the foolishness at the docks that happened a short time ago.  We had expected such aggravation from the Ryvalnya.  In fact, we are quite surprised  that the Spear-Mistress was so restrained.  However, I am sure the sight of armed Andosens walking through the streets set fear into many of your good people's hearts, understandably.  Unfortunately, with the Ryvalnya so near, many, in fact, the  vast majority, will want to sleep armed.  This, as I understand it, is not to your liking.  We would be happy to move outside of your city to comply with these stipulations.  We would certainly abide having your men-at-arms in our camp if you fear harassment of your people, though I assure you that I carefully chose those who came with me for their willpower and respectability, and I have the promise of those who came with us that they did so likewise.  Of course, everyone of us abides by your justice, without exception, as the Laws of the Land are tied to the land more strongly than the Laws of the Blood, as our saying goes.  I look forward to the coming festivities and, especially, the tournaments.  And I wish you luck in dealing with those conniving Ryvalnya.  On that note I would like to mention that it is not a sign of dissinterst or disrespect that more of our countrymen do not show up, rather, the Ryvalnya have taken measure so that it was only through shear luck and skill that we were managed to learn of this and make our way to it.  On a more positive note, at the next full moon,  few days from now, Nyat Ryvworner is accepting Hyvenrys Lyfyrve into her House.  Anyone is welcome to join us in the festivities.  And I am always at your service.[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to Dragonlord Lindus]
You speak boldly enough considering that Inveran is presently not your sovereign ground - or have you forgotten that you rule from Ilneress while a Mandrian holds the keys to Inveran, and your fellow Invernessi - the Machta - claims your father's city as his own?  You presume much to invite anyone at all, let alone a gaggle of illiterate pirates.

Nevertheless, we will accept your amusing guests so long as they are kept under your strict control.[/ic]

[ic=Reply to the Chronicler, from the mouth of Lindus]
You apology is accepted, and we would feel ill at ease if one of our guests did not feel welcome and safe as our guests.

I propose a compromise. We shall give a gift of land, a small house within the city, to the Andosens, as their own sovereign ground. You shall do the same in your city for us. There, you may take shelter and deal with intruders as you see fit, and will be free from the laws of Inveran and those we have laid out for the festival while within the building.

Additionally, this will cement our relationship with your people, which I think you would agree can mean nothing but good for us both. [/ic]

[ic=Reply to Celend]
Honorable Archon,

I do not forget it, but I look to the future. You, sir, have promised as per our vassal agreement, to regain for Inveran her capital. Not for you, not for the Machta. I presume only that which you promise, something I thought to be reliable. Are you insinuating that you following through on your word is presuming much?

Inveran and her people are bold, for that is our way of life. And I would appreciate it if you would not refer to our allies as if they were mongrel dogs; it is demeaning, both to them, to those who associate with them, and with you, who comes off, completely falsely I am certain, looking very much like a pompous fool. Hardly something becoming such a wise and distinguished person such as yourself.
 [/ic]

[ic=The Free Captain's response to Dragonlord Lindus]
We will of course attend your festival, at least, we shall have a representative. The Captains of the fleet sent to aid your reacquisition of your lands shall serve as these representatives. Having been sent on a mission of peace and friendship, they shall join in talks for further such.[/ic]

 [ic=To the King Rodonso, and his Royal Brethren]
We shall attend the festival in the lands of Inveran. Our Captains would enjoy meeting your people and sharing stories. We agree that an eye must be kept on Inveran, as the tides always ebb where they flow, and only wisdom keeps a man ashore, but we feel no need to moniter the actions of Celend, our suzerain. It may be unknown to your highnesses, but far back when the league was young, we pledged our might to Celend. For Celend to betray us would be akin to cutting off one's own hand for spite. But we shall watch them if it calm you, brothers.
AS sons of the seas we stand equal.
The Free Captains[/ic]  

 [ic=To the Lord Katar of Kashtu]
We relish the opportunity to trade with a wider marketplace. Should you attend the festival held in INveran, we shall meet and discuss more of trade and wares.[/ic]

 [ic=To the Agah of Auriban]
We shall send a fleet, as you require, to aid you in this task.[/ic]

 [ooc]
The orders for the League.

1. Enact the treaty/compact with Avaredera, devoting a ship to northern trade and patrol, taking on the prince. The ship shall avoid too many pirate battles, to protect the young princeling.
2. As no decision regarding the Auri has been made, send a fleet to Pinur to aid the Agah as promised.
3. Meet and discuss trade opportunities with the merchants of Kashtu at the Council of Inveran.
4. Expand our fleet.[/ooc]

[ic=From the Chronicler to the Dragonlord]He bows more awkwardly than usual and a silence extends until, finally, he sighs.  "I am troubled by the prospect of a house for a house.  The trouble arises from the point that the term is perfectly fair and correct, but not possiple as far as I can see at the moment.  Firstly, I must make it clear that I speak only with the authority of Greathouse Chorbovaid, not the Ryvan-Holme, none of the other Vrenas, and certainly not Stravam or the Ryvalnya.  The best prospect of foreigners finding land in Andos is in Stravam, as foreign ships in Andosen waters outside of Stravam will find themselves in danger.  Unfortunately, too many of the Vrenas are perfectly aligned with the Ryvalnya in this for there to be any successful war on the Ryvalnya warships, and, as thus, this blockade against foreign ships on our other ports will persist."  He sighs and his brow furrows.  "And secondly, while I do serve and represent and wield a great deal of power within Greathouse Chorbovaid and even more has been delegated to me for the purposes of negotiation, I do not think that giving lands away is not within my authority."
He pauses and then raises one finger.  "However, we do have a hold in Stravam.  Foreigners are not welcome within the city past the dock districts and outer walls past darkness, of course, but arrangements can be made to open our hearth to your people, on our hostaleetee.  Pardon me, Hostility.  No, the word is hospitility."  
He smiles slowly, "Perhaps as we gain more standing in Stravam, we will be able to set up a house exclusivly to your liking."  He frowns again, "Of course, you understand that all of Stravam is subject to the sovereignty of the Ryvalnya.  And, it seems to me, they grow wilder in their inquisitions everyday.  Well, I suppose I can only ask your forgiveness and patience with these problems, honored one."[/ic]

[ic=From the Dragonlord to the Chronicler]
Lindus nods understandingly, then says, "That arrangement will be perfectly acceptable for now. All we wish is a place to safely and permanently house our diplomats, to facilitate diplomacy. Once Inveran has regained some of its standing and power, I am certain we would be more than happy to help consolidate power with your house, should you wish it."[/ic]

 [ooc]I do believe this is the first face-to-face conversation between leaders in World at Dawn! [/ooc]

[ic=To the Free Captains]My Companions,

Forgive me if what I said of Celend was insulting; it was said only in ignorance.  I knew not of how you felt toward Celend, and I assure you that I will do nothing to jeopardize any relationships with them.  I will be as kind to them as though they were my own brothers.  Of course, I am sure you can understand just how much that means among my people.  

King Rodonso[/ic]

[ic=Grand Archon Orman of Celend to Dragonlord Lindus]
You agreed to become a tributary in exchange for our aid in securing your capital; the Archons intend on keeping our end of the bargain, and we of course assume that you will fufill yours.

We have no need for the frivolities you have attached to the coming council, nor do we intend to enter into any treaties with the peoples of the middle sea.  Our role is simply one of an observer, to guide your peoples into a lasting cessation of war and secure for your state what we have promised to secure.  Mighty and venerable Celend has no designs on any isle in the sea and peaceful relations with all, making us the ideal arbiter of a permanent accord.  I would be remiss in my duties if I allowed savages, or any other people, to disrupt the council we have called.

Your words on the northerners will be taken into consideration; at this time, however, they are too primitive and far away to be either a useful tributary or a potential threat.  The Archons regard them as totally irrelevant to these proceedings.  Perhaps they will serve some recreational purpose in your "games," as we have no use for them in the council chambers.[/ic]

[ic=Lindus to Ormand of Celend]
If you have no need of the 'frivolities' then you need not participate. You may have called the council, but I, by nature of its location, am the one running it. Again, calling them 'savages,' 'primitive,' and whatever other slang words you use demeans our guests. I understand you may not be able to help yourself, but when meeting them, as you most certainly will be, keep a civil tongue, if not for your own honor, than your tributary's as that of a host.

It is my hope that there will be more treaties made than just that between the Machta, the Cpatains, and Inveran. If that be the case, I implore your lordship to remain out of them.  [/ic]

[ic=From the Chronicler to the Dragonlord]Atrusthva clasps his hands together in front of his lips thoughtfully before removing them and replies, "Yes, I am sure, in time, arrangments can be made more to your liking.  I shall see what I can set into motion at getting your people lands farther removed from beneath the thumb of the Ryvalnya, should you wish it.  I fear that diplomacy may be hindered by the Ryvalnya as things stand now.  I make no accusations against the Strava, but there are those of the Ryvalnya who were born without a Motherhouse, per se, and their honor is questionable at best, as is the nature of such people.  It would be a shame for a relationship with one particular Vrena or theRyvan-Holme in general to be sabatoged with outright falsification so easily.  In fact, my house personally fears this so much that we have formed an informal confederation of like-minded houses called the Grychgayt.  Many, but not all, of the Houses in this confederation are represented here, as I put together as many as time and discression would allow.  Most of the honorable warriors accompaning us are here for, in addition to the competition, the oppurtunity to present discrete assistance should you desire it.  As you so generously probide us with a place to stay, they may even remain behind, should you desire it.  I will be blunt.  In return for this, we, the Grychgayt, desire the knowledge and means of forging and metalwork such as you possess.  It seems imperitive that we surpass the Ryvalnya in this.  They already possess a significant cache of superior bronze weapons but, luckily for us, they do not possess the means to make more or , worse, better weapons.  We will gain a much needed edge if you are so gracious to grant us the gift of such knowledge or any other knowledge you see fit to grant.  Of course, we will be most patient, but I think you can see how this would benifit us both, your Honorable Grace?"  At this, he holds his breath, awaiting the reply.[/ic]

[ic=From DL to Ch]
Lindus purses his lips in thought momentarily, then replies, "I agree, on one condition. Once you have cemented your rule, you allow only Inveran vessels into your ports from the Middle Sea area. Our commerce has suffered from the Free Captains, and recently the Otahvy, and a monopoly in this regard would be extremely beneficial."[/ic]

Quote from: Stargate525[ooc]Amikaligula: Small thing, but the festival/tournament is being held in newly retaken Inveran.[/ooc]

Which is still held, interestingly enough, by the Machta-In. My ships and men are there to keep the peace and prevent another rebellion. Hopefully.

As soon as Lindus and his men arrive, you guys will be out.

Quote from: Stargate525As soon as Lindus and his men arrive, you guys will be out.

So you think. :P

*whistles innocently*

QuoteWhich is still held, interestingly enough, by the Machta-In. My ships and men are there to keep the peace and prevent another rebellion. Hopefully.

To be technical, the transfer of Inveran to you is only planned and has not occured yet, so in truth Mavda still holds Inveran.

Yeah! Go Mavda!

Right... about doing the in-character things...

[ooc]
Important Announcement
I will post an entirely IC thread in the next few days to cover the conference at Inveran.  If your state is attending, send me a PM saying so.  You don't need to say anything fancy, just have it say "X is attending" in the subject line or something like that.  Please attempt to get those in to me as soon as possible.[/ooc]

Your ignorance over the Chronicler shall be forgiven. However, I am not sure how to explain his worth in your terms. To begin with, I shall discuss "hospitality". This is a foreign concept to us, though we believe you have it in your culture. The idea of providing people with food and shelter when they have not striven to do so fof themselves and their blood is not even considered, normally. Make no mistake, it is not easy living here. One must hunt and work for survival. We can but afford to keep one full grown man in the House, normally, who does not work the fields or the blade, and that is the chronicler. He is most valuable in ways that others can never be, however. He not only retains our blood, he retains our Clan's history, our land's history, the knowledge of Andos. He knows the songs and runes of our blood, our most sacred treasures. He is essential for any alliance, any sharing of blood, for before blood can truely be shared, memory must be shared. A Vrena, our most sacred daughters, can go nowhere not sanctified by a Chronicler, by our oldest and most closely held traditions.

 [ic= to vrena hosayav] I apologise for my own ignorance and i did not meen to offened you or your people. I shall send to your country two thinkers from my academy, both of them are Young and very knowledgable, together they should know all of the known history of arannia. These two are also quite capable of hunting as they do this in the spare time they have.

Dek Lakrail.[/ic]

 [ic= To Lindus the wise] Hello friend, i have not recieved your letter until recently due to some mishaps with delivering messeages to me. I will attened this meeting in person and i shall bring some of my finest people to compete.

Dek Lakrail[/ic]

 [ooc]Ok, i swear i will get some form of story going on within arannia tommorow. just been busy lately with life.[/ooc]

[ooc]Final Orders:
1.)  As the lack of a significant naval presence in Avardera has been noted by those Andosens who still attempt to trade with them, a company of traders(such as they are in Andos), pirates, raiders, and fisherfolk are endevouring to claim the northernmost island of it as their own.  This is a free enterprise in that neither the Ryvan-Holme nor the Ryvalnya condemn or condone this enterprise.  However, as the Blooded of Andos, this company will still be held to the will of the Ryvan-Holme.

2.)  The navy will grow as warships are interchangable with tradeships in the Andosen mentality,  and as both the winds of trade and war seem to be blowing, the Andosens are preparing.  An additional unit of outrigger canoes should be in my statistics.

3.)  With the most recent campeigns into the Hartlas, blades have fallen out of vogue among the non-sailors.  As such, spears should replace the bladesman unit in my statistics.

4.)  A consensus is reached within the Ryvan-Holme stating that, for Hold and Honor, every able-bodied man, woman, and child shall be trained as  proficient in the bow to better defend their Hold and Honor.  The other provisions vary somewhat by Clanholding to Clanholding, but the gist is everyone must have a bow that is best for their size and strength, with the type of wood and construct depending on your Clanholding, and that there will be training and competition in bowmansship on the day after Washday.

5.)  Inspired and in competitive spirits by the news of the festivities and competition in Inveran, the Ryvan-Holme and Warden of Ryvham are sponsoring a "Fyor" in Ryvham.  The Fyor is a grand competition open to any Andosen where an impartial and informal council of the Ryvan-Holme will judge the most fit contestent in Andos in a variety of areas.  Such areas include archery, finest flock of goats, finest net weaving, finest knives, and a number of martial competitions.  Obviously, with each year, it will expand and the amount of activities will increase.  It will be held on the bi-annual feast week of Rylodynyvra, one week celebrating Rylodyn's victory at Grycham and the other week her departure from Andos.

6.)  Greathouses Baynestrav, Chorbovaid, Gravaynalas, Ovaytyes, and Svladlavak of the Grychgayte will attempt to get around Stravam's control of trade by founding lumber camps and heavily fortified holds along the coast north of Arrania.
     a.)  Establish a chain of logging camps inland along streams and attempt to float the lumber down stream to (b).
     b.)  Establish fortified settlements at the base of streams and rivers where logging is occuring.  the settlements               will include (c)
     c.)  Ship yards in these settlements!  The Grychgayte will expect engagements with the Ryvalnya and will thus seek to build a navy.
     d.)  They will also seek a way of getting lumber across the "vast" gulf between Krynam and the coast north of Arrania to the all-but-secret academy near Krynam that researches ship designs.  It seems Avardera will aid in this enterprise.

7.)The Ovaytyes Warrior-chief Hychordo will lead her Motherhouse's forces and their allies to aid the Nargaq against the Auri:
     a.)Gaining a foothold at the mouth of the river south of Nargaq and north of Inveran is ideal, but a base from the Grychgayte's new "embassy" in Inveran is acceptable.
     b.)Control of the crossings in the river is the ultimate goal of this phase of Hychordo's strategy.
     c.)Harassment of the Auri along the river, that is those within raiding distance from the river, is also part of the plan.
     d.)There should also be some ships on Nargaq's northern river to facilitate defense of Nargaq and hasten any retreat that may be necessary.

8.)Hychavor the Natural intends to learn the ways of the Arranians and introduce and apply their sciences to the Academies in Andos, especially whatever knowledge of geometry, alchemy, and construction they are willing to share.

9.)Carpenters are taking more and more to the use of bronze tools when available and are thus constructing more elaborate and finely crafted things.  In fact, near the Hartlas and within the Hartlas, the use of stone is falling into disfavor except in the guard towers and defenses around the "seals", or passes in the hills that lead into the Hartlas, which continue to be fortified.[/ooc]

((sorry about leavin the qoute there, i was in a rush last night. also again i must delay my posting for a couple days.))

[ic TO Lord Lindus]Dear noble king of Inveran, we wish to attend the meeting, but with our war against the Auri, we will only be able to send an ambassador. our warchiefs are much too busy  with planning and we must support our people's morale and hope. Sincerely, the elder council[/ic]

[ic=Reply to The Elder Council]
We understand completely. However, should you wish, we welcome civilian spectators to observe and watch the festivities, as this will surely be a spectacular event.[/ic]

[ooc]Stupid question: When is this council thread going up?[/ooc]

[ooc= Resignation] Hey everyone, got sad news. I feel I like the time i need to get into this game is just lacking in my life at the moment. I love the game and all but i decided that i need to dedicate all my free time to learning the bass and building on my world more. I thank everyone for welcoming me here and sorry my time here was short spent. Arannia can continue on as a npc nation but if anyone would like to take over and mith doesnt have an issue then feel free.

-Towel Ninja[/ooc]

Sorry to see you go, but thanks for letting me know.  Arannia will be an NPC unless anyone expresses an interest in taking it.

[ooc]well, I wouldn't mind trying to run Arennia if everybody else is okay with it. This looks like one hack of an interesting game. Migth take the role of the son who have come of age.[/ooc]

[ooc]I'm fine with it. You could always create your own nation though, you know? If you wanted.[/ooc]

[ooc]I know, but I figured an interesting game/ roleplay challenge in acting in the role of someone who more or less suddenly find himself with responsibility for an intere state. (assuming I go with the idea that Dek Lakrail no longer is the ruler) [/ooc]

[ooc]Fair enough. But be aware that a lot of the Roleplaying you will do will be by yourself, for the reading but not participation of others, unless you're in a specific setting (such as the Inveranian Council).[/ooc]

[ooc]oh, I'm aware, don't worry. I still have the events of the world to play with so to speak. besides, I don't want to clutter the world too much with even more states. but thanks for the concern. *smiles* [/ooc]

[ooc]You know, your Arrania was invited, so you can feel free to come to the council, you'll just be a bit late. [/ooc]

[ooc]You should make another Invernessi state. The Inverness seems to be the focus of every major event in the Inner Sea at the moment. :P But if you're going to play Arannia, come to the council! Be late, it's fine. I was, after Stargate.[/ooc]

[ooc]allright, I'll just want atleast a comfirmation from Mithy and/or Towel Ninja that I'll be able to take over officially and then I'll get right at it. edit: (or untill sufficient amounth of time have passed, in case towel ninja isn't able to drop by here often anymore)
edit2: because winsley is faster then me, and I don't want to double post: darn you for tempting me! *shakes fist playfully*  guess I got some time to read it through and reconsider.[/ooc]

[ooc]Oh God, not another one![/ooc]

I'm fine with either one.  If you're starting a new state, please PM me your description and location first.

[ooc]Tillumni Sephirotica will be joining us as Avardera, which I will no longer run as an NPC.  Arannia will become an NPC instead.

The update will hopefully come soon after the conference thread is over, so make sure your orders are in.[/ooc]

[ooc]FINAL ORDERS FOR INVERAN![/u]

*If successful, make the tournament games at Inveran a regular event.
*Plant spies in all governments attending Council, use continuing games as easier method of infiltration.
*Restructure Government into a more decentralized monarchy.
*Give citizens the right to elect their lords.
*Turn Academy mathematical knowledge towards useful objectives (navigation, architecture and engineering, economics).
*Rebuild shipping and fishing fleet, recruit army.
*Assist Nargaq in fight against Auri.

[/ooc]

[spoiler= The Avardera Kingdom ]The Avadera Kingdom.

Goverment: Avaderans stability owes a great deal to its uniq Heriditary tradition, a left over from more primitive time, which have proven to serve the kingdom well. Tradition prescripes that the ruler of Avaderan sires 3 sons, who much then compete to prove thier worth, the must capeble then ascending the throne and giving the name Meas. in practise, the eldest one would normally win, but the tradition have in its time weeded out atleast one incompetent eldest son.
Hereditary Monarchy currently ruler. King Meas The III.


Religion: In the first years, Animism and Ancestor worship dominated the kingdom of Avaderan, much in the same tradition as the Nargaq people, holding sway over it's people for years. Then the first sea traders came, from distant Inverness and even more distant Hartpor, bringing thier gods with themt, over land from the south, the words of the Runethain reached Avarderan and from north came the Cult of Svyorn and the tinkers of Arennia. And so, in the first year of the Shining Spear, the then King of Avaderan made room for all gods within his realm. as for where King Meas III will take his realm is so far undetermined.

Capital City: Avardera

Cultur/History so far: The Avaderans had allways been a people aware of the threats surrounding it, the Nagdaq people to it's south east, pirates prying on her coast, refugees her midst and with the sea to the north and west a constant reminder that her people have no where to run, had raised a vigilant people, and a levye system was shortly into the first years of the nations funding introduced, requering all able bodied men to spend one day each week on training for battle.
The must skilled amounth them (or the sufficiently skilled as time demanded) was picked out to join the royal army, the rest earning the right to carry arms after the first year, recieving a spear and a shield, upon which the inside are inscriped with the words "Avardera entrust thee her future"

This changed in the Years of the Strife when the drop of piracy increased trade and allowed Avaderan to focus inward, with the one day a week of training expanded to also provide some measure of education to the Arvaderas youth, normally reserved for its' noble. again with the must gifted chosen for further education to become the learned and the sages amounth the Avarderan people.

Trade also exposed the people of Avardera to culture and the pride in its army opened up the ports of her city equally to all, creating a metropolitan city, where the worth of ones goods, and the intrigrity of foreign tradesman mattering more then thier costums. as the saying goes "lake fish and sea fish fills a stomach alike".
Such wealth allowed for Avardera to expand her infrastructur, found the new city of Avardera-Erl-Ollom. Lit. Avardera-North-Eye and even settle the Isle of Aurun.

Then came the Auri ultimatum, and King Meas III acceptance of it resulted to much debate, warriors and proud nobles thinking the old man weak, some in secrecy, other outright to his face and then the 2.nd wave of refuges poured in, of a like not seen since the Years of The Comet, silencing the opposition and now, King Meas III stand at perhaps the must troubling time of his rule. The Majority of his fleet in the Machta-In hands, his southern trades partner squabbling, and in the east, a migthy warrior nation unmatched by anything seen since the before the age of the comet.

other note about cultur.
Art: wood carving have allways been a favored pass-time of the Avardera people, a natural extension of the great lumber that was harvest along the Nargaq Forest Vein, as they called the great river that floated out of the forest.
It didn't took long, before the Wood carving art lead to the people of Avardera to also craft with copper when it was discovered, adding a uniq touch to the bowls and cups.
Oral story telling tradition have also allways been strong in Avaran, adapted from the refugees following the forming of Nargaq, and despite the influx of nations from all corner of the world, have remained the primarely story telling form amounth the Averdera.

Military:
Avardera have though it's citizen levy system allways mantained a strong core of spearmen as it's back-bone, with all other forces acting in support. in theory the every citizen of Avardera can be called in to fight, in practise, only the royal army are relieable enough for King Meas III to consider to use, the citizen levy acting more like a way to keep the people unified, and atleast diciplined enough in a retreat, something he hopes will never comes to pass.

Current major trade goods:
domestic mined/harvested: Wine, Crabs, Shell fish and such like, Wool and Lumber. Small amounth of Copper, but mainly for domestic use.
crafted goods: cutted up lumber, wool clothing, pottery, copper and wood goods.  [/spoiler]

 [ic= In the Quarter of Captain Rien]
"orders for you Captain, you are to take your men and travel east"
Captain Rien stared dumbstruck at the Kings Voice, then composed himself before he took the scroll from the messenger "Am I to understand the King wishes to wage war against the Auri?"
The Messenger chuckled and shook his head "oh, no no, something faaar more peacefull my good captain"
"The King have in his gratitude released you from the duty of captain and" "What? I have faithfully served the Avardera for years and this is how the King....how can he.." "And he have decided that your company shall march to the un-tamed east and expand glorious Avarderas realm as frontier men, under your command.."  The Messenger waited for a moment to let the order sink into the captain, then finished "..Sire Rien"
Sire....there was something about that, and mere moments after he tore up the scroll and read the orders
"everything should be detailed in there, 50 of your men will stay fully armed as your guards, the rest may keep thier spear and shield and are expected to bring thier family with them if any. The Oak company will accompany you to secure the land and help with the constructions, May we all prosper, good sire. " [/ic]



 [ic=From King Meas III to Dek Lakrail of Arannia, delivered by words through the Kings Voice] King Meas greets you, welcomes your people as guest in Avardera and wishes your nation prosperity.
sadly, as an extension of that wish, I find it my sad duty to warn Arannia of a great threat from the south, a nation of warriors who conqour and destroy all it touches and so Arvardera urgest Arannia to protect its southern border. The King understand that you are new in these land, and have therefor offered our advice for where to do it. The King also understands that such an endeveor might be taxing for a young nation, and so will offer laxed tax on all Arrania tradeships passing through our water during the time the fortifications are build.
May we all prosper.
P.S. The king also advice that you claim and pronouce the idea as your own, so as the people o your great nation do not take the Kings advice the wrong way.[/ic]


[ic= From King Meas III to the Elders of Nagtaq, delivered by words through the Kings Voice] King Meas III Greet you, and wishes to congratulate you in besting the Auri forces.
He also wishes to bring good news. Tales from the refugees in his lands have touched the King, and he wishes to aid the Nagtaq people, trading excess food so that your warriors and people alike may eat well in return for only a token payment in crafted jevelry. The King are must eager to hear the elders reply.
May we all prosper [/ic]


[ic]"and try to keep trade normalised with all our other neighbours, and you can tell Thyril that -those crasy barbarian women- goods are still goods" Scribe Jerul looked concerned at his King. "it's a dangerous game you're playing my lord"  "...it's a dangerous world we're living in" "what if the Auri finds out that we have been aiding thier enemies?" "Auri will not find out. and if they do, then we can claim it to be the lies, intended to distract Auri besides.." Meas smirked....the gleefull smirk, of a man certaint in himself and enjoying it "how much or how little we take for our goods are our own doing"
Jerul sighed, then bowed defeated "As The King says"
"offcourse, now go make sure the neccesarely preperations are organised for the unmarried men of Riens company find them self a woman amounth the refugee to join thier household for the expansion to the east. some of them should be quiet lovely"
Jerul merely shook his head "As the King commands" then he closed the door after him.
and with that, King Meas III smirk disappeared while he watched out of the window surveving his lands "I just had to do my best to back then, huh?"[/ic]

[ic]A group gathers as the Kings Voice roars out "and so, the King have decided that any men wishing to test his luck in the untamed east, may travel with Sire Rien and under his eye settle the lands, and the Avardera will in her generosity offer aid to any who wishes to do so.[/ic]  

[ooc]orders:

One Company of Spearmen will disband and it's men march east. half along the coast, and half along the Nagtaq Forest Left River and at the northen must part of the river found a settlement and a outpost, focused on lumberjacking, with some effort on mining, sending them down stream, with the settlement on the coast at a proper area north of the outpost. unmarried men will be giving the option to take a widow or unmarried woman amounth the landless refugees into his household.

One company of spearmen will accompany the settlers. keeping them safe and aiding with the constructions, with priority giving to a road to connect the two new settlement.

tax on any Arennia ship are to be halved, if they do as Avardera suggest. The suggested area is the thinnest piece of land between the mountain range and the coast south of Arennias current border.

Food will be traded to Nagtaq at a lowered price, with minimum profit.

Traders will be instructed to go ashore on Pinurs southern cost and sell weaponry for cheap, Paying Free League Men Captain as needed to conduct thier trade.

If needed then the western part of the Nagtaq forest will be cleared for farmland.

Avarderas ships are ordered to protect her tradeships, leaving only a few ships to guard the capital city.

people who wishes to settle newly claimed land may do so with the kingdoms aid, so far the royal coffin allows it.
edit: opps, my bad, I had assumed that the Machta had accepted Avarderas offer to use her ships, and just read it through and saw that the letter was never replied to. please ignore any reference to Avardera having lost any ships..they simple hadn't had many to begin with. also one letter to the Machta pulled back, since it doesn't really apply then.[/ooc]

[ic=A Letter from Machta Sha'naa to the Despotissa]Ei'Sha, Great Lady. We have heard of your exploits, and would like to become your allies, if not your vassals. A doll, crafted from the finest materials we have, has been included to perhaps sway you in your decision. We are, as ever, your servants.
The Machta Sha'naa.[/ic]

[ic=Cupbearer-General Touran, Regent for the Despotissa Koura, to the Machta]
Your gift, sea-folk, is worthy of a child - and well would it be if Her Most Despotic Grandness were a mere child rather than the incarnation of a god.  Were you a familiar people, we would take offense... but perhaps in your land a doll is what passes for a sacrifice to the gods, so I will assume no ill meaning.

The Despotate has not forgotten your traitorous attack upon Kuregn, yet if you wish to placate us with your vassalage, perhaps Her Holiness will find it in her divine heart to forgive.

We see that the perfidious Archons travel freely in your waters, dictating their insidious terms of "peace" with their forked tongues.  Do not mistake their bribes for charity, or their effeminate diplomacy for magnanimity.  Much better to have the ear of a god's divine empire and reap the rewards that bloodless, mincing eunuchs cannot offer.[/ic]

[ic=To Kuregn]We intended no insult, Cupbearing one. The Men-Who-Are-Not-Men attempt to assert themselves over us, and have already enslaved the northerners. We hold no particular love for stock not of the Southmen, especially that that lays claim to the Inverness, but the Men-Who-Are-Not-Men should not be allowed to spread their vileness.[/ic]

[ic=A Proposition to Arrania]One of the last to arrive for the  affiancing festivities is a short, stocky man with wild brown hair.  He is accompanied by a company of fourteen other men, all mostly unarmed, at least by Andosen standards.  The short, stocky man introduces himself as Hychavor the Natural to whoever seems to care.  When he finally finds someone who cares AND looks important, he declares that he and his men have come to study the ways of the Arranians and that ,

"I and my men represent no one but ourselves, no house, no Clan.  We be willing to toil and sweat and be as Arranian men, but we present no gifts, no promises, and we expect to return home, fair Andos, and let our tales run on about our experiences with ye.  What interests us most be the naturals of metal and stone-shaping, this "alchemy" magic ye speak of, and these ideas about shapes and form and I know not what else, but I intend to, hurr, hurr, hurr!"[/ic]

[ic To king MEas III]we are most greatful for your offer, and when the time comes, if we must, we will use it.[/ic]

Why are you posting THESE on here? :P

They obviously represent corrospondance outside the coucil.  Do you think the world stopped for Inveran?

'One of the last to arrive for the affiancing festivities' sounds like it's in Inveran, actually. Heh.

oh, actually. the Arrania is also holding a festival in celebration of the heirs comming of age.

anyway, on to the council related orders for Avardera.

[ooc] reduce tax on The Leagues trade ship, and allow thier ships to dock in Avarderas ports for no fee, if they agree to protect Avarderas water.

reduce tax on Inveran trade ship, with higher priority for Avadera trade ships to deal in Inverness, untill Inveran have rebuild thier trade fleet. this include lumber from Avaderas forest which will be sold to Inveran at a price lowered to only cover expenses, untill thier fleet is rebuildt.

offer to teach Andos how to guild galleys, buildt for trade, in exchange for thier help? (not sure yet, still under negotiation)
[/ooc]

Name: The land is called Vandire and the people are Vands

Government:The government is a Theocracy with Rashea the god of the land Opela the goddess of the cycle(day and night) at the top. Below is the Cheiftan and his council. It is the Cheiftan's job to carry out the will of the gods for the good of the people. The Cheiftan consults with the gods through prayer and sacrifice. When a Cheiftan dies the council gets together and meditates until the gods tell them who the next Cheiftan shall be.

Religion: The Vands and polytheists with many gods. The core ones are Rashea god of land and harvest, Opela god of cycle, Kuta God of water(Vands have yet to discover the seas but rain and rivers are a big part of their lives)and Liyer god of the underworld and overworld.

Culture: The Vand Culture is very much tied into the land in which they live. The rich ecosystem of the marsh is full of animals to be hunted, herbs to be gathered, and building materials to be dug from the land. They are fierce and proud people who believe in family and working together to stay alive. The men are mostly hunters/builders and the women are the family runners. Entertainment comes from telling stories about the gods or fruitful hunts of the past, as well as making music and dancing.

For the location i was thinking the marshlands underneath Tescha

orders:
research resources in area
research farming
establish barracks

 

[ooc]Announcement
TWAD will be taking a much-needed break over the Thanksgiving holiday weekend.  That doesn't necessarily mean that I won't post, or that you can't, but it does mean there will be no updates until next week.  Take a Turkey Day - and, if you really can't get enough TWAD, write a totally sweet piece for us when we return.

There is one other issue - we're getting a lot of new members, which is good, but I'm not sure at present how easy it will be to write updates for all these people.  Therefore, I am effecting a temporary moratorium on new TWAD members.  Everyone who contacted me before posting this is in (and Sir Vorpal, who is coming back and perhaps making a new state).  My apologies to people left out - but this is only a provisional moratorium until I get a feel for updating with a group of the present size.  I may or may not extend it depending on my conclusions and schedule.

If you want in, go ahead and send me a PM; if a space opens up, I'll tell you.

If you want out, please tell me - that way I can give your space to somebody else if anyone wants in.[/ooc]

Immediately on returning, Hierarch Mazir was summoned to the Grand Warden's council chambers. Entering the council chamber, the priest first made ritual obeisance to the shrine of Anwu, then bowed deeply before the Grand Warden Karar and Grand Hierarch Ashar. Karar nodded and Pratak drew himself upright.

[ic=Pratak Mazir, First Hierarch of Anwu]Warden, Hierarch, I have returned from our mission to the foreign council of Inveran. There we encountered men from many lands - more than I would have thought possible. Our merchants displayed their wares widely, though I cannot tell how successful they have been. Perhaps after I receive their reports...
[/ic]
[ic=Grand Warden Karar]What of these other lands? What manner of men are they?
[/ic]
[ic=Grand Hierarch Ashar]
What of their gods? What knowledge do they have of Anwu and Hoohsih?
[/ic]
[ic=Pratak Mazir]They seem to be a motley lot. Each land seems to have its own gods, as different from each other as the gods of Celend are from ours. Much of the council time was taken up with discussions that resemble nothing more than the squabbles of Atur chieftains - but with vastly greater armies. In truth, none of them would last a week in the desert - but then, I guess we'd not fare well on their seas ourselves.
[/ic]
[ic=Grand Hierarch Ashar]Tell me of these seas. We hear much of them, but they seem surpassingly strange.
[/ic]
[ic=Pratak Mazir]A great jest by Anwu, I think. Quantities of water so vast, it beggars the imagination. We sailed on them for days on end - it sounds absurd, but it is true! And yet, a cruel joke, for all that water is so salty as to be undrinkable, like the poison water in an salt lake. Yet, there are fish and creatures that live in the sea, so it is not pure poison. Quite strange.
[/ic]
[ic=Grand Warden Karar]And their armies? Are they as large as Celend or Kuregn? Perhaps they might be set against one another, or be useful allies to protect us?
[/ic]
[ic=Pratak Mazir]Your pardons, Warden, but I am no expert. Most of the nations at the council seemed to be sailors more than soldiers. They showed much deference to Celend, though not without some degree of hostility as well. They do have many techniques of smelting and metal-working, at least according to Merchant Wazun. Perhaps there are things we could learn to better protect ourselves, but they don't offer much in the way of alliance...
[/ic]
The session continued deep into the night, until finally exhaustion set in and Pratak was permitted to return to his family for sleep and refreshment.

[ooc]
Orders are due on Tuesday.[/ooc]

The Years of the Horizon
Year of the Comet 176-200

The 'Peace of Inveran' '" though some grumbled it was better called the Peace of Celend '" did successfully prevent another major war between the states of the Middle sea.  Save for the East, where the Auri and the Teschans fought all comers, the civilized world experienced an age of trade and innovation '" and expanded its frontiers over the horizon.

[spoiler=The Map]
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/update8.png)[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Surprise Map]
A year of major trade routes, ports, and goods in the year 200 - orange indicating sea routes, red indicating land routes
(http://i229.photobucket.com/albums/ee254/MithridatesNES/trade8.png)
[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Ar-Auriban]
The revered Asimad, hailed by his nomad people as the greatest Agah the world had ever known, lived just long enough to quash the rebellion of Pinur with the assistance of the League's ships.  Asimad, showing mercy uncommon to his predecessors, spared the city a general sack.  Instead of placing a new, 'friendly' leader on the throne, however, he had every last male member of the nobility enslaved and placed an Auri aristocracy (primarily minor members of his own extended family) over the people of Pinur.

Perhaps the Agah had merely been waiting for the end of this campaign, for only a few months later he passed away and 'returned to the Light,' as the Auri say.  He was succeeded by his son, a man of considerably less reputation than his father.  Agah Zegar seemed uninterested in the grand campaigns of his father.  The royal residence of the Agah and his family had traditionally been wherever their campaigns took them; their palaces were tents.  Zegar instead made Isedun his permanent capital.  He removed the city's practically vestigial lords from power, renamed the city 'Zegarah,' and built a palace.  The Agah dissolved the 'heir state' of Dauraban as well, consolidating the entire empire under himself.

This policy, understandably, did not endear him to the tribal elites, which considered him a weak ruler who took on the affectations of foreigners and lacked the stomach for battle.  In an attempt to relieve this friction in his court, the Agah married his niece to his father's favorite general, Suthol, who had laid siege to Nargaq under his father's reign, and pronounced him 'Keeper of the West,' giving him and his subordinates free reign over the 'Lost Lands.'

Suthol found the lands of the former Confederacy in turmoil; Asimad had maintained only minimal control over these territories after the siege of Nargaq ended.  Tribes fought each other and variously allied '" or at least claimed to be allied '" with Ar-Auriban, Nargaq, Inveran, Ruthern, or even the League.  Suthol set about correcting this situation, variously bribing or intimidating the local tribes to his side.  The presence of Invernessi spearmen and warriors of Andos did little to dissuade them.

Despite the consolidation of the eastern bank of the 'Asuth-ur' (The Western River), Suthol lacked the resources to bridge the river, and similarly lacked the ability to lay siege to the city of Nargaq.  Instead, he inaugurated an annual tradition of laying waste to the land of Nargaq up to the walls themselves.  Every summer, the Auri would trample fields, massacre villages, and even purposefully burn acres of pristine woodland so the Nargaq could make no use of it.

In the year 192, a new challenge to Auri dominance arose '" but this time, from the East.  A powerful steppe confederacy, much like the Auri themselves, made incursions into the Auri-controlled steppe.  The Sorghedai attempted to invade and were repulsed, but in the year 195 they handily defeated the Agah, coming perilously close to Zegarah.  Faced by a crisis, the Agah's generals deposed him in favor of his cousin Arghad in the year 196.  Zegar fled to Suthol, who marched on Zegarah.  The forces of the puppet Agah melted away and Zegar regained the throne.  Three months later, in the autumn of 197, the Auri defeated the Sorghedai within sight of the walls of Zegarah and restored his eastern frontier.  The Empire of the Light had never been larger, but the rulership of the Agah had proven to be less stable than many had thought.[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Inveran]
The reconstruction of Inveran was not difficult.  The country itself had not been invaded, and all that had been lost was its fleet '" and its foremost position in the Middle Sea.  Somewhat less than half of the original Mandrian population of Inveran had chosen to remain after the exodus of Mavda and his Mandrian followers '" a loss, but not a crippling one.  Despite this, Lindus assiduously pursued a reform of the entire social structure of Inveran; the title of 'Dragonlord' was virtually the only vestige of the past that remained.

The Aristocracy was removed from power, and the government was remade into a pyramid of elected offices.  In theory, this gave even peasants and fishermen control over the land's high offices; in practice, this structure quickly became dominated by the merchants and traders, as most peasants and fishermen had neither the time nor inclination to be involved in administration.  Inveran came to resemble Isedun in its glory days, with a league of traders dominating the islands and maintaining a merchant lord like themselves as Dragonlord.  Over the next few decades, the position of Dragonlord became steadily weaker, as the merchants became more and more comfortable with simply removing their ruler if he was not sufficiently pliable.

These merchants were not as dominant on the world stage as they had been during Inveran's supremacy, but the reopening of the copper trade from Nargaq brought good profits.  Invernessi sailors also remained the best navigators in the Middle Sea, and still played an important role in the circular trade between the Inverness and Yaffa.  The city of Inveran was also the site of yearly games; they fell short of being truly international, but became a local event attracting competitors from the Machta-In (and occasionally, Yaffa).

The experiment of the Aristoic dynasty in 'currency' had long since come to an end; the coins never came into wide use, as merchants were simply more comfortable with their memorized ratios of bartering goods.  The death blow had come with the fall of Durum, which cut off the silver supply to Inveran.  Inveran's new competitive role in the circular trade, however, led to the minting of a new metal '" lead.  The availability of previously unseen foreign goods shook the previous system of barter, where a merchant simply knew the number of bushels of grain that one ox was worth, and so on.  New, valuable, and unfamiliar goods led to the adoption of a system of weights, measured at the Academy, which became standard throughout the Inverness in these years.

This development was credited with the invention of the 'Helm Cross' in the year 195.  Navigator-astronomers at the Helm designed a T-shaped wooden cross with regular markings on it, with a small standard weight hanging by a string from the junction (a plumb line).  It proved to be a useful and readily made navigational aid, enabling sailors to more easily measure the angle of stars.  Quickly adopted by the League, the use of the Cross spread from Otahvy to Beitar within five years.

Player: Stargate525
Government: Plutocratic Elective Monarchy
Popularity: 5 [+1]
Dread: 0
State Religion: Cult of the Dragon Saints
Popular Religion: 91% Dragon Saints, 9% Mandrian Polytheism
Fervor: 5
Population: 8,000 [+3500]
Cities: Inveran (C), Ilneress
Prosperity: 5 [+1]
Trade: 4 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2
Espionage: 2 [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3) [+2]
Army: 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The Machta-In]
Many foreigners dismissed the Machta's claims of attempts on his life to be spurious; he had acquired a reputation in Inveran and further abroad as somewhat unstable, and few were inclined to take him seriously.  It was all the more surprising when, in the year 180, the aged monarch was laid low by a dose of poison in his fennel tea.  The poisoner was never found '" many suspected Inveran, but others noted that the use of poison was more typical to Celend or Beitar.

The Machta had lived to such an advanced age that he had outlived his own son by several months; he was succeeded by his younger nephew, who was rumored to have personal correspondence with the Despotissa of Kuregn.  The new Machta continued in his uncle's footsteps, proclaiming his 'new peace.'  Initially, blaming Inveran for the death of his uncle, the Machta levied heavy fines on Inveran's shipping, but negotiations between them and Inveran's plutocracy ended the standoff peacefully.

In the environment of growing enmity between the militant zealots of Kuregn and the suspicious bureaucrats of Celend, the Machta-In found itself drifting into Kuregn's sphere of influence.  The ports of the Middle Sea became a second stage for the intrigues between the two ancient kingdoms, with Danhula serving as a refuge for agents of Kuregn.  In the year 191, at the age of 20 and no longer in the hands of her regents, the Despotissa Koura made the first visit to a foreign land ever made by a Despot '" at least, without an army in tow '" when she visited the Machta's court at Danhula.  Koura assured the Machta (and the world) that, should conflict erupt again in the Middle Sea, the Despotate would stand behind the Machta.  With Kuregn's aid, the Machta-In's military gained new training and weaponry, though they saw little action in this period.

The Machta-In continued its own development during this time of peace.  Notably, a new seasonal calendar came into use, carefully mapping the harvest and planting times of crops in yearly cycles.  Little changed in terms of the goods the land traded in, but fennel '" previously a weed '" began to be grown in gardens for its newly discovered value as a medicinal herb.  It was the previous Machta's like for fennel tea that did him in, but this did nothing to diminish the herb's popularity, both in the Machta-In and in Inveran.  In Kuregn, the Invernessi became known as Fesshekou, or 'herb-tea-drinkers.'

Player: Wensleydale
Government: Hereditary Monarchy
Popularity: 6
Dread: 4 [+1]
State Religion: Sadatism
Popular Religion: 93% Tumiiri Sadatism, 7% Zakhism
Fervor: 6 [-1]
Population: 16,500 [+1,500]
Cities: Danhula (C)
Prosperity: 6
Trade: 4 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 4
Espionage: 3 [+1]
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 4 (4)
Army: 1 Spr, 1 Bld
Navy: 2 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Avardera]
The dynasty of Meas, long conservative and dormant in its lonely section of the Lost Lands, underwent a new vigorous period of growth under Meas III.  Though Avardera was a relatively minor trading power, its exports of wool were valued in Otahvy, and its timber provided an alternative for Machta-In and League merchants who sought an alternative to Inveran's near-monopoly on Nargaq timber.

In the east, Avardera became a dearly valued friend of the clansmen of Nargaq, who were many times saved from starvation by Avarderan assistance.  Some clansmen immigrated to the Avarderan frontier and brought techniques of bronzeworking and swordsmithing with them.  The Averderans also acquired the Ruthernian technique of making potash from wood ash and using it to fertilize crops.

When Meas III died in the year 185, he was succeeded by his youngest son '" an unusual occurrence, but this son had spent years on a League ship developing contacts abroad and a excellent knowledge of the affairs of the world.  He outmaneuvered his brothers and ascended to the throne with hardly any bloodshed.  Meas IV found a delegation from the Auri at his borders only a few months after his ascension.  Meas IV had seen the Auri before during his time on a League ship and had grown to understand the Auri better than his predecessors ever did; he welcomed their delegation, but cautiously.  It was never clear what exactly the delegates wanted; they exchanged pleasantries at court, spoke in their usual glowing terms of their lord, toured the city of Avarra, sampled the local cuisine '" and then went home.  They 'encouraged' the King to acknowledge the great majesty of the Agah, but made no threats '" not even veiled ones '" and demanded no definitive reply.  The King remained friendly but noncommittal and sent them on their way with some appropriate gifts.

Meas IV, having spent much of his youth on the sea, was keenly interested in trade and saw a future for his people on the sea.  To that end, he assiduously promoted his country's own traders, remaining friends with the League but also making it clear that he wanted to be a (friendly) rival, not a passive observer.  By the year 200 Avardera was still a relatively minor player, but the King's activity had done much to expand the horizons of Avarderan ships.  Meas put his small but effective navy to use fighting Mandrian pirates and repelling Andosen 'migrations' to the island across from Taripont.

Through contact and trade with Nargaq, Avardera has acquired a new technology (Swd).

Player: Tillumni Sephirotica
Government: Hereditary Monarchy
Popularity: 7
Dread: 1
State Religion: None
Popular Religion: 58% Animism, 12% Runethainism, 15% Dragon Saints, 7% Cult of Svyorn, 8% Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Fervor: 3
Population: 14,500
Cities: Avarra (C), Taripont
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 2
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 4 (4)
Army: 2 Spr, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Nargaq]
Though the city of Nargaq itself was never truly threatened, the continuous raids on some of Nargaq's best farmland made life difficult. Aid from Avardera helped prevent a major famine, but some still went hungry '" and far more, driven off their land, went east into the mountains.  A general migration took place, with some falling along the way.  The mountains were harsh places to live, but the Nargaq were hardy people and tried to make the best of it.  The Auri would occasionally raid into the foothills, but these were minor attacks largely undertaken by local auxiliaries in the service of Suthol, not actual Auri.

With the Auri no longer in command of the local rivers, the clansmen were able to again trade their copper with seaborne traders, bringing needed supplies inland.  It seems that in peace or war, copper is still a valued commodity.

Player: Atlantis
Government: Council of elders from the five ruling clans
Popularity: 5
Dread: 2 [-1]
State Religion: Animism/ Ancestor worship
Popular Religion: 92% Animism/ Ancestor worship, 2% Runethainism, 6% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 5 [+1]
Population: 14,500 [-1,500]
Cities: Nargaq (C)
Prosperity: 2 [-1]
Trade: 2 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1 [-1]
Espionage: 1
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, CAr, Sli, Swd, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Swd, 1 Sli
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Otahvy]
These 25 years brought a great deal of change in Otahvy.  The era began with the introduction of more than a thousand Mandrians from Inveran; they faced a difficult integration.  Some did not even speak Mandrian, and few had much of a conception of the rituals of Otahvy.  The 'East Mandrians' were generally accepted as relations and friends, but they had a very different style of life.  The average Mandrian was a village fisherman who had little conception of the world outside his village except from the stories of pirates.  The East Mandrians, on the other hand, came from a world of trade and politics, and had brought wealth with them from their homeland.  They made no conscious efforts to set themselves apart, but by the year 190 it was clear that a new social structure was developing '" a large, lower class of 'native' Mandrians who lived off fishing and piracy, and an upper class of 'eastern' Mandrians who spurned piracy and lived as traders and artisans.  Without the influence of Inveran's clergy, the practice of the Dragon Saints began to die out, but Invernessi became a favorite language of the upper classes, who found it useful both as a trade language and as a way to distinguish themselves from common fishermen.

The Mandrians from Inveran brought new ideas with them as well '" methods of government, Invernessi weights and measures, and techniques of navigation.  These gifts, in addition to the active suppression of native piracy by the upper classes, led to Otahvy's transition in to a semi-mercantile power.  No pirate was simply a pirate by the year 200 '" Othavy's sailors 'wore two masks.'  A Mandrian crew might be corsairs or merchants depending simply on how they perceived the place they came upon '" in a powerful town or city they would be dignified traders, but if they perceived the port as weak they were just as likely to take what they wanted and sail on.

The introduction of the Helm Cross and new shipbuilding techniques from Inveran enabled sailors to make the northward voyage to Baktash with more certainty.  Though many ships were lost or damaged by storms off Otahvy's blighted coastline, others made the journey to trade in the 'gilded land' of Baktash, where gold was as common as copper.  Baktash was a curious place with two sources of power, much like Othavy's dual system.  One the one hand, the Seer's Council, an assembly made up of 'Seers' claiming to be able to predict the future through magic rituals, directed the day-to-day affairs of the realm.  On the other, the Padsha of Baktash acted as the country's highest general and head of state, maintaining law and order and commanding the considerable armies of Baktash.  The Padsha commanded a large force, equipped with bronze armor and swords, and made up of disciplined and well-drilled veterans.  They needed these things, as they faced an implacable enemy to their north: the 'Eku,' a race of violent, semi-intelligent carnivorous mountain apes that the Otahvy sailors thought were myths until they were shown living examples.  Seeing the foreigners' wonder at these creatures, the Padsha gave the Kings of Otahvy a caged pair to entertain guests at their court with their 'savagery.'

The sailors were also impressed by the abilities of the Seers, which seemed to be real '" the Council demonstrated a keen, if cryptic and metaphoric, knowledge of the affairs of the Middle Sea that they surely could not possibly have known.  The Seers, though generous and friendly, icily refused any suggestion that they share the source of their knowledge.  Apparently, while the Baktashi value gifts and praise gift-givers, there are some things even they will not give.

Another state was found in the 'Ochre Sea,' the name the Baktashi gave to their local body of water.  The Serene Empire of Great Hayar was everything that Baktash was not '" a fierce, competitive, canny trading empire with its strength in fleets rather than armor-clad warriors.  The Hayrines were likewise rich, but from trade rather than from gold deposits.  They presided over a trade route between Baktash and unknown lands to the west, from which they procured brilliant gems, fragrant honey, and a curious plant called the 'red lotus,' a powerful drug that produced torpor, euphoria, visions, and a considerable addiction when its crimson petals were dried and smoked.  The Hayrines were jealous guardians of this route, and prohibited any ships from passing beyond the 'Red Gate,' a strait between two of their colonies beyond which (so they said) lay their trade route and their greatest city, Hayar.  The Hayrines were willing to trade, but found that the Mandrian sailors had little that they valued.  They did, however, start a new colony near the peninsula of Mandra in the year 198.

Player: Jharviss
Government: Complete diarchy ruled by King Rodonso and King Puul
Popularity:8 [-1]
Dread: 3
State Religion: Mandrian Ditheism
Popular Religion: 68% Mandrian Ditheism, 24% Mandrian Polytheism, 6% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 2% Dragon Saints
Fervor: 3 [+1]
Population: 14,500 [+2500]
Cities: Nilburg (C)
Prosperity: 3 [+1]
Trade: 4 [+1]
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 0
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 1 Bld, 1 Spr
Navy: 1 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Andos]
A mighty earthquake shook the island of Andos in the year 177, and was felt as far away as Avardera.  The movement was greatest just across the strait from Stravam, and it was Stravam that took the brunt of its force.  Buildings were toppled and ships capsized as great waves slammed into the harbor.  Though many buildings were toppled, the casualties were not devastating, and the Ryvalnya quickly saw to the rebuilding of their fortress.

While the rest of the world experienced relative peace, conflict stirred in Andos.  New ships of war were built, new weapons adopted, and a new secret brought to Andos: bronzeworking.  Acquired from abroad, the method of making bronze tools and weapons gained by the Ryvan-Holme was an intolerable challenge to the Ryvalnya, whose cache of bronze weapons no longer seemed to be an advantage.  So too the archery training and construction of fortresses enraged the masters of Stravam.  For the Ryvalnya, every passing year eroded their advantage and solidified the power of the mother-houses.

Desperate to preserve their monopoly, the Ryvalnya '" who decided whether any Vrena was worthy of being a Great-Mother '" declared that henceforth it was only just that all Vrenas of the Ryvan-Holme pass their required tests and rituals to be deemed worthy of service.  This was a proposal that the Vrenas simply could not accept, and their refusal sparked a general insurrection of bandits and warriors against the south of Andos, which was largely controlled by the Ryvan-Holme.  It was a civil war in all but name '" the Ryvalnya never stated any hostility toward the Ryvan-Holme and maintained that the council simply needed to accept their vetting of the presiding Vrenas.  Nevertheless, warriors loyal to Stravam, as well as highland bandits who felt threatened by the Ryvan-Holme, began a campaign of fierce raids on the south.  Andosen lumber mills were burned and fortresses attacked, while villagers were enslaved or simply abducted and transplanted to the north.

The Ryvalnya had the initial advantage, but this was threatened by the fortified lumber camps founded by several ambitious Greathouses.  It was these camps that suffered the full weight of their assault; within a year, they were overrun and destroyed despite their defenses.  It was the ships of the Greathouses that began to turn the tide.  Better shipbuilding and navigation techniques from the south allowed ships to cross larger expanses of open ocean, and the Vrenas found that they could usurp Stravram's trade while simultaneously isolating them from further imports of weapons without the eastern camps.  The Vrenas saw to the forging of more weaponry every year, while the forces of the Ryvalnya were forced to resharpen old and weathered weapons.  The warrior-chief Hychordo returned from Nargaq with new techniques of armor making, which were quickly put to use by the Greathouses against the northerners.  By the year 200, the warriors of the Greathouses had made sizeable gains, though the warriors of Stravam and the highlands were still formidable adversaries.

Andos has developed a new troop type:
Andosen Spearmen (ASp): Unlike the spearmen of other lands, these warriors fight as loose warbands rather than dense formations.  They carry a selection of weapons, preferring the chor, a six foot bronze stabbing spear, and a versatile short bow.  Equipped with a bronze cap, a hide shield, and a square bronze 'pectoral' as armor, they are swift and hardy raiders suited for ambushes and rough terrain, though they lack the cohesion and discipline of some troops.

Through contact with other seafaring peoples, Andos has acquired a new technology (Gal).

Player: amikaligula
Government: Matriarchal Timocracy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 3
State Religion: Cult of Svyorn
Popular Religion: 25% Cult of Svyorn, 12% Other Cults, 63% Animism
Fervor: 5 [+2]
Population: 9,500 [+500]
Cities: Andos (C), Stavram
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 2 [+1]
Espionage: 3
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, ASp, Boa, OCa, Gal
Forces: 2 (3)
Army: 1 Spr, 1 ASp
Navy: 1 OCa[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Kashtu]
The need for food in Kashtu had outstripped supply for some time, forcing many to leave their home country and travel to Celend, where artisans were always welcome and food was easier to come by.  The Grand Hierarch, urged by the Warden Mishun, sent emissaries eastward to learn from Celend, but what they found was not terribly helpful '" Celenite farmers lived off the bounty of the river's broad flood plain.  They stored water from the yearly floods in irrigation ditches, to use during dry times.  This was all well and good, but in Kashtu such developments were useless.  The thirsty earth and sun would quickly swallow any such water storage, and without the yearly floods there was little to be retained.

It is unclear exactly how the new idea was thought up, or by whom, but in the 180s the farmers of Kashtu began digging 'long wells' into the foothills of the Red Mountains (as they are called by the Atur).  These were networks of vertical bores dug deep and connected by sloping horizontal tunnels, which used the raised water table of the highlands to tap water for irrigation.  The difficulty and small scale of farming had always meant that in Kashtu, unlike Celend or other societies, farming was done by a few landowners with hired workers rather than a broad base of peasantry.  Eager to find a way to increase the amount of useable land, these 'Peshuek' (literally 'great wheat ones,' derived from the Atur word for wheat) built many such grand wells and expanded Kashtu's modest irrigation system.  Problems remained '" too shallow a tunnel, and there was no flow; too steep, and erosion destroyed the system and created disastrous cave-ins.  By trial and error, however, improvements were made, and the amount of irrigated land increased by half.  In the closing years of this era, the introduction of the plumb line from the Inverness made construction of grand wells much more precise, and by the year 200 the amount of irrigated land in Kashtu had doubled since the year 175.  Food was still bought from Celend, but far less of it, and the population of Kashtu increased greatly.  Another effect of this was the aggrandizing of the Peshuek; a dozen families possessed virtually all the irrigated fields of Kashtu and grew rich and powerful, becoming a new force in Kashtu society.

The army of Kashtu, formerly no different than the warbands of the Atur, became a serious force in these years.  Though traditional camelry remained an important part of warfare, the bow was adopted by nearly all soldiers after the clear demonstration of its usefulness at the Battle of Red Sands.  Kashtu camelry began to carry bows, forcing the Atur to slowly and grudgingly abandon their prejudices against the weapon in order to keep pace with Kashtu.  The army, however, fought few battles '" the Atur as a people were exhausted by war and saw the Kashtu as half-kinsmen, infinitely preferable to Kuregn or Celend.  Friendly relations with the Atur flourished, and trade links expanded.  The Atur in general had little to trade save their strong camel stock, but an interesting commodity occasionally found its way to Kashtu '" aromatic black 'seeds' that created a bitter, black, stimulating beverage when roasted, reportedly obtained from a people west of the Ma'a, a place unknown to civilized people.  A more important trade good was turquoise, which had been previously traded with the Atur in small amounts.  Rich turquoise deposits were found north of Kashtu, requiring dangerous expeditions to extract but yielding fine profits in Celend and farther abroad.

Kashtu found itself increasingly caught in the middle of the growing antagonism between Celend and Kuregn.  Kuregnite patrols were espied near Kashtu lands, while delegates from the Despotissa courted the favor of the Wardens, making vague references to a coming 'dispute' which Kashtu would weather far better if it leaned toward the Despotissa rather than the Grand Archon.  The Archons were also keen to cultivate favor with the Wardens, and made regular state visits as well, bearing gifts and warnings about the evils of the Despotate.  It obvious to all that only two real avenues of attack existed between Celend and Kuregn '" one through the isolated White Eagle's Pass to the north of Kashtu, and one straight through Kashtu itself.

Player: snakefing
Government: Religious Monarchy
Popularity: 7 [+1]
Dread: 4
State Religion: Kashtu Polytheism
Popular Religion: 84% Kashtu Polytheism, 15% Animism, 1% Celenite Polytheism
Fervor: 6
Population: 11,500 [+2000]
Cities: Kashtu (C)
Prosperity: 4 [+1]
Trade: 3
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 3 [+1]
Espionage: 2
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Cam, Boa
Forces: 3 (3)
Army: 2 Cam, 1 Arc
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The South]
The 20th birthday of the Despotissa marked the beginning of a military campaign of expansion at the expense of the Atur and the Yaffan frontier.  The army of the Despotate encountered no resistance of note, and spent its time building fortresses to secure their newly acquired territory.  Concerned about her northern neighbors, the Despotissa also ordered the construction of a fleet, based on the galleys she had seen in the Machta-In.

The Prince of Jemna renewed his attacks on Celenite Beitar in the year 189, meeting with some success but ultimately unable to lay siege to the city.  He did succeed, however, in making the extraction of copper quite difficult for Yaffa and the League; luckily, Nargaq's copper could cover the shortfall, though only Inveran and Avardera benefited from this shift in resource availability. [/spoiler]

[spoiler=The League of Freemen]
The League benefited from these years of relative peace, but found new difficulties as well.  The submission of Inveran to Celend meant that they too received favorable taxes in the ports of Celend.  Despite a trade agreement with Avardera, League merchants enjoyed no great advantages in the circular trade of the Middle Sea, though they did become frequent travelers on the route from Norpost to Maducreon.

The League had greater importance in the south.  The mainstays of the Freemen, papyrus and ambergris, were complemented by turquoise and fragrant oil from Kashtu and glass beads from Etropahan.  Over the years, the captains explored more to the east, discovering the kingdom of Cyrenahan.  The kingdom was more open to traders than Etropahan had been, and the captains found strange things in those foreign markets '" items crafted from animal tusks, like a boar's but far larger, and a variety of sweet and savory spices from the interior.  It seemed that a whole panoply of realms existed in this land, with merchants trading in the city of Roshhan claiming to be from foreign lands unknown to the captains '" Murrhat, Dekkah, Xukhia, and others.

In the year 179, a League merchant flotilla of three ships found a curious island out at sea that was not on their charts.  They sailed to it, only to find that it was not an island at all, but an enormous sea tortoise, easily three times the length of a galley.  It was not docile, either.  Apparently spooked by one of the ships, it snapped the keel in two in its beak.  Casualties were fortunately light, though a cargo of papyrus was lost.  It was not the last time such a creature was sighted, though by now sailors knew to stay away from them.  In 190, a captain from Maducreon launched an expedition to kill a giant turtle.  They found one, but were unable to cause it more than superficial injuries.  In response, it crushed the keel of one ship and pulled another one into the depths.  That was the last such hunting expedition to take place.

From the eastern lands came a new faith, 'Darhism,' which emphasized the eternity of the spirit and proclaimed the virtues of mental and physical cleanliness, achieved through reflective meditation and cleansing rituals.  It managed to achieve some converts in the League's southern territories.

Norpost has grown to achieve city designation.

Player: AllWillFall2Me
Government: Confederated Republic
Popularity: 5
Dread: 3
State Religion: Mother Earth/ Father Sea
Popular Religion: 60% Mother Earth/ Father Sea, 5% Runethainism, 15% Mandrian Polytheism, 16% Beitaran Polytheism, 2% Darhism
Fervor: 3
Population: 17,000 [+1000]
Cities: Hartport (C), Norpost
Prosperity: 4
Trade: 7
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 5
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Sli, Boa, Gal
Forces: 3 (4)
Army: None
Navy: 3 Gal[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Vandire]
A new city emerged in the marshes south of Tescha, built on piles and rising out of the marsh itself.  The Vands, long native to the marshlands, had grown into the most powerful and prosperous tribe of the region, thanks in no small part to the League's interest in the papyrus of their lands.  Papyrus was the main crop of the Vands, which they sold to the League, but the League also introduced rice from Cyrenahan, which the Vands found was well suited to their environment.  Large expanses of marshland were converted to rice paddies (as well as fields for taro, a native plant), fueling the growth of their city.  The Vands traveled in well-made reed boats, hunted geese and fish, and even used a basic currency in the form of the molar teeth of the hippopotamus, a particularly dangerous and ill-tempered animal.

The Teschans, normally isolationist, took a special interest in their southern neighbors.  A massive army arrived on the edge of the marshes in the year 188; the Vands were presented with a vast legion of Teschan soldiers, led by a vanguard of chariots pulled by colorfully painted horses and driven by men with fierce-looking bronze masks.  Apparently, however, this army was a show of force and not an actual invasion '" after scaring the Vands half to death with their sudden advance, the Teschans dispatched envoys, who gave the greetings of their empire to the 'people of the land of the hippopotamus' and told the Vands that the loyalty of their people to the Teschan Empire against 'nefarious' outside influences must be cultivated.  Shortly after they arrived, the envoys left with the Teschan army.

Perhaps feeling threatened, the Vands attempted to raise their own army, though in technology and numbers they were far inferior to the Teschans.  Still, some semblance of a city militia was raised.

Player: Locknpop4life
Government: Theocracy
Popularity: 5
Dread: 0
State Religion: Vand Polytheism
Popular Religion: 100% Vand Polytheism
Fervor: 4
Population: 4,500
Cities: Vandire (C)
Prosperity: 3
Trade: 0
Advancement: Early Bronze Age
Infrastructure: 1
Espionage: 0
Military Technology: Spr, Bld, Arc, Boa
Forces: 2 (2)
Army: 1 Spr, 1 Arc
Navy: None[/spoiler]

[spoiler=The East]
New powers from the steppes made their presence known.  In the north, the Sorghedai warred against the Auri.  In the south, a nomadic confederacy known as the 'Triple Alliance' fought a series of border skirmishes with the Teschans, who held their ground but could likewise not expand against the nomads.  The coming of the Alliance was welcome to others '" the King of Atamn, long a vassal of the Auri, renounced their suzerainty and instead allied himself to the Triple Alliance in the year 200, apparently hoping that they would prove to be a less odious master than the Agah.

The people of Dol made their first foray into regional trade, selling almonds to sea traders from the city of Hau-Dol in exchange for metals. [/spoiler]

[spoiler=Military Units]
CHALCOLITHIC

Spearmen (Spr): Spearmen wield a short spear, and are usually equipped with a copper helmet, light armor (e.g. linen, hide, or leather), and a large hide or wooden shield. They are decent all-around troops that can handle most opponents adequately, but they don't excel at anything.

Bladesmen (Bld): These are usually younger and more agile warriors that serve as light infantry, fighting with some manner of bronze blade '" usually an axe, knife, or short sword '" and a hide or wicker shield. They wear little or no armor to preserve their mobility. Bladesmen are fast and flexible light troops who can ably accomplish tactical maneuvers and ambushes.

Archers (Arc): Archers carry a short bow, several sheaves of arrows, and little else. Their arrows are deadly, but inaccurate at long ranges, and can be blocked easily by shields and even light armor. They are often used to break up enemy formations and to assault or defend walled cities.

Slingers (Sli): Slingers fire deadly lead bullets that significantly outrange bows, and can break bones even through shields and armor. These bullets are heavy, however, which limits the number that can be carried into battle. They make good battlefield skirmishers.

Boats (Boa): These represent canoes, barges, and small boats primarily designed for rivers and day voyages over calm seas. These small vessels are quite handy, but very vulnerable to storms and ill-suited for warfare at sea.

Outrigger Canoes (OCa): Large canoes can be rendered more seaworthy by the addition of an outrigger, which stabilizes the hull.  Outrigger canoes are advanced craft driven by sail and oar that are noticeably more seaworthy than galleys, but their smaller crews and lower structures make them not much better than regular boats at naval warfare.

BRONZE AGE

Early Bronze Age

Galleys (Gal): The galley is a round-bottomed ship with 20-40 oars and a single square-rigged mast.  They are faster and more seaworthy than boats, but are unsuitable for open waters beyond sight of the coast.  They have no weapons, combat being conducted by boarding an enemy ship.

Swordsmen (Swd): The first truly heavy infantry, swordsmen wield bronze 'sickle-swords' to hew through enemy footmen.  Equipped with shields, bronze helmets, and cloaks reinforced with bronze scales, swordsmen are excellent assault troops.  What they lack in mobility they make up for in durability.

Composite Archers (CAr): The composite bow is a vast improvement over the old 'self bow.'  Its composition of wood, horn, and sinew gives it nearly twice the range of a traditional bow with the same bow length, not to mention increased power to penetrate armor (though shields remain an effective defense).  The animal glue involved, however, means that it can fall apart in humid or wet conditions.

Camelry (Cam): Camels are odd-looking animals perfectly suited for desert combat.  These warriors ride camels into battle, and carry a spear and small shield.  They are perfect for raids in the wide, trackless deserts and steppes, but are ill-suited for warfare in temperate regions.  The smell of camels is very disturbing to horses, and as a result these troops are put to good effect against chariots and cavalry.

Andosen Spearmen (ASp): Unlike the spearmen of other lands, these warriors fight as loose warbands rather than dense formations. They carry a selection of weapons, preferring the chor, a six foot bronze stabbing spear, and a versatile short bow. Equipped with a bronze cap, a hide shield, and a square bronze 'pectoral' as armor, they are swift and hardy raiders suited for ambushes and rough terrain, though they lack the cohesion and discipline of some troops.

Middle Bronze Age

Chariots (Cha): The chariot is a fearsome new weapon of war that brings mobility to the battlefield.  Each chariot carries a two-man crew, armored with bronze scale and equipped with a bow and a lance.  From their mobile platform, the crew can rain down arrows on infantry formations or trample them if they break formation.  For all their advantages, however, chariots are inoperable in rough terrain.
[/spoiler]

[ic=The Royal Palace at Inveran]
Dragonlord Gregor. That's what they decided to call him. Fair enough, he had taken many titles before, this would be one to add to his collection.

The Merchant Lords had erred, of this he was certain. Never before had they elected one as powerful as he was. Of course, they didn't know this, as he had many representative under different names, but it was the same family, the same company. They had elected the majority, and now it was time to return to the age of glory. The age or Dragons. Gregor could trace his lineage back to Aristo the First, the Great. He had it right. Expand and conquer. No more wars for Inveran, not yet. He would outmaneuver his opponents, not outarm them.

"Polinus!" Gregor shouted for his assistant, chief advisor, and messenger for his pet merchant fleets.

"Yes, Dragonlord?"

"I have orders that I wish you to attend. Take notes. First, we shall expand to the east, colonize the islands Lindus laid out for us." Polinus nodded at this; it was long desired that this land be taken and used. "furthermore, we shall expand our trading empire. I want envoys to Baktash and Hayar, I want to be the first to connect that trade route to the Inner Sea, Dol, see if we can make favorable arrangements with the newest player in this Grimnock match. One to the Auri..."

"My Lord..." Polinus was right to be stunned; the Auri were longstanding enemies of Inveran. What Polinus failed to grasp was that they were here to stay until they collapsed upon themselves.

"to the Auri..." Gregor repeated, "Tell them I will cut them in a percentage if they allow free Inveran trade along their southern river, and prohibit anyone else. I want to trade with Balan, Atamn, and the Triple Alliance, and by the Saints I will be the ONLY one to do so. Send messengers to the east, to Etrophahan and Cyrenahan. undercut the League, at a loss if you have to."

"Yes Dragonlord. I will see to it..."

"Once I am finished." Gregor stayed his servant with a hand. "It has been too long since Inveran has expanded, truly expanded. We will establish colonies between Celend and Jemna, the penninsula we discovered West of Andos, between Dol and Yaffa, and on the coast between Hayar and Otahvy."

"but the cost of this will be tremendous, my lord."

"I know. We're paying for it with those new trade routes we open."

"And what of the other Lords?"

"They will do nothing; they can do nothing. They elected me for life, and until I die I will be their Dragonlord. I intend to retake some of the power that has slipped to the lower echelons, and they are powerless to stop me. The golden rule; he who has the Gold makes the rules, and right now that person is me."
[/ic]

 [ooc]Letters to the above mentioned nations to come.[/ooc]

[ic=At the Captain's Meet]
"Heady days, eh, brethren?" Erik Okarson asked the assorted Captains.

None bothered to respond. Erik was known as a very intelligent, capable captain, who also happened to suffer from a touch of madness. His plans and stratagems were as unusual as they were effective.

"If we are to believe the rumors, there are men who see the future, apes that think, and the most powerful drug imagined to the North. If we believe what we have seen, there are turtles who pretend to be islands, and nations unseen or heard from to the south. And what sits in the center, you ask? Politics. The strangest beast of all."

"Get to the point, Captain." Lathan, worn and aged since the Council years before, was now more granite statue than bear.

"My Point? Who needs a point? We are the Free Captains. We call ourselves the most seaworthy men, and this is the time to prove it. Let us go to lands unknown to current kings, and bring back wonders beyond imagination. Let us see what can be made of these island turtles. Hunting them seems unwise at present, so let us find a new path. Let us del with the peoples of the North, South, West, and East, and be at once the unity of Sea and Earth, knowing all."

"And how do you propose we fund all this? How, when every direction we look, others seek to match us, or compete with us, or refuse us entry?"

"Brother, brother, brother, This is a time to prove how strong we are. We are the Free Captains. We sail the Known seas, we can afford a little competition. But Listen, I have some plans..."
[/ic]

 [ic=Letter To The Depotissa]
Congratulations on surviving to the age of rulership, your Highness. These are mere tokens to your self, as a gift from the Free Captains.[/ic]
 [ic]The letter is accompanied by ambergris, exotic jewelry from the foreign ports of the League's reach, and a similarly impressive weapon.[/ic]  

 [ic= Announcements by the Free Captains, posted in ports, and declared on ships]
League Business- Any man who can demonstrate to the free captains his control or defeat of a Zaratan is to be given the rank Free Captain, a ship, and crew for his contribution to the League.

Also, the Free Captains call for young, unwed men willing to serve under berths in exotic ports, for foreign captains, as formal League Explorers, with commensurate pay and rank increases.[/ic]
 
 [ic= To the Leaders of the Etropahan People] We, the Free Captains, seek amends for our ancestor's aggression against your ancestors. As an apology, we would like to connect your people with the advances in agriculture, shipbuilding, and defense available to our peoples.[/ic]

 [ic=TO the Leaders of The Baktash and Hayar people]
Greetings, we are the Free Captains. We are traders and purveyors of a great many goods throughout the seas, as we know them. We would like to extend to your peoples the offer of trading agreements, selling your goods broad in foreign markets, and foreign goods in yours. Should you reject this offer, we would still like to meet your peoples, and learn of your culture, and the world as you know it.[/ic]

 [ic= To the Leaders of the Cyrenahan]
As fellow traders of the exotic and connected to a great many peoples, we which to establish an outpost near or on your lands, to allow our ships  place to land, and bring additional trade to your people. If refused, we wish to use your ports for similar purpose. Our cartographers would like to meet yours, and compare our understandings of the world.[/ic]

 [ic=To King Meas IV, The Grand Hierarch of Kashtu, The Twin Kings of Otavhy, and The Leader of The Vandire]
Our people have ever benefited from the presence of the other, and we view you as brothers. Therefore, we offer you rates as we would give to our own families. Should you find any other foreign dealer selling a good at  lower price than a League merchant, show the merchant, and we shall offer a lower price.[/ic]
 
[ooc]Realized most of my orders required interaction, rewrote as letters.[/ooc]

[ic=Letters to Baktash and Hayar]
Esteemed Lords,

I am Dragonlord Gregor of the Inveran. We wish to discuss agreements of trade with your nations regarding the aquisition of Gems, Honey, Gold, Marble, and all the produce of your lands, in return for the bounty of the Eastern nations. We shall both profit from this exchange, and shall lead to increased strength for both of our nations.

Your Servant,
Dragonlord Gregor
[/ic]

[ic=Letter to the Auriban]
Fearless Agah,

We, the people of the Inveran, and your people have often been at odds. In an attempt to remedy this and foster trade and understanding between our peoples, we offer you a pact. Inveran will recognize the Auri as a nation, a leader amongst the nations of the Middle Sea. In return, we request complete, unhindered, and exclusive access to the Southern River which runs through your land. If it please your excellency, we are prepared to offer a twentieth of all the profits we make from the journeys upon your waters.

Your Humble Servant,
Dragonlord Gregor
[/ic]

[ic=Letter to Dol]
Esteemed Lord,

Allow us to be the first to welcome you to the playing field that is Middle Seas trade. In that vein, we would like to propose a deal of decreased trading rates between our two peoples. As strong allies in the trading sphere, we both stand to benefit.

Sincerely,
Gregor[/ic]

[ic=Letters to Etrophahan and Cyrenahan]
Lords,

Inveran has looked eastward, and seen the abuses wrought upon your people by unfair trading percentages. We see it as our duty to help right injustice wherever we see it, and to that end, we are prepared to offer you these lowered rates, significantly lower than that of the Freemen. In return, all that we ask is safe and expedient conduct through your waters, and the ability to trade freely.

Dragonlord Gregor
[/ic]  

[ic=The Dragonlord's Palace]
"There." Gregor said, sealing the documents with his seal. "That aught to do it for now. See that these are dispatched on our ships as quickly as possible."

"Also, let me see the builders and the craftsmen, the priests and the clergy. It's been too long since the Saints have had their temple repaired. I believe the time has come to do so, provided that the clergy back my reign..." [/ic]

[ic=Farshad Jalul, Far Seer of the People of Baktash, to Dragonlord Gregor]The people of Inveran are known to our Seers; the venerable Peshwar Haq, the predecessor of my predecessor, spoke of many crossed spears on the sea - arrayed against each other, but only precariously, as to threaten all others if one should topple.

Mindful of these visions, we are willing to exchange gifts with your people, but "agreements of trade" are foreign to us - the Council gives gifts to and receives gifts from those who are worthy.  We do not dishonor ourselves with mere exchange as the Hayrines do.[/ic]

[ic=King Perey of Hayar to Dragonlord Gregor]We are only interested in trade agreements insofar as they gain us something valued by us or the Societies.  So far you easterners have had little enough to show us - or do you have something else to offer?[/ic]

[ic=Azothol, Legate of the Agah, to Dragonlord Gregor]As if the Agah needed your "recognition."  You might as well give permission for the sun to shine!  The sublime Agah rejects your haughty and unworthy requests and bids you return when you have learned proper humility.[/ic]

[ic=Conservator Adolo of Dol to Dragonlord Gregor]The Conservator deals not with trade, only balance and righteousness.  Your people are welcome to trade with the orchard-keepers for their fruit and barter with them as you - and they - wish.  Do no harm and balance will be maintained.[/ic]

[ic=Sarar Udai, Royal Governor of Roshhan, to Dragonlord Gregor]An intriguing offer, which I hasten to accept.  Your ships are always willing in Roshhan so long as they make no trouble for us.[/ic]

[ic=Despotissa Koura of Kuregn to the Free Captains]
I thank you for your noble gifts.  My mind would be at ease if only they came from a people not beholden to Celend - they are unworthy taskmasters of your great people.  Consorting with such grasping weaklings is unbecoming; better by far to ally with nobler and stronger friends.

Our kingdom too has wealth to offer.  It has been the policy of the Despotate to keep all resources within our borders and keep ourselves free from foreign intervention.  I, however, may be persuaded to take a more "enlightened" approach with those free from Celend's influences.[/ic]

[ic=King Saril of Etropahan to the Free Captains]
Show us the workings of your ships, that we may defend ourselves in the future from such attacks, and I will forgive your past transgressions.[/ic]

[ic=King Perey of Hayar to the Free Captains]
We are only interested in trade agreements insofar as they gain us something valued by us or the Societies. So far you easterners have had little enough to show us - or do you have something else to offer?[/ic]

[ic=Farshad Jalul, Far Seer of the People of Baktash, to the Free Captains]
The people of Inveran are known to our Seers; the venerable Peshwar Haq, the predecessor of my predecessor, spoke of many crossed spears on the sea - arrayed against each other, but only precariously, as to threaten all others if one should topple.

Mindful of these visions, we are willing to exchange gifts with your people, but "trading agreements" are foreign to us - the Council gives gifts to and receives gifts from those who are worthy. We do not dishonor ourselves with mere exchange as the Hayrines do.

As for learning, your people are welcome in our lands, though all must be accompanied by our soldiers, as our lands can be dangerous to foreigners, and even we cannot foresee all eventualities.  Let your people come and exchange gifts with us, and stay as they like.[/ic]

[ic=Sarar Udai, Royal Governor of Roshhan, to the Free Captains]
I am afraid a sovereign outpost in our lands is far out of the question.  I am, however, willing to grant you land in our merchants' quarter if the proper petitions reach me.

Strangely enough, petitions seem to move faster when they are accompanied by appreciative gifts.  Such is the way of our land.[/ic]

[ic=To The Depotissa Koura]
Consort is the wrong word, milady. We do not consort with the Celenites, we listen to them when we must, and ignore them when we can. We pledged our loyalty generations ago, but must keep our oaths. Men are bound by what they say, whether they think so or not.
The clearest way to understand is to imagine us a sword. Years ago, a powerful man picked up the sword, and brought it to glory. Now his son, who is not the man his father was, wields it. We can no more throw off the Celenites than a sword can escape it's wielder. But, like the sword, we care little what falls of the hand that holds us. We shall do as we are wielded to, no more, no less, and when the hand finally drops us in exhaustion, our new form will be quite the separate matter.
[/ic]

 [ic=To King Saril]
Very well, we shall share the secret of our ships. We ask only that you refrain from war or piracy on those we count as friend.[/ic]

 [ic=To King Perey] We mean no offense, great king, but that is a very hard question to answer, knowing so little of your people. Are there any commodities you find rare in your lands? Timber, papyrus, glass, copper, we have a great many things, but we do not know what you have, other than your rareties. Tell us your needs, and we shall try and match them.[/ic]

 [ic=To the Far Seer]
The wisdom of your Seers is unmatched, but we are not men of Inveran. We have had many dealings with them, and are much like brothers, but their ways are not always ours. This notion of gift-giving is well-liked by the Captains. We shall seek a gift befitting of your people.
The protection for our learners is welcomed, and as soon as possible, we shall send a few of our elders to learn of your people's ways.[/ic]

 [ic=To The Royal Governer]
It is strange, the same thing is common here. Perhaps it is a divine matter. In any case, we shall seek these forms, nd appropriate gifts to grant the forms godspeed.[/ic]

[ic=To Farshad Jalul]
Of course. The people of Inveran thank you for deeming us worthy.

As a gift, a token of our continuing friendship, we offer to construct a temple in your city t the Dragon Saints, and invite you to do likewise. For what better gift is there than that of culture and understanding?[/ic]

[ic=To King Perey]
Of course, you are wise to discern first what we may offer you. Accompanying this letter are just some of the wares we have to offer; Glass from the far easter nations of the Whale Sea, Turquoise from Celend, Almods from the land of Dol, and many more besides.[/ic]

[ic=To the Agah]
You misinterpret my meaning, sublime Agah, for such may happen with this crude medium of words. By recognition I meant recognition of supremacy. Inveran will lend its navy to your glorious reign, whenever it is needed, and pay a tribute of a tenth of everything we make in your lands. Surely the exclusive use of one river is only just?[/ic]
 
[ic=To Adolo]
The Conservator is most wise! We welcome to opportunity to trade further with you. As an act of religious reformation, we have endeavored to maintain our people's connection with the Saints on long journeys. To that end, may I humbly request your permission to build a temple in Hau-Dol, so that our sailors may worship their faith while gone from Inveran?[/ic]  

[ic=Sarar Udai]
Inveran rejoices at your decision, Governor. As a token of our gratitude, please accept these gifts of the far West of Pottery, almonds, salt fish, papyrus, and this most princely gift; six horses, three male and female each, from the lands of Ruthern.

As an act of religious reformation, we have endeavored to maintain our people's connection with the Saints on long journeys. To that end, may I humbly request your permission to build a temple in your trading city, so that our sailors may worship their faith while gone from Inveran?

In that similar vein, our sailors have always had an antagonistic relationship with those of the Free Captains; may we request what is known in the west as an embassy, a plot of safe ground, to facilitate communication between us and to give the sailors of Inveran a sense of security?
[/ic]  

[ic] King Meas IV Took in a deep breath and sighed, the salty wind of the ocea was strongest from this side of the palace.
Being the Regent of Avadera had its own exitement and priviledge...sure...but sometime he missed the more simple life aboard The Freemens ships....well...relatively simple compared to taking care of Avadera and her people.

For one thing he didn't had to deal with nobles who barely knew what was happening under thier own nose, much less beyond the border of Avardera. his thought was interrupted when his scribe entered the room.

"you asked for me, sire?"

"yes, I need your pen, some parpyrus and ink"

The Scribe looked wide eyed at his king, reluctantly handling over his tools of trade

"do you not trust.." "I trust you aplenty, but this letter is sorta...personal, it would not feel right to have somebody else write it"

The Scribe sighed and nodded, and stood idle, waiting for King Meas to finish, wondering within himself if his predessor had as much trouble with King Meas IV's father.

"there, this should do it, I want this letter sent to Lathan of the Freemen League"

"anything else, sire?"

"nothing that wasn't brought up at that....meeting earlier today"

"if I may sire, then your plans are very....bold, surely you understand why the nobles would be concerned, giving what they know"

King Meas shrugged. the kings 2.nd consious is what his father had called the scribes role.

"Allright, allright, it doesn't change the plan though, I'll prove them wrong with the results!"  [/ic]


 [ic=To Captain Lathan of Freemen, My Mentor]
How have Father Sea been treating you?  I hope well.
For my part, then life have been busy, though I miss waking up to the gentle rocking of a ship....or to the fury of the storm as things may be.
Anyway, I write to you, not only to exchange pleasantries, but also to come with a suggestion.
The Freemen have helped me and Avardera alot, and I feel that now, it is time for her to repay the favor. I have seen the unfair taxes that the Yaffa places upon your men when they passes through the straith and reasoning will not work on them.
Therefor, I'll offer the Aid of Avarderas fleet and warrior, if the Freemen wishes to remove the rulers of Yaffa and place better ones in thier stead. To Keep Celend away from us, then we will send a letter explaining that the tithed that they'll recieve will not be lessened by Yaffa no longer being around, and that infact, they will benifit more from a few stronger friends, then many smaller ones.
If this intrigues the Freemen, then I will send another mail with more detailed plans.
May the wind allways be in your Favor.
Your Friend. Meas.[/ic]



[ic=to The Machta-In] Avardera sends her greetings and well wishes.
I come to you, Migthy Machta-In, because the inventiveness of your people have reached my ear, saying you have found ways to improve your peoples harvest and Avardera wishes to learn your ways. In return, we will teach you another technique that recently have been spread in Avardera which have helped her people farming the lands.
I believe such an exchage would benifit us both greatly and awaits your response with great expectations.

May We All Prosper.

King Meas IV[/ic]

[ic=To The Motherhouse of Grycham]
Avadera greets you, migthy warrior of Andos and rightfull ruler of Andos land.
My concern was great, when Avardera felt the earth roar, like a great tidal wave, in your land, and my concern is even greater, now that my tradesmen informs me that banditry flurish in your land, because people, whose place should be to find a suitable leader, which they in thier credit have done well, have over stepped thier border and seek to rule when they were not meant to do it.
Avardera therefor feel that she should act upon these concern and offer our help to your people. My Father was named, perhaps detoregating, "Shepherd-chief" by the Ryvalnya representive during the council that marked the peace of Inveran. That is a title I will wear with pride amounth the Andos how ever. The wise warrior knows, that it is from the farmers bread and the shepheards meat that she can draw her strenght, and so Avardera wishes to offer her aid in the same way.
I ask only that the Motherhouse will help in kind, should Avardera have need of warriors in the time to come, and that trade will be encouraged between your people and Avarderas people, so that we may all benifit.

May We All Prosper

Shepherd-Chief Meas IV[/ic]


[ic=out in the fields of Farmer Earon]
"So appearently, if we spread burnt wood on the ground, then that means our crops will grow better?"
The old man shoke his head at his son complains "The Meas carry the spirit of Avardera in thier blood, and they say her spirit not only is strong in the current Meas, but that it's tempered by Father Sea"
"Still doesn't make any sense to me"
"it is like the old saying >>you don't know if you'll catch a fish, before you throw out the net<<"[/ic]  


 [ic=aboard an Avardera tradeship]
"So in Andos we adress the women like men, in Baktash we don't trade, we "exchange gifts, amounth the Auri any of us who don't follow the light have to hide it"
"correct, that's all you need to remember for this run, we're going in port in Auri to resupply, head to Andos and trade wool for thier craftwork....you know how people love "exotic" bauble and trinkets from far away countries, and then we'll go to Baktash and strike it rich"
The Seagulls Captain grinned wide and confident, he had been abit sceptical at first, when King Meas IV had ordered all captains to attend a meeting with the scholars of Avardera, his ways had worked, like his father before him and he had seen no reason to change this, untill the day he got a one-twenth cut of the price in Otahvy, simple because the tradesman was glad over finally meeting someone who understood him.....oh yes, he was going to strike it rich from his gift exchange with the Baktash[/ic]


[ooc]Orders for now:

Institualising the use of pot ash in Avardera.

Basic culture and ethic amounth the different nations will be taught to anybody dealing with foreign people. anybody returning from travels in foreign countries will also be asked to meet with the scholars of Avardera and share thier experience.[/ooc]